diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index cd531cf..3819808 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ *.i*86 *.x86_64 *.hex +build # Debug files *.dSYM/ diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..312b24a --- /dev/null +++ b/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +CC := gcc +SRC_DIR := src + +UNAME_S := $(shell uname -s) + +ifeq ($(UNAME_S), Linux) + PLATFORM := linux +else ifeq ($(OS), Windows_NT) + PLATFORM := windows +else + PLATFORM := unknown +endif + +BUILD_DIR := build/$(PLATFORM) +CFLAGS := -g -Isrc -Wextra -MMD -MP -Wall -pedantic +LDFLAGS := -flto -Wl,--gc-sections + +LIB_DIR := $(abspath libs/$(PLATFORM)) +CFLAGS += -I$(LIB_DIR) +LDFLAGS += -L$(LIB_DIR) + +ifeq ($(PLATFORM), linux) + LIBS += -lraylib -lm -lraygui +endif + +SRC := $(shell find -L $(SRC_DIR) -type f -name '*.c') + +OBJ := $(patsubst $(SRC_DIR)/%.c,$(BUILD_DIR)/%.o,$(SRC)) +DEP := $(OBJ:.o=.d) + +ifeq ($(PLATFORM), windows) + BIN := $(BUILD_DIR)/main.exe +endif +ifeq ($(PLATFORM), linux) + BIN := $(BUILD_DIR)/main +endif + + +all: $(BIN) + +run: $(BIN) + @cd $(BUILD_DIR) && ./$(notdir $(BIN)) + +$(BIN): $(OBJ) + @mkdir -p $(dir $@) + @cp -r $(SRC_DIR)/assets $(BUILD_DIR) + @cp -r libs $(BUILD_DIR) + @$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(OBJ) -o $@ $(LIBS) + +$(BUILD_DIR)/%.o: $(SRC_DIR)/%.c + @echo "Compiling $<..." + @mkdir -p $(dir $@) + $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@ + +clean: + @rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR) + +-include $(DEP) + +.PHONY: all clean \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/MultiplayerApi.c b/src/MultiplayerApi.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1510cb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MultiplayerApi.c @@ -0,0 +1,731 @@ +#include "MultiplayerApi.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include + +typedef struct ListenerNode { + int id; + MultiplayerListener cb; + void *user_data; + struct ListenerNode *next; +} ListenerNode; + +typedef struct ListenerSnapshot { + MultiplayerListener cb; + void *user_data; +} ListenerSnapshot; + +struct MultiplayerApi { + char *server_host; + uint16_t server_port; + int sockfd; + char *session_id; + + pthread_t recv_thread; + int recv_thread_started; + int running; + + pthread_mutex_t lock; + ListenerNode *listeners; + int next_listener_id; +}; + +static int connect_to_server(const char *host, uint16_t port); +static int ensure_connected(MultiplayerApi *api); +static int send_all(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len); +static int send_json_line(MultiplayerApi *api, json_t *obj); /* tar över ägarskap */ +static int read_line(int fd, char **out_line); +static void *recv_thread_main(void *arg); +static void process_line(MultiplayerApi *api, const char *line); +static int start_recv_thread(MultiplayerApi *api); + +MultiplayerApi *mp_api_create(const char *server_host, uint16_t server_port) { + MultiplayerApi *api = (MultiplayerApi *)calloc(1, sizeof(MultiplayerApi)); + if (!api) { + return NULL; + } + + if (server_host) { + api->server_host = strdup(server_host); + } else { + api->server_host = strdup("127.0.0.1"); + } + + if (!api->server_host) { + free(api); + return NULL; + } + + api->server_port = server_port; + api->sockfd = -1; + api->session_id = NULL; + api->recv_thread_started = 0; + api->running = 0; + api->listeners = NULL; + api->next_listener_id = 1; + + if (pthread_mutex_init(&api->lock, NULL) != 0) { + free(api->server_host); + free(api); + return NULL; + } + + return api; +} + +void mp_api_destroy(MultiplayerApi *api) { + if (!api) return; + + if (api->recv_thread_started && api->sockfd >= 0) { + shutdown(api->sockfd, SHUT_RDWR); + pthread_join(api->recv_thread, NULL); + } + + if (api->sockfd >= 0) { + close(api->sockfd); + } + + pthread_mutex_lock(&api->lock); + ListenerNode *node = api->listeners; + api->listeners = NULL; + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); + + while (node) { + ListenerNode *next = node->next; + free(node); + node = next; + } + + if (api->session_id) { + free(api->session_id); + } + if (api->server_host) { + free(api->server_host); + } + + pthread_mutex_destroy(&api->lock); + free(api); +} + +int mp_api_host(MultiplayerApi *api, + char **out_session, + char **out_clientId, + json_t **out_data) { + if (!api) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + if (api->session_id) return MP_API_ERR_STATE; + + int rc = ensure_connected(api); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) return rc; + + json_t *root = json_object(); + if (!root) return MP_API_ERR_IO; + + json_object_set_new(root, "session", json_null()); + json_object_set_new(root, "cmd", json_string("host")); + json_object_set_new(root, "data", json_object()); + + rc = send_json_line(api, root); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + char *line = NULL; + rc = read_line(api->sockfd, &line); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + json_error_t jerr; + json_t *resp = json_loads(line, 0, &jerr); + free(line); + if (!resp || !json_is_object(resp)) { + if (resp) json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *cmd_val = json_object_get(resp, "cmd"); + if (!json_is_string(cmd_val) || strcmp(json_string_value(cmd_val), "host") != 0) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *sess_val = json_object_get(resp, "session"); + if (!json_is_string(sess_val)) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + const char *session = json_string_value(sess_val); + + json_t *cid_val = json_object_get(resp, "clientId"); + const char *clientId = json_is_string(cid_val) ? json_string_value(cid_val) : NULL; + + json_t *data_val = json_object_get(resp, "data"); + json_t *data_obj = NULL; + if (json_is_object(data_val)) { + data_obj = data_val; + json_incref(data_obj); + } + + api->session_id = strdup(session); + if (!api->session_id) { + if (data_obj) json_decref(data_obj); + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + + if (out_session) { + *out_session = strdup(session); + } + if (out_clientId && clientId) { + *out_clientId = strdup(clientId); + } + if (out_data) { + *out_data = data_obj; + } else if (data_obj) { + json_decref(data_obj); + } + + json_decref(resp); + + rc = start_recv_thread(api); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + return MP_API_OK; +} + +int mp_api_list(MultiplayerApi *api, json_t **out_list) +{ + if (!api || !out_list) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + + int rc = ensure_connected(api); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) return rc; + + json_t *root = json_object(); + if (!root) return MP_API_ERR_IO; + + json_object_set_new(root, "cmd", json_string("list")); + + rc = send_json_line(api, root); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + char *line = NULL; + rc = read_line(api->sockfd, &line); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + printf("Received line: %s\n", line); // Debug print + + json_error_t jerr; + json_t *resp = json_loads(line, 0, &jerr); + free(line); + if (!resp || !json_is_object(resp)) { + if (resp) json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *cmd_val = json_object_get(resp, "cmd"); + if (!json_is_string(cmd_val) || strcmp(json_string_value(cmd_val), "list") != 0) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *list_val = json_object_get(resp, "data"); + if (!json_is_object(list_val)) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *list_obj = json_object_get(list_val, "list"); + if (!json_is_array(list_obj)) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + *out_list = list_obj; + json_incref(*out_list); + + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_OK; +} + +int mp_api_join(MultiplayerApi *api, + const char *sessionId, + json_t *data, + char **out_session, + char **out_clientId, + json_t **out_data) { + if (!api || !sessionId) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + if (api->session_id) return MP_API_ERR_STATE; + + int rc = ensure_connected(api); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) return rc; + + json_t *root = json_object(); + if (!root) return MP_API_ERR_IO; + + json_object_set_new(root, "session", json_string(sessionId)); + json_object_set_new(root, "cmd", json_string("join")); + + json_t *data_copy; + if (data && json_is_object(data)) { + data_copy = json_deep_copy(data); + } else { + data_copy = json_object(); + } + json_object_set_new(root, "data", data_copy); + + rc = send_json_line(api, root); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + char *line = NULL; + rc = read_line(api->sockfd, &line); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + + json_error_t jerr; + json_t *resp = json_loads(line, 0, &jerr); + free(line); + if (!resp || !json_is_object(resp)) { + if (resp) json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *cmd_val = json_object_get(resp, "cmd"); + if (!json_is_string(cmd_val) || strcmp(json_string_value(cmd_val), "join") != 0) { + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL; + } + + json_t *sess_val = json_object_get(resp, "session"); + const char *session = NULL; + if (json_is_string(sess_val)) { + session = json_string_value(sess_val); + } + + json_t *cid_val = json_object_get(resp, "clientId"); + const char *clientId = json_is_string(cid_val) ? json_string_value(cid_val) : NULL; + + json_t *data_val = json_object_get(resp, "data"); + json_t *data_obj = NULL; + if (json_is_object(data_val)) { + data_obj = data_val; + json_incref(data_obj); + } + + int joinAccepted = 1; + if (data_obj) { + json_t *status_val = json_object_get(data_obj, "status"); + if (json_is_string(status_val) && + strcmp(json_string_value(status_val), "error") == 0) { + joinAccepted = 0; + } + } + + if (joinAccepted && session) { + api->session_id = strdup(session); + if (!api->session_id) { + if (data_obj) json_decref(data_obj); + json_decref(resp); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + } + + if (out_session && session) { + *out_session = strdup(session); + } + if (out_clientId && clientId) { + *out_clientId = strdup(clientId); + } + if (out_data) { + *out_data = data_obj; + } else if (data_obj) { + json_decref(data_obj); + } + + json_decref(resp); + + if (joinAccepted && api->session_id) { + rc = start_recv_thread(api); + if (rc != MP_API_OK) { + return rc; + } + } + + return joinAccepted ? MP_API_OK : MP_API_ERR_REJECTED; +} + +int mp_api_game(MultiplayerApi *api, json_t *data) { + if (!api || !data) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + if (api->sockfd < 0 || !api->session_id) return MP_API_ERR_STATE; + + json_t *root = json_object(); + if (!root) return MP_API_ERR_IO; + + json_object_set_new(root, "session", json_string(api->session_id)); + json_object_set_new(root, "cmd", json_string("game")); + + json_t *data_copy; + if (json_is_object(data)) { + data_copy = json_deep_copy(data); + } else { + data_copy = json_object(); + } + json_object_set_new(root, "data", data_copy); + + return send_json_line(api, root); +} + +int mp_api_listen(MultiplayerApi *api, + MultiplayerListener cb, + void *user_data) { + if (!api || !cb) return -1; + + ListenerNode *node = (ListenerNode *)malloc(sizeof(ListenerNode)); + if (!node) return -1; + + node->cb = cb; + node->user_data = user_data; + + pthread_mutex_lock(&api->lock); + node->id = api->next_listener_id++; + node->next = api->listeners; + api->listeners = node; + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); + + return node->id; +} + +void mp_api_unlisten(MultiplayerApi *api, int listener_id) { + if (!api || listener_id <= 0) return; + + pthread_mutex_lock(&api->lock); + ListenerNode *prev = NULL; + ListenerNode *cur = api->listeners; + while (cur) { + if (cur->id == listener_id) { + if (prev) { + prev->next = cur->next; + } else { + api->listeners = cur->next; + } + free(cur); + break; + } + prev = cur; + cur = cur->next; + } + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); +} + +/* --- Interna hjälpfunktioner --- */ + +static int connect_to_server(const char *host, uint16_t port) { + if (!host) host = "127.0.0.1"; + + char port_str[16]; + snprintf(port_str, sizeof(port_str), "%u", (unsigned int)port); + + struct addrinfo hints; + memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); + hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; /* IPv4 eller IPv6 */ + hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; + + struct addrinfo *res = NULL; + int err = getaddrinfo(host, port_str, &hints, &res); + if (err != 0) { + return -1; + } + + int fd = -1; + for (struct addrinfo *rp = res; rp != NULL; rp = rp->ai_next) { + fd = socket(rp->ai_family, rp->ai_socktype, rp->ai_protocol); + if (fd == -1) continue; + if (connect(fd, rp->ai_addr, rp->ai_addrlen) == 0) { + break; + } + close(fd); + fd = -1; + } + + freeaddrinfo(res); + return fd; +} + +static int ensure_connected(MultiplayerApi *api) { + if (!api) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + if (api->sockfd >= 0) return MP_API_OK; + + int fd = connect_to_server(api->server_host, api->server_port); + if (fd < 0) { + return MP_API_ERR_CONNECT; + } + api->sockfd = fd; + return MP_API_OK; +} + +static int send_all(int fd, const char *buf, size_t len) { + size_t sent = 0; + while (sent < len) { + ssize_t n = send(fd, buf + sent, len - sent, 0); + if (n < 0) { + if (errno == EINTR) continue; + return -1; + } + if (n == 0) { + return -1; + } + sent += (size_t)n; + } + return 0; +} + +static int send_json_line(MultiplayerApi *api, json_t *obj) { + if (!api || api->sockfd < 0 || !obj) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + + char *text = json_dumps(obj, JSON_COMPACT); + if (!text) { + json_decref(obj); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + + size_t len = strlen(text); + int fd = api->sockfd; + + int rc = 0; + if (send_all(fd, text, len) != 0 || send_all(fd, "\n", 1) != 0) { + rc = MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + + free(text); + json_decref(obj); + + return rc; +} + +static int read_line(int fd, char **out_line) { + if (!out_line) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + + size_t cap = 256; + size_t len = 0; + char *buf = (char *)malloc(cap); + if (!buf) return MP_API_ERR_IO; + + for (;;) { + char c; + ssize_t n = recv(fd, &c, 1, 0); + if (n < 0) { + if (errno == EINTR) continue; + free(buf); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + if (n == 0) { + free(buf); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + + if (c == '\n') { + break; + } + + if (len + 1 >= cap) { + cap *= 2; + char *tmp = (char *)realloc(buf, cap); + if (!tmp) { + free(buf); + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + buf = tmp; + } + + buf[len++] = c; + } + + buf[len] = '\0'; + *out_line = buf; + return MP_API_OK; +} + +static void process_line(MultiplayerApi *api, const char *line) { + if (!api || !line || !*line) return; + + json_error_t jerr; + json_t *root = json_loads(line, 0, &jerr); + if (!root || !json_is_object(root)) { + if (root) json_decref(root); + return; + } + + json_t *cmd_val = json_object_get(root, "cmd"); + if (!json_is_string(cmd_val)) { + json_decref(root); + return; + } + + const char *cmd = json_string_value(cmd_val); + if (!cmd) { + json_decref(root); + return; + } + + if (strcmp(cmd, "joined") != 0 && + strcmp(cmd, "leaved") != 0 && + strcmp(cmd, "game") != 0) { + json_decref(root); + return; + } + + json_int_t msgId = 0; + json_t *mid_val = json_object_get(root, "messageId"); + if (json_is_integer(mid_val)) { + msgId = json_integer_value(mid_val); + } + + const char *clientId = NULL; + json_t *cid_val = json_object_get(root, "clientId"); + if (json_is_string(cid_val)) { + clientId = json_string_value(cid_val); + } + + json_t *data_val = json_object_get(root, "data"); + json_t *data_obj; + if (json_is_object(data_val)) { + data_obj = data_val; + json_incref(data_obj); + } else { + data_obj = json_object(); + } + + pthread_mutex_lock(&api->lock); + int count = 0; + ListenerNode *node = api->listeners; + while (node) { + if (node->cb) count++; + node = node->next; + } + + if (count == 0) { + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); + json_decref(data_obj); + json_decref(root); + return; + } + + ListenerSnapshot *snapshot = (ListenerSnapshot *)malloc(sizeof(ListenerSnapshot) * count); + if (!snapshot) { + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); + json_decref(data_obj); + json_decref(root); + return; + } + + int idx = 0; + node = api->listeners; + while (node) { + if (node->cb) { + snapshot[idx].cb = node->cb; + snapshot[idx].user_data = node->user_data; + idx++; + } + node = node->next; + } + pthread_mutex_unlock(&api->lock); + + for (int i = 0; i < count; ++i) { + snapshot[i].cb(cmd, (int64_t)msgId, clientId, data_obj, snapshot[i].user_data); + } + + free(snapshot); + json_decref(data_obj); + json_decref(root); +} + +static void *recv_thread_main(void *arg) { + MultiplayerApi *api = (MultiplayerApi *)arg; + char buffer[1024]; + char *acc = NULL; + size_t acc_len = 0; + size_t acc_cap = 0; + + while (1) { + ssize_t n = recv(api->sockfd, buffer, sizeof(buffer), 0); + if (n <= 0) { + break; + } + + for (ssize_t i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + char ch = buffer[i]; + if (ch == '\n') { + if (acc_len > 0) { + char *line = (char *)malloc(acc_len + 1); + if (!line) { + acc_len = 0; + continue; + } + memcpy(line, acc, acc_len); + line[acc_len] = '\0'; + + acc_len = 0; + process_line(api, line); + free(line); + } else { + acc_len = 0; + } + } else { + if (acc_len + 1 >= acc_cap) { + size_t new_cap = acc_cap == 0 ? 256 : acc_cap * 2; + char *tmp = (char *)realloc(acc, new_cap); + if (!tmp) { + free(acc); + acc = NULL; + acc_len = 0; + acc_cap = 0; + break; + } + acc = tmp; + acc_cap = new_cap; + } + acc[acc_len++] = ch; + } + } + } + + if (acc) { + free(acc); + } + + return NULL; +} + +static int start_recv_thread(MultiplayerApi *api) { + if (!api) return MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT; + if (api->recv_thread_started) { + return MP_API_OK; + } + + api->running = 1; + int rc = pthread_create(&api->recv_thread, NULL, recv_thread_main, api); + if (rc != 0) { + api->running = 0; + return MP_API_ERR_IO; + } + + api->recv_thread_started = 1; + return MP_API_OK; +} diff --git a/src/MultiplayerApi.h b/src/MultiplayerApi.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b20665 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/MultiplayerApi.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +#ifndef MULTIPLAYER_API_H +#define MULTIPLAYER_API_H + +#include +#include "jansson/jansson.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef struct MultiplayerApi MultiplayerApi; + +/* Callback‑typ för inkommande events från servern. */ +typedef void (*MultiplayerListener)( + const char *event, /* "joined", "leaved", "game" */ + int64_t messageId, /* sekventiellt meddelande‑ID (från host) */ + const char *clientId, /* avsändarens klient‑ID (eller NULL) */ + json_t *data, /* JSON‑objekt med godtycklig speldata */ + void *user_data /* godtycklig pekare som skickas vidare */ +); + +/* Returkoder */ +enum { + MP_API_OK = 0, + MP_API_ERR_ARGUMENT = 1, + MP_API_ERR_STATE = 2, + MP_API_ERR_CONNECT = 3, + MP_API_ERR_PROTOCOL = 4, + MP_API_ERR_IO = 5, + MP_API_ERR_REJECTED = 6 /* t.ex. ogiltigt sessions‑ID vid join */ +}; + +/* Skapar en ny API‑instans. Returnerar NULL vid fel. */ +MultiplayerApi *mp_api_create(const char *server_host, uint16_t server_port); + +/* Stänger ner anslutning, stoppar mottagartråd och frigör minne. */ +void mp_api_destroy(MultiplayerApi *api); + +/* Hostar en ny session. Blockerar tills svar erhållits eller fel uppstår. + out_session / out_clientId pekar på nyallokerade strängar (malloc) som + anroparen ansvarar för att free:a. out_data (om ej NULL) får ett json_t* + med extra data från servern (anroparen ska json_decref när klart). */ +int mp_api_host(MultiplayerApi *api, + char **out_session, + char **out_clientId, + json_t **out_data); + +/* + Hämtar en lista över tillgängliga publika sessioner. + Returnerar MP_API_OK vid framgång, annan felkod vid fel. + Anroparen ansvarar för att json_decref:a out_list när klar. */ +int mp_api_list(MultiplayerApi *api, + json_t **out_list); + +/* Går med i befintlig session. + sessionId: sessionskod (t.ex. "ABC123"). + data: valfri JSON‑payload med spelarinformation (kan vara NULL). + out_* fungerar som i mp_api_host. + + Returnerar: + - MP_API_OK vid lyckad join + - MP_API_ERR_REJECTED om servern svarar med status:error (t.ex. ogiltigt ID) + - annan felkod vid nätverks/protokoll‑fel. +*/ +int mp_api_join(MultiplayerApi *api, + const char *sessionId, + json_t *data, + char **out_session, + char **out_clientId, + json_t **out_data); + +/* Skickar ett "game"‑meddelande med godtycklig JSON‑data till sessionen. */ +int mp_api_game(MultiplayerApi *api, json_t *data); + +/* Registrerar en lyssnare för inkommande events. + Returnerar ett positivt listener‑ID, eller −1 vid fel. */ +int mp_api_listen(MultiplayerApi *api, + MultiplayerListener cb, + void *user_data); + +/* Avregistrerar lyssnare. Listener‑ID är värdet från mp_api_listen. */ +void mp_api_unlisten(MultiplayerApi *api, int listener_id); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* MULTIPLAYER_API_H */ diff --git a/src/assets/sprites/spr_floor_grass.png b/src/assets/sprites/spr_floor_grass.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..acd7858 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/assets/sprites/spr_floor_grass.png differ diff --git a/src/assets/sprites/spr_food_apple.png b/src/assets/sprites/spr_food_apple.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0f29707 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/assets/sprites/spr_food_apple.png differ diff --git a/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_body.png b/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_body.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..83b1e29 Binary files /dev/null and b/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_body.png differ diff --git a/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_head.png b/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_head.png new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb3120a Binary files /dev/null and b/src/assets/sprites/spr_snake_head.png differ diff --git a/src/jansson/dump.c b/src/jansson/dump.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e1b6bfa --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/dump.c @@ -0,0 +1,516 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#include "jansson_private.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#include "jansson.h" +#include "strbuffer.h" +#include "utf.h" + +#define MAX_INTEGER_STR_LENGTH 100 +#define MAX_REAL_STR_LENGTH 100 + +#define FLAGS_TO_INDENT(f) ((f) & 0x1F) +#define FLAGS_TO_PRECISION(f) (((f) >> 11) & 0x1F) + +struct buffer { + const size_t size; + size_t used; + char *data; +}; + +static int dump_to_strbuffer(const char *buffer, size_t size, void *data) +{ + return strbuffer_append_bytes((strbuffer_t *)data, buffer, size); +} + +static int dump_to_buffer(const char *buffer, size_t size, void *data) +{ + struct buffer *buf = (struct buffer *)data; + + if(buf->used + size <= buf->size) + memcpy(&buf->data[buf->used], buffer, size); + + buf->used += size; + return 0; +} + +static int dump_to_file(const char *buffer, size_t size, void *data) +{ + FILE *dest = (FILE *)data; + if(fwrite(buffer, size, 1, dest) != 1) + return -1; + return 0; +} + +static int dump_to_fd(const char *buffer, size_t size, void *data) +{ + (void)buffer; + (void)size; + (void)data; +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H + int *dest = (int *)data; + if(write(*dest, buffer, size) == (ssize_t)size) + return 0; +#endif + return -1; +} + +/* 32 spaces (the maximum indentation size) */ +#ifdef JSON_USE_TAB_INDENT + static const char JSON_ws[] = " "; +#else + static const char JSON_ws[] = " "; +#endif + +static int dump_indent(size_t flags, int depth, int space, json_dump_callback_t dump, void *data) +{ + if(FLAGS_TO_INDENT(flags) > 0) + { + unsigned int ws_count = FLAGS_TO_INDENT(flags), n_spaces = depth * ws_count; + + if(dump("\n", 1, data)) + return -1; + + while(n_spaces > 0) + { + int cur_n = n_spaces < sizeof JSON_ws - 1 ? n_spaces : sizeof JSON_ws - 1; + + if(dump(JSON_ws, cur_n, data)) + return -1; + + n_spaces -= cur_n; + } + } + else if(space && !(flags & JSON_COMPACT)) + { + return dump(" ", 1, data); + } + return 0; +} + +static int dump_string(const char *str, size_t len, json_dump_callback_t dump, void *data, size_t flags) +{ + const char *pos, *end, *lim; + int32_t codepoint = 0; + + if(dump("\"", 1, data)) + return -1; + + end = pos = str; + lim = str + len; + while(1) + { + const char *text; + char seq[13]; + int length; + + while(end < lim) + { + end = utf8_iterate(pos, lim - pos, &codepoint); + if(!end) + return -1; + + /* mandatory escape or control char */ + if(codepoint == '\\' || codepoint == '"' || codepoint < 0x20) + break; + + /* slash */ + if((flags & JSON_ESCAPE_SLASH) && codepoint == '/') + break; + + /* non-ASCII */ + if((flags & JSON_ENSURE_ASCII) && codepoint > 0x7F) + break; + + pos = end; + } + + if(pos != str) { + if(dump(str, pos - str, data)) + return -1; + } + + if(end == pos) + break; + + /* handle \, /, ", and control codes */ + length = 2; + switch(codepoint) + { + case '\\': text = "\\\\"; break; + case '\"': text = "\\\""; break; + case '\b': text = "\\b"; break; + case '\f': text = "\\f"; break; + case '\n': text = "\\n"; break; + case '\r': text = "\\r"; break; + case '\t': text = "\\t"; break; + case '/': text = "\\/"; break; + default: + { + /* codepoint is in BMP */ + if(codepoint < 0x10000) + { + snprintf(seq, sizeof(seq), "\\u%04X", (unsigned int)codepoint); + length = 6; + } + + /* not in BMP -> construct a UTF-16 surrogate pair */ + else + { + int32_t first, last; + + codepoint -= 0x10000; + first = 0xD800 | ((codepoint & 0xffc00) >> 10); + last = 0xDC00 | (codepoint & 0x003ff); + + snprintf(seq, sizeof(seq), "\\u%04X\\u%04X", (unsigned int)first, (unsigned int)last); + length = 12; + } + + text = seq; + break; + } + } + + if(dump(text, length, data)) + return -1; + + str = pos = end; + } + + return dump("\"", 1, data); +} + +static int compare_keys(const void *key1, const void *key2) +{ + return strcmp(*(const char **)key1, *(const char **)key2); +} + +static int loop_check(hashtable_t *parents, const json_t *json, char *key, size_t key_size) +{ + snprintf(key, key_size, "%p", json); + if (hashtable_get(parents, key)) + return -1; + + return hashtable_set(parents, key, json_null()); +} + +static int do_dump(const json_t *json, size_t flags, int depth, + hashtable_t *parents, json_dump_callback_t dump, void *data) +{ + int embed = flags & JSON_EMBED; + + flags &= ~JSON_EMBED; + + if(!json) + return -1; + + switch(json_typeof(json)) { + case JSON_NULL: + return dump("null", 4, data); + + case JSON_TRUE: + return dump("true", 4, data); + + case JSON_FALSE: + return dump("false", 5, data); + + case JSON_INTEGER: + { + char buffer[MAX_INTEGER_STR_LENGTH]; + int size; + + /*size = snprintf(buffer, MAX_INTEGER_STR_LENGTH, + "%" JSON_INTEGER_FORMAT, + json_integer_value(json)); + */ + + size = snprintf(buffer, MAX_INTEGER_STR_LENGTH, "%" JSON_INTEGER_FORMAT, json_integer_value(json)); + + if(size < 0 || size >= MAX_INTEGER_STR_LENGTH) + return -1; + + return dump(buffer, size, data); + } + + case JSON_REAL: + { + char buffer[MAX_REAL_STR_LENGTH]; + int size; + double value = json_real_value(json); + + size = jsonp_dtostr(buffer, MAX_REAL_STR_LENGTH, value, + FLAGS_TO_PRECISION(flags)); + if(size < 0) + return -1; + + return dump(buffer, size, data); + } + + case JSON_STRING: + return dump_string(json_string_value(json), json_string_length(json), dump, data, flags); + + case JSON_ARRAY: + { + size_t n; + size_t i; + /* Space for "0x", double the sizeof a pointer for the hex and a terminator. */ + char key[2 + (sizeof(json) * 2) + 1]; + + /* detect circular references */ + if (loop_check(parents, json, key, sizeof(key))) + return -1; + + n = json_array_size(json); + + if(!embed && dump("[", 1, data)) + return -1; + if(n == 0) { + hashtable_del(parents, key); + return embed ? 0 : dump("]", 1, data); + } + if(dump_indent(flags, depth + 1, 0, dump, data)) + return -1; + + for(i = 0; i < n; ++i) { + if(do_dump(json_array_get(json, i), flags, depth + 1, + parents, dump, data)) + return -1; + + if(i < n - 1) + { + if(dump(",", 1, data) || + dump_indent(flags, depth + 1, 1, dump, data)) + return -1; + } + else + { + if(dump_indent(flags, depth, 0, dump, data)) + return -1; + } + } + + hashtable_del(parents, key); + return embed ? 0 : dump("]", 1, data); + } + + case JSON_OBJECT: + { + void *iter; + const char *separator; + int separator_length; + /* Space for "0x", double the sizeof a pointer for the hex and a terminator. */ + char loop_key[2 + (sizeof(json) * 2) + 1]; + + if(flags & JSON_COMPACT) { + separator = ":"; + separator_length = 1; + } + else { + separator = ": "; + separator_length = 2; + } + + /* detect circular references */ + if (loop_check(parents, json, loop_key, sizeof(loop_key))) + return -1; + + iter = json_object_iter((json_t *)json); + + if(!embed && dump("{", 1, data)) + return -1; + if(!iter) { + hashtable_del(parents, loop_key); + return embed ? 0 : dump("}", 1, data); + } + if(dump_indent(flags, depth + 1, 0, dump, data)) + return -1; + + if(flags & JSON_SORT_KEYS) + { + const char **keys; + size_t size, i; + + size = json_object_size(json); + keys = (const char**)jsonp_malloc(size * sizeof(const char *)); + if(!keys) + return -1; + + i = 0; + while(iter) + { + keys[i] = json_object_iter_key(iter); + iter = json_object_iter_next((json_t *)json, iter); + i++; + } + assert(i == size); + + qsort(keys, size, sizeof(const char *), compare_keys); + + for(i = 0; i < size; i++) + { + const char *key; + json_t *value; + + key = keys[i]; + value = json_object_get(json, key); + assert(value); + + dump_string(key, strlen(key), dump, data, flags); + if(dump(separator, separator_length, data) || + do_dump(value, flags, depth + 1, parents, dump, data)) + { + jsonp_free(keys); + return -1; + } + + if(i < size - 1) + { + if(dump(",", 1, data) || + dump_indent(flags, depth + 1, 1, dump, data)) + { + jsonp_free(keys); + return -1; + } + } + else + { + if(dump_indent(flags, depth, 0, dump, data)) + { + jsonp_free(keys); + return -1; + } + } + } + + jsonp_free(keys); + } + else + { + /* Don't sort keys */ + + while(iter) + { + void *next = json_object_iter_next((json_t *)json, iter); + const char *key = json_object_iter_key(iter); + + dump_string(key, strlen(key), dump, data, flags); + if(dump(separator, separator_length, data) || + do_dump(json_object_iter_value(iter), flags, depth + 1, + parents, dump, data)) + return -1; + + if(next) + { + if(dump(",", 1, data) || + dump_indent(flags, depth + 1, 1, dump, data)) + return -1; + } + else + { + if(dump_indent(flags, depth, 0, dump, data)) + return -1; + } + + iter = next; + } + } + + hashtable_del(parents, loop_key); + return embed ? 0 : dump("}", 1, data); + } + + default: + /* not reached */ + return -1; + } +} + +char *json_dumps(const json_t *json, size_t flags) +{ + strbuffer_t strbuff; + char *result; + + if(strbuffer_init(&strbuff)) + return NULL; + + if(json_dump_callback(json, dump_to_strbuffer, (void *)&strbuff, flags)) + result = NULL; + else + result = jsonp_strdup(strbuffer_value(&strbuff)); + + strbuffer_close(&strbuff); + return result; +} + +size_t json_dumpb(const json_t *json, char *buffer, size_t size, size_t flags) +{ + struct buffer buf = { size, 0, buffer }; + + if(json_dump_callback(json, dump_to_buffer, (void *)&buf, flags)) + return 0; + + return buf.used; +} + +int json_dumpf(const json_t *json, FILE *output, size_t flags) +{ + return json_dump_callback(json, dump_to_file, (void *)output, flags); +} + +int json_dumpfd(const json_t *json, int output, size_t flags) +{ + return json_dump_callback(json, dump_to_fd, (void *)&output, flags); +} + +int json_dump_file(const json_t *json, const char *path, size_t flags) +{ + int result; + + FILE *output = fopen(path, "w"); + if(!output) + return -1; + + result = json_dumpf(json, output, flags); + if(fclose(output) != 0) + return -2; + + return result; +} + +int json_dump_callback(const json_t *json, json_dump_callback_t callback, void *data, size_t flags) +{ + int res; + hashtable_t parents_set; + + if(!(flags & JSON_ENCODE_ANY)) { + if(!json_is_array(json) && !json_is_object(json)) + return -1; + } + + if (hashtable_init(&parents_set)) + return -2; + + res = do_dump(json, flags, 0, &parents_set, callback, data); + + hashtable_close(&parents_set); + + return res; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/error.c b/src/jansson/error.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27f4e66 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/error.c @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include +#include "jansson_private.h" + +void jsonp_error_init(json_error_t *error, const char *source) +{ + if(error) + { + error->text[0] = '\0'; + error->line = -1; + error->column = -1; + error->position = 0; + error->code = 0; + if(source) + jsonp_error_set_source(error, source); + else + error->source[0] = '\0'; + } +} + +void jsonp_error_set_source(json_error_t *error, const char *source) +{ + size_t length; + + if(!error || !source) + return; + + length = strlen(source); + if(length < JSON_ERROR_SOURCE_LENGTH) + { + //strncpy(error->source, source, length + 1); + } + else + { + size_t extra = length - JSON_ERROR_SOURCE_LENGTH + 4; + memcpy(error->source, "...", 3); + strncpy(error->source + 3, source + extra, length - extra + 1); + } +} + +void jsonp_error_set(json_error_t *error, int line, int column, + size_t position, enum json_error_code code, + const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, msg); + jsonp_error_vset(error, line, column, position, code, msg, ap); + va_end(ap); +} + +void jsonp_error_vset(json_error_t *error, int line, int column, + size_t position, enum json_error_code code, + const char *msg, va_list ap) +{ + if(!error) + return; + + if(error->text[0] != '\0') { + /* error already set */ + return; + } + + error->line = line; + error->column = column; + error->position = (int)position; + + vsnprintf(error->text, JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH - 1, msg, ap); + error->text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH - 2] = '\0'; + error->text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH - 1] = code; + error->code = code; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/hashtable.c b/src/jansson/hashtable.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..58e8421 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/hashtable.c @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#include +#include + +#include + +#include "jansson_config.h" /* for JSON_INLINE */ +#include "jansson_private.h" /* for container_of() */ +#include "hashtable.h" + +#ifndef INITIAL_HASHTABLE_ORDER +#define INITIAL_HASHTABLE_ORDER 3 +#endif + +typedef struct hashtable_list list_t; +typedef struct hashtable_pair pair_t; +typedef struct hashtable_bucket bucket_t; + +extern volatile uint32_t hashtable_seed; + +/* Implementation of the hash function */ +#include "lookup3.h" + +#define list_to_pair(list_) container_of(list_, pair_t, list) +#define ordered_list_to_pair(list_) container_of(list_, pair_t, ordered_list) +#define hash_str(key) ((size_t)hashlittle((key), strlen(key), hashtable_seed)) + +JSON_INLINE void list_init(list_t *list) +{ + list->next = list; + list->prev = list; +} + +JSON_INLINE void list_insert(list_t *list, list_t *node) +{ + node->next = list; + node->prev = list->prev; + list->prev->next = node; + list->prev = node; +} + +JSON_INLINE void list_remove(list_t *list) +{ + list->prev->next = list->next; + list->next->prev = list->prev; +} + +JSON_INLINE int bucket_is_empty(hashtable_t *hashtable, bucket_t *bucket) +{ + return bucket->first == &hashtable->list && bucket->first == bucket->last; +} + +static void insert_to_bucket(hashtable_t *hashtable, bucket_t *bucket, + list_t *list) +{ + if(bucket_is_empty(hashtable, bucket)) + { + list_insert(&hashtable->list, list); + bucket->first = bucket->last = list; + } + else + { + list_insert(bucket->first, list); + bucket->first = list; + } +} + +static pair_t *hashtable_find_pair(hashtable_t *hashtable, bucket_t *bucket, + const char *key, size_t hash) +{ + list_t *list; + pair_t *pair; + + if(bucket_is_empty(hashtable, bucket)) + return NULL; + + list = bucket->first; + while(1) + { + pair = list_to_pair(list); + if(pair->hash == hash && strcmp(pair->key, key) == 0) + return pair; + + if(list == bucket->last) + break; + + list = list->next; + } + + return NULL; +} + +/* returns 0 on success, -1 if key was not found */ +static int hashtable_do_del(hashtable_t *hashtable, + const char *key, size_t hash) +{ + pair_t *pair; + bucket_t *bucket; + size_t index; + + index = hash & hashmask(hashtable->order); + bucket = &hashtable->buckets[index]; + + pair = hashtable_find_pair(hashtable, bucket, key, hash); + if(!pair) + return -1; + + if(&pair->list == bucket->first && &pair->list == bucket->last) + bucket->first = bucket->last = &hashtable->list; + + else if(&pair->list == bucket->first) + bucket->first = pair->list.next; + + else if(&pair->list == bucket->last) + bucket->last = pair->list.prev; + + list_remove(&pair->list); + list_remove(&pair->ordered_list); + json_decref(pair->value); + + jsonp_free(pair); + hashtable->size--; + + return 0; +} + +static void hashtable_do_clear(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + list_t *list, *next; + pair_t *pair; + + for(list = hashtable->list.next; list != &hashtable->list; list = next) + { + next = list->next; + pair = list_to_pair(list); + json_decref(pair->value); + jsonp_free(pair); + } +} + +static int hashtable_do_rehash(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + list_t *list, *next; + pair_t *pair; + size_t i, index, new_size, new_order; + struct hashtable_bucket* new_buckets; + + new_order = hashtable->order + 1; + new_size = hashsize(new_order); + + new_buckets = (struct hashtable_bucket*)jsonp_malloc(new_size * sizeof(bucket_t)); + if(!new_buckets) + return -1; + + jsonp_free(hashtable->buckets); + hashtable->buckets = new_buckets; + hashtable->order = new_order; + + for(i = 0; i < hashsize(hashtable->order); i++) + { + hashtable->buckets[i].first = hashtable->buckets[i].last = + &hashtable->list; + } + + list = hashtable->list.next; + list_init(&hashtable->list); + + for(; list != &hashtable->list; list = next) { + next = list->next; + pair = list_to_pair(list); + index = pair->hash % new_size; + insert_to_bucket(hashtable, &hashtable->buckets[index], &pair->list); + } + + return 0; +} + + +int hashtable_init(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + size_t i; + + hashtable->size = 0; + hashtable->order = INITIAL_HASHTABLE_ORDER; + hashtable->buckets = (struct hashtable_bucket*)jsonp_malloc(hashsize(hashtable->order) * sizeof(bucket_t)); + if(!hashtable->buckets) + return -1; + + list_init(&hashtable->list); + list_init(&hashtable->ordered_list); + + for(i = 0; i < hashsize(hashtable->order); i++) + { + hashtable->buckets[i].first = hashtable->buckets[i].last = + &hashtable->list; + } + + return 0; +} + +void hashtable_close(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + hashtable_do_clear(hashtable); + jsonp_free(hashtable->buckets); +} + +int hashtable_set(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + pair_t* pair; + bucket_t* bucket; + size_t hash, index; + + /* rehash if the load ratio exceeds 1 */ + if(hashtable->size >= hashsize(hashtable->order)) + if(hashtable_do_rehash(hashtable)) + return -1; + + hash = hash_str(key); + index = hash & hashmask(hashtable->order); + bucket = &hashtable->buckets[index]; + pair = hashtable_find_pair(hashtable, bucket, key, hash); + + if(pair) + { + json_decref(pair->value); + pair->value = value; + } + else + { + /* offsetof(...) returns the size of pair_t without the last, + flexible member. This way, the correct amount is + allocated. */ + + size_t len = strlen(key); + if(len >= (size_t)-1 - offsetof(pair_t, key)) { + /* Avoid an overflow if the key is very long */ + return -1; + } + + pair = (pair_t*)jsonp_malloc(offsetof(pair_t, key) + len + 1); + if(!pair) + return -1; + + pair->hash = hash; + strncpy(pair->key, key, len + 1); + pair->value = value; + list_init(&pair->list); + list_init(&pair->ordered_list); + + insert_to_bucket(hashtable, bucket, &pair->list); + list_insert(&hashtable->ordered_list, &pair->ordered_list); + + hashtable->size++; + } + return 0; +} + +void *hashtable_get(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key) +{ + pair_t *pair; + size_t hash; + bucket_t *bucket; + + hash = hash_str(key); + bucket = &hashtable->buckets[hash & hashmask(hashtable->order)]; + + pair = hashtable_find_pair(hashtable, bucket, key, hash); + if(!pair) + return NULL; + + return pair->value; +} + +int hashtable_del(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key) +{ + size_t hash = hash_str(key); + return hashtable_do_del(hashtable, key, hash); +} + +void hashtable_clear(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + size_t i; + + hashtable_do_clear(hashtable); + + for(i = 0; i < hashsize(hashtable->order); i++) + { + hashtable->buckets[i].first = hashtable->buckets[i].last = + &hashtable->list; + } + + list_init(&hashtable->list); + list_init(&hashtable->ordered_list); + hashtable->size = 0; +} + +void *hashtable_iter(hashtable_t *hashtable) +{ + return hashtable_iter_next(hashtable, &hashtable->ordered_list); +} + +void *hashtable_iter_at(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key) +{ + pair_t *pair; + size_t hash; + bucket_t *bucket; + + hash = hash_str(key); + bucket = &hashtable->buckets[hash & hashmask(hashtable->order)]; + + pair = hashtable_find_pair(hashtable, bucket, key, hash); + if(!pair) + return NULL; + + return &pair->ordered_list; +} + +void *hashtable_iter_next(hashtable_t *hashtable, void *iter) +{ + list_t *list = (list_t *)iter; + if(list->next == &hashtable->ordered_list) + return NULL; + return list->next; +} + +void *hashtable_iter_key(void *iter) +{ + pair_t *pair = ordered_list_to_pair((list_t *)iter); + return pair->key; +} + +void *hashtable_iter_value(void *iter) +{ + pair_t *pair = ordered_list_to_pair((list_t *)iter); + return pair->value; +} + +void hashtable_iter_set(void *iter, json_t *value) +{ + pair_t *pair = ordered_list_to_pair((list_t *)iter); + + json_decref(pair->value); + pair->value = value; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/hashtable.h b/src/jansson/hashtable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5524065 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/hashtable.h @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef HASHTABLE_H +#define HASHTABLE_H + +#include +#include "jansson.h" + +struct hashtable_list { + struct hashtable_list *prev; + struct hashtable_list *next; +}; + +/* "pair" may be a bit confusing a name, but think of it as a + key-value pair. In this case, it just encodes some extra data, + too */ +struct hashtable_pair { + struct hashtable_list list; + struct hashtable_list ordered_list; + size_t hash; + json_t *value; + char key[1]; +}; + +struct hashtable_bucket { + struct hashtable_list *first; + struct hashtable_list *last; +}; + +typedef struct hashtable { + size_t size; + struct hashtable_bucket *buckets; + size_t order; /* hashtable has pow(2, order) buckets */ + struct hashtable_list list; + struct hashtable_list ordered_list; +} hashtable_t; + + +#define hashtable_key_to_iter(key_) \ + (&(container_of(key_, struct hashtable_pair, key)->ordered_list)) + + +/** + * hashtable_init - Initialize a hashtable object + * + * @hashtable: The (statically allocated) hashtable object + * + * Initializes a statically allocated hashtable object. The object + * should be cleared with hashtable_close when it's no longer used. + * + * Returns 0 on success, -1 on error (out of memory). + */ +int hashtable_init(hashtable_t *hashtable) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); + +/** + * hashtable_close - Release all resources used by a hashtable object + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable + * + * Destroys a statically allocated hashtable object. + */ +void hashtable_close(hashtable_t *hashtable); + +/** + * hashtable_set - Add/modify value in hashtable + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * @key: The key + * @serial: For addition order of keys + * @value: The value + * + * If a value with the given key already exists, its value is replaced + * with the new value. Value is "stealed" in the sense that hashtable + * doesn't increment its refcount but decreases the refcount when the + * value is no longer needed. + * + * Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure (out of memory). + */ +int hashtable_set(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key, json_t *value); + +/** + * hashtable_get - Get a value associated with a key + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * @key: The key + * + * Returns value if it is found, or NULL otherwise. + */ +void *hashtable_get(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key); + +/** + * hashtable_del - Remove a value from the hashtable + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * @key: The key + * + * Returns 0 on success, or -1 if the key was not found. + */ +int hashtable_del(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key); + +/** + * hashtable_clear - Clear hashtable + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * + * Removes all items from the hashtable. + */ +void hashtable_clear(hashtable_t *hashtable); + +/** + * hashtable_iter - Iterate over hashtable + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * + * Returns an opaque iterator to the first element in the hashtable. + * The iterator should be passed to hashtable_iter_* functions. + * The hashtable items are not iterated over in any particular order. + * + * There's no need to free the iterator in any way. The iterator is + * valid as long as the item that is referenced by the iterator is not + * deleted. Other values may be added or deleted. In particular, + * hashtable_iter_next() may be called on an iterator, and after that + * the key/value pair pointed by the old iterator may be deleted. + */ +void *hashtable_iter(hashtable_t *hashtable); + +/** + * hashtable_iter_at - Return an iterator at a specific key + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * @key: The key that the iterator should point to + * + * Like hashtable_iter() but returns an iterator pointing to a + * specific key. + */ +void *hashtable_iter_at(hashtable_t *hashtable, const char *key); + +/** + * hashtable_iter_next - Advance an iterator + * + * @hashtable: The hashtable object + * @iter: The iterator + * + * Returns a new iterator pointing to the next element in the + * hashtable or NULL if the whole hastable has been iterated over. + */ +void *hashtable_iter_next(hashtable_t *hashtable, void *iter); + +/** + * hashtable_iter_key - Retrieve the key pointed by an iterator + * + * @iter: The iterator + */ +void *hashtable_iter_key(void *iter); + +/** + * hashtable_iter_value - Retrieve the value pointed by an iterator + * + * @iter: The iterator + */ +void *hashtable_iter_value(void *iter); + +/** + * hashtable_iter_set - Set the value pointed by an iterator + * + * @iter: The iterator + * @value: The value to set + */ +void hashtable_iter_set(void *iter, json_t *value); + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/hashtable_seed.c b/src/jansson/hashtable_seed.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..153dd66 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/hashtable_seed.c @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/* Generate sizeof(uint32_t) bytes of as random data as possible to seed + the hash function. +*/ + +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SCHED_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H +#include +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H +#include +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) +/* For GetModuleHandle(), GetProcAddress() and GetCurrentProcessId() */ +#include +#endif + +#include "jansson.h" + + +inline uint32_t buf_to_uint32(char *data) { + size_t i; + uint32_t result = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < sizeof(uint32_t); i++) + result = (result << 8) | (unsigned char)data[i]; + + return result; +} + + + +/* /dev/urandom */ +#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(USE_URANDOM) +int seed_from_urandom(uint32_t *seed) { + /* Use unbuffered I/O if we have open(), close() and read(). Otherwise + fall back to fopen() */ + + char data[sizeof(uint32_t)]; + int ok; + +#if defined(HAVE_OPEN) && defined(HAVE_CLOSE) && defined(HAVE_READ) + int urandom; + urandom = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY); + if (urandom == -1) + return 1; + + ok = read(urandom, data, sizeof(uint32_t)) == sizeof(uint32_t); + close(urandom); +#else + FILE *urandom; + + urandom = fopen("/dev/urandom", "rb"); + if (!urandom) + return 1; + + ok = fread(data, 1, sizeof(uint32_t), urandom) == sizeof(uint32_t); + fclose(urandom); +#endif + + if (!ok) + return 1; + + *seed = buf_to_uint32(data); + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* Windows Crypto API */ +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(USE_WINDOWS_CRYPTOAPI) +#include + +typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CRYPTACQUIRECONTEXTA)(HCRYPTPROV *phProv, LPCSTR pszContainer, LPCSTR pszProvider, DWORD dwProvType, DWORD dwFlags); +typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CRYPTGENRANDOM)(HCRYPTPROV hProv, DWORD dwLen, BYTE *pbBuffer); +typedef BOOL (WINAPI *CRYPTRELEASECONTEXT)(HCRYPTPROV hProv, DWORD dwFlags); + +int seed_from_windows_cryptoapi(uint32_t *seed) +{ + HINSTANCE hAdvAPI32 = NULL; + CRYPTACQUIRECONTEXTA pCryptAcquireContext = NULL; + CRYPTGENRANDOM pCryptGenRandom = NULL; + CRYPTRELEASECONTEXT pCryptReleaseContext = NULL; + HCRYPTPROV hCryptProv = 0; + BYTE data[sizeof(uint32_t)]; + int ok; + + hAdvAPI32 = GetModuleHandle(TEXT("advapi32.dll")); + if(hAdvAPI32 == NULL) + return 1; + + pCryptAcquireContext = (CRYPTACQUIRECONTEXTA)GetProcAddress(hAdvAPI32, "CryptAcquireContextA"); + if (!pCryptAcquireContext) + return 1; + + pCryptGenRandom = (CRYPTGENRANDOM)GetProcAddress(hAdvAPI32, "CryptGenRandom"); + if (!pCryptGenRandom) + return 1; + + pCryptReleaseContext = (CRYPTRELEASECONTEXT)GetProcAddress(hAdvAPI32, "CryptReleaseContext"); + if (!pCryptReleaseContext) + return 1; + + if (!pCryptAcquireContext(&hCryptProv, NULL, NULL, PROV_RSA_FULL, CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)) + return 1; + + ok = pCryptGenRandom(hCryptProv, sizeof(uint32_t), data); + pCryptReleaseContext(hCryptProv, 0); + + if (!ok) + return 1; + + *seed = buf_to_uint32((char *)data); + return 0; +} +#endif + +/* gettimeofday() and getpid() */ +int seed_from_timestamp_and_pid(uint32_t *seed) { +#ifdef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + /* XOR of seconds and microseconds */ + struct timeval tv; + gettimeofday(&tv, NULL); + *seed = (uint32_t)tv.tv_sec ^ (uint32_t)tv.tv_usec; +#else + /* Seconds only */ + *seed = (uint32_t)time(NULL); +#endif + + /* XOR with PID for more randomness */ +#if defined(_WIN32) + *seed ^= (uint32_t)GetCurrentProcessId(); +#elif defined(HAVE_GETPID) + *seed ^= (uint32_t)getpid(); +#endif + + return 0; +} + +uint32_t generate_seed() { + uint32_t seed = 0; + int done = 0; + +#if !defined(_WIN32) && defined(USE_URANDOM) + if (seed_from_urandom(&seed) == 0) + done = 1; +#endif + +#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(USE_WINDOWS_CRYPTOAPI) + if (seed_from_windows_cryptoapi(&seed) == 0) + done = 1; +#endif + + if (!done) { + /* Fall back to timestamp and PID if no better randomness is + available */ + seed_from_timestamp_and_pid(&seed); + } + + /* Make sure the seed is never zero */ + if (seed == 0) + seed = 1; + + return seed; +} + + +volatile uint32_t hashtable_seed = 0; + +#if defined(HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS) && (defined(HAVE_SCHED_YIELD) || !defined(_WIN32)) +volatile char seed_initialized = 0; + +void json_object_seed(size_t seed) { + uint32_t new_seed = (uint32_t)seed; + + if (hashtable_seed == 0) { + if (__atomic_test_and_set(&seed_initialized, __ATOMIC_RELAXED) == 0) { + /* Do the seeding ourselves */ + if (new_seed == 0) + new_seed = generate_seed(); + + __atomic_store_n(&hashtable_seed, new_seed, __ATOMIC_RELEASE); + } else { + /* Wait for another thread to do the seeding */ + do { +#ifdef HAVE_SCHED_YIELD + sched_yield(); +#endif + } while(__atomic_load_n(&hashtable_seed, __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE) == 0); + } + } +} +#elif defined(HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS) && (defined(HAVE_SCHED_YIELD) || !defined(_WIN32)) +void json_object_seed(size_t seed) { + uint32_t new_seed = (uint32_t)seed; + + if (hashtable_seed == 0) { + if (new_seed == 0) { + /* Explicit synchronization fences are not supported by the + __sync builtins, so every thread getting here has to + generate the seed value. + */ + new_seed = generate_seed(); + } + + do { + if (__sync_bool_compare_and_swap(&hashtable_seed, 0, new_seed)) { + /* We were the first to seed */ + break; + } else { + /* Wait for another thread to do the seeding */ +#ifdef HAVE_SCHED_YIELD + sched_yield(); +#endif + } + } while(hashtable_seed == 0); + } +} +#elif defined(_WIN32) +long seed_initialized = 0; +void json_object_seed(size_t seed) { + uint32_t new_seed = (uint32_t)seed; + + if (hashtable_seed == 0) { + if (InterlockedIncrement(&seed_initialized) == 1) { + /* Do the seeding ourselves */ + if (new_seed == 0) + new_seed = generate_seed(); + + hashtable_seed = new_seed; + } else { + /* Wait for another thread to do the seeding */ + do { + SwitchToThread(); + } while (hashtable_seed == 0); + } + } +} +#else +/* Fall back to a thread-unsafe version */ +void json_object_seed(size_t seed) { + uint32_t new_seed = (uint32_t)seed; + + if (hashtable_seed == 0) { + if (new_seed == 0) + new_seed = generate_seed(); + + hashtable_seed = new_seed; + } +} +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson-readthedocs-io-en-latest.pdf b/src/jansson/jansson-readthedocs-io-en-latest.pdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ad9edf Binary files /dev/null and b/src/jansson/jansson-readthedocs-io-en-latest.pdf differ diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson.h b/src/jansson/jansson.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cd0f0d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/jansson.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef JSON_H +#define JSON_H + +#include +#include /* for size_t */ +#include + +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/* version */ + +#define JSON_MAJOR_VERSION 2 +#define JSON_MINOR_VERSION 12 +#define JSON_MICRO_VERSION 0 + +/* Micro version is omitted if it's 0 */ +#define JSON_VERSION "2.12" + +/* Version as a 3-byte hex number, e.g. 0x010201 == 1.2.1. Use this + for numeric comparisons, e.g. #if JSON_VERSION_HEX >= ... */ +#define JSON_VERSION_HEX ((JSON_MAJOR_VERSION << 16) | \ + (JSON_MINOR_VERSION << 8) | \ + (JSON_MICRO_VERSION << 0)) + +/* If __atomic or __sync builtins are available the library is thread + * safe for all read-only functions plus reference counting. */ +#if JSON_HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS || JSON_HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS +#define JSON_THREAD_SAFE_REFCOUNT 1 +#endif + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#define JSON_ATTRS(...) __attribute__((__VA_ARGS__)) +#else +#define JSON_ATTRS(...) +#endif + +/* types */ + +typedef enum { + JSON_OBJECT, + JSON_ARRAY, + JSON_STRING, + JSON_INTEGER, + JSON_REAL, + JSON_TRUE, + JSON_FALSE, + JSON_NULL +} json_type; + +typedef struct json_t { + json_type type; + volatile size_t refcount; +} json_t; + +#ifndef JSON_USING_CMAKE /* disabled if using cmake */ + + #if JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG + + #ifdef _WIN32 + #define JSON_INTEGER_FORMAT "I64d" + #else + #define JSON_INTEGER_FORMAT "lld" + #endif + + typedef long long json_int_t; + #else + + #define JSON_INTEGER_FORMAT "ld" + typedef long json_int_t; + + #endif /* JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG */ + +#endif + +#define json_typeof(json) ((json)->type) +#define json_is_object(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_OBJECT) +#define json_is_array(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_ARRAY) +#define json_is_string(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_STRING) +#define json_is_integer(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_INTEGER) +#define json_is_real(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_REAL) +#define json_is_number(json) (json_is_integer(json) || json_is_real(json)) +#define json_is_true(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_TRUE) +#define json_is_false(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_FALSE) +#define json_boolean_value json_is_true +#define json_is_boolean(json) (json_is_true(json) || json_is_false(json)) +#define json_is_null(json) ((json) && json_typeof(json) == JSON_NULL) + +/* construction, destruction, reference counting */ + +json_t *json_object(void); +json_t *json_array(void); +json_t *json_string(const char *value); +json_t *json_stringn(const char *value, size_t len); +json_t *json_string_nocheck(const char *value); +json_t *json_stringn_nocheck(const char *value, size_t len); +json_t *json_integer(json_int_t value); +json_t *json_real(double value); +json_t *json_true(void); +json_t *json_false(void); +#define json_boolean(val) ((val > 0) ? json_true() : json_false()) +json_t *json_null(void); + +/* do not call JSON_INTERNAL_INCREF or JSON_INTERNAL_DECREF directly */ +#if JSON_HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS +#define JSON_INTERNAL_INCREF(json) __atomic_add_fetch(&json->refcount, 1, __ATOMIC_ACQUIRE) +#define JSON_INTERNAL_DECREF(json) __atomic_sub_fetch(&json->refcount, 1, __ATOMIC_RELEASE) +#elif JSON_HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS +#define JSON_INTERNAL_INCREF(json) __sync_add_and_fetch(&json->refcount, 1) +#define JSON_INTERNAL_DECREF(json) __sync_sub_and_fetch(&json->refcount, 1) +#else +#define JSON_INTERNAL_INCREF(json) (++json->refcount) +#define JSON_INTERNAL_DECREF(json) (--json->refcount) +#endif + +JSON_INLINE +json_t *json_incref(json_t *json) +{ + if(json && json->refcount != (size_t)-1) + JSON_INTERNAL_INCREF(json); + return json; +} + +/* do not call json_delete directly */ +void json_delete(json_t *json); + +JSON_INLINE +void json_decref(json_t *json) +{ + if(json && json->refcount != (size_t)-1 && JSON_INTERNAL_DECREF(json) == 0) + json_delete(json); +} + +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +JSON_INLINE +void json_decrefp(json_t **json) +{ + if(json) { + json_decref(*json); + *json = NULL; + } +} + +JSON_INLINE +void json_decrefp_def(json_t **json) +{ + json_decrefp(json); +} + +#define json_auto_t json_t __attribute__((cleanup(json_decrefp))) +#endif + + +/* error reporting */ + +#define JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH 160 +#define JSON_ERROR_SOURCE_LENGTH 80 + +typedef struct json_error_t { + int line; + int column; + int position; + char source[JSON_ERROR_SOURCE_LENGTH]; + char text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH]; + int code; +} json_error_t; + +enum json_error_code { + json_error_unknown, + json_error_out_of_memory, + json_error_stack_overflow, + json_error_cannot_open_file, + json_error_invalid_argument, + json_error_invalid_utf8, + json_error_premature_end_of_input, + json_error_end_of_input_expected, + json_error_invalid_syntax, + json_error_invalid_format, + json_error_wrong_type, + json_error_null_character, + json_error_null_value, + json_error_null_byte_in_key, + json_error_duplicate_key, + json_error_numeric_overflow, + json_error_item_not_found, + json_error_index_out_of_range +}; + +JSON_INLINE +enum json_error_code json_error_code(const json_error_t *e) +{ + return (enum json_error_code)e->text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH - 1]; +} + +JSON_INLINE +enum json_error_code json_error_code_def(const json_error_t *e) +{ + return json_error_code(e); +} + +/* getters, setters, manipulation */ + +void json_object_seed(size_t seed); +size_t json_object_size(const json_t *object); +json_t *json_object_get(const json_t *object, const char *key) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +int json_object_set_new(json_t *object, const char *key, json_t *value); +int json_object_set_new_nocheck(json_t *object, const char *key, json_t *value); +int json_object_del(json_t *object, const char *key); +int json_object_clear(json_t *object); +int json_object_update(json_t *object, json_t *other); +int json_object_update_existing(json_t *object, json_t *other); +int json_object_update_missing(json_t *object, json_t *other); +void *json_object_iter(json_t *object); +void *json_object_iter_at(json_t *object, const char *key); +void *json_object_key_to_iter(const char *key); +void *json_object_iter_next(json_t *object, void *iter); +const char *json_object_iter_key(void *iter); +json_t *json_object_iter_value(void *iter); +int json_object_iter_set_new(json_t *object, void *iter, json_t *value); + +#define json_object_foreach(object, key, value) \ + for(key = json_object_iter_key(json_object_iter(object)); \ + key && (value = json_object_iter_value(json_object_key_to_iter(key))); \ + key = json_object_iter_key(json_object_iter_next(object, json_object_key_to_iter(key)))) + +#define json_object_foreach_safe(object, n, key, value) \ + for(key = json_object_iter_key(json_object_iter(object)), \ + n = json_object_iter_next(object, json_object_key_to_iter(key)); \ + key && (value = json_object_iter_value(json_object_key_to_iter(key))); \ + key = json_object_iter_key(n), \ + n = json_object_iter_next(object, json_object_key_to_iter(key))) + +#define json_array_foreach(array, index, value) \ + for(index = 0; \ + index < json_array_size(array) && (value = json_array_get(array, index)); \ + index++) + +JSON_INLINE +int json_object_set(json_t *object, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + return json_object_set_new(object, key, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_object_set_def(json_t *object, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + return json_object_set(object, key, value); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_object_set_nocheck(json_t *object, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + return json_object_set_new_nocheck(object, key, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_object_iter_set(json_t *object, void *iter, json_t *value) +{ + return json_object_iter_set_new(object, iter, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_object_iter_set_def(json_t *object, void *iter, json_t *value) +{ + return json_object_iter_set(object, iter, value); +} + +size_t json_array_size(const json_t *array); +json_t *json_array_get(const json_t *array, size_t index) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +int json_array_set_new(json_t *array, size_t index, json_t *value); +int json_array_append_new(json_t *array, json_t *value); +int json_array_insert_new(json_t *array, size_t index, json_t *value); +int json_array_remove(json_t *array, size_t index); +int json_array_clear(json_t *array); +int json_array_extend(json_t *array, json_t *other); + +JSON_INLINE +int json_array_set(json_t *array, size_t ind, json_t *value) +{ + return json_array_set_new(array, ind, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_array_set_def(json_t *array, size_t ind, json_t *value) +{ + return json_array_set(array, ind, value); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_array_append(json_t *array, json_t *value) +{ + return json_array_append_new(array, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_array_insert(json_t *array, size_t ind, json_t *value) +{ + return json_array_insert_new(array, ind, json_incref(value)); +} + +JSON_INLINE +int json_array_insert_def(json_t *array, size_t ind, json_t *value) +{ + return json_array_insert(array, ind, value); +} + +const char *json_string_value(const json_t *string); +size_t json_string_length(const json_t *string); +json_int_t json_integer_value(const json_t *integer); +double json_real_value(const json_t *real); +double json_number_value(const json_t *json); + +int json_string_set(json_t *string, const char *value); +int json_string_setn(json_t *string, const char *value, size_t len); +int json_string_set_nocheck(json_t *string, const char *value); +int json_string_setn_nocheck(json_t *string, const char *value, size_t len); +int json_integer_set(json_t *integer, json_int_t value); +int json_real_set(json_t *real, double value); + +/* pack, unpack */ + +json_t *json_pack(const char *fmt, ...) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_pack_ex(json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, ...) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_vpack_ex(json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, va_list ap) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); + +#define JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY 0x1 +#define JSON_STRICT 0x2 + +int json_unpack(json_t *root, const char *fmt, ...); +int json_unpack_ex(json_t *root, json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, ...); +int json_vunpack_ex(json_t *root, json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, va_list ap); + +/* sprintf */ + +json_t *json_sprintf(const char *fmt, ...) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result, format(printf, 1, 2)); +json_t *json_vsprintf(const char *fmt, va_list ap) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result, format(printf, 1, 0)); + + +/* equality */ + +int json_equal(const json_t *value1, const json_t *value2); + + +/* copying */ + +json_t *json_copy(json_t *value) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_deep_copy(const json_t *value) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); + + +/* decoding */ + +#define JSON_REJECT_DUPLICATES 0x1 +#define JSON_DISABLE_EOF_CHECK 0x2 +#define JSON_DECODE_ANY 0x4 +#define JSON_DECODE_INT_AS_REAL 0x8 +#define JSON_ALLOW_NUL 0x10 + +typedef size_t (*json_load_callback_t)(void *buffer, size_t buflen, void *data); + +json_t *json_loads(const char *input, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_loadb(const char *buffer, size_t buflen, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_loadf(FILE *input, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_loadfd(int input, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_load_file(const char *path, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +json_t *json_load_callback(json_load_callback_t callback, void *data, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); + + +/* encoding */ + +#define JSON_MAX_INDENT 0x1F +#define JSON_INDENT(n) ((n) & JSON_MAX_INDENT) +#define JSON_COMPACT 0x20 +#define JSON_ENSURE_ASCII 0x40 +#define JSON_SORT_KEYS 0x80 +#define JSON_PRESERVE_ORDER 0x100 +#define JSON_ENCODE_ANY 0x200 +#define JSON_ESCAPE_SLASH 0x400 +#define JSON_REAL_PRECISION(n) (((n) & 0x1F) << 11) +#define JSON_EMBED 0x10000 + +typedef int (*json_dump_callback_t)(const char *buffer, size_t size, void *data); + +char *json_dumps(const json_t *json, size_t flags) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +size_t json_dumpb(const json_t *json, char *buffer, size_t size, size_t flags); +int json_dumpf(const json_t *json, FILE *output, size_t flags); +int json_dumpfd(const json_t *json, int output, size_t flags); +int json_dump_file(const json_t *json, const char *path, size_t flags); +int json_dump_callback(const json_t *json, json_dump_callback_t callback, void *data, size_t flags); + +/* custom memory allocation */ + +typedef void *(*json_malloc_t)(size_t); +typedef void (*json_free_t)(void *); + +void json_set_alloc_funcs(json_malloc_t malloc_fn, json_free_t free_fn); +void json_get_alloc_funcs(json_malloc_t *malloc_fn, json_free_t *free_fn); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson_config.h b/src/jansson/jansson_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..97e269e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/jansson_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + * + * + * This file specifies a part of the site-specific configuration for + * Jansson, namely those things that affect the public API in + * jansson.h. + * + * The configure script copies this file to jansson_config.h and + * replaces @var@ substitutions by values that fit your system. If you + * cannot run the configure script, you can do the value substitution + * by hand. + */ + +#ifndef JSON_CONFIG_H +#define JSON_CONFIG_H + +#define HAVE_STDINT_H + +#define JSON_USE_TAB_INDENT + +/* If your compiler supports the inline keyword in C, JSON_INLINE is + defined to `inline', otherwise empty. In C++, the inline is always + supported. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define JSON_INLINE inline +#else +#define JSON_INLINE static inline +#endif + +/* If your compiler supports the `long long` type and the strtoll() + library function, JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG is defined to 1, + otherwise to 0. */ + +//#if defined WSYSTEM_CORETYPE_ILON + #define JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG 1 +//#else + //#define JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG 0 +//#endif + +/* If locale.h and localeconv() are available, define to 1, + otherwise to 0. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_LOCALECONV 0 + +/* If __atomic builtins are available they will be used to manage + reference counts of json_t. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS 0 + +/* If __atomic builtins are not available we try using __sync builtins + to manage reference counts of json_t. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS 0 + +/* Maximum recursion depth for parsing JSON input. + This limits the depth of e.g. array-within-array constructions. */ +#define JSON_PARSER_MAX_DEPTH 2048 + +/* +static inline void* Jansson_config_malloc(size_t size) +{ + return (void*)malloc(size); +} + +static inline void Jansson_config_free(void* ptr) +{ + free(ptr); +} + +static inline void* Jansson_config_malloc_def(size_t size) +{ + return Jansson_config_malloc(size); +} + +static inline void Jansson_config_free_def(void* ptr) +{ + Jansson_config_free(ptr); +} +*/ + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson_config.h.in b/src/jansson/jansson_config.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5dbe488 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/jansson_config.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2010-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + * + * + * This file specifies a part of the site-specific configuration for + * Jansson, namely those things that affect the public API in + * jansson.h. + * + * The configure script copies this file to jansson_config.h and + * replaces @var@ substitutions by values that fit your system. If you + * cannot run the configure script, you can do the value substitution + * by hand. + */ + +#ifndef JSON_CONFIG_H +#define JSON_CONFIG_H + +/* If your compiler supports the inline keyword in C, JSON_INLINE is + defined to `inline', otherwise empty. In C++, the inline is always + supported. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define JSON_INLINE inline +#else +#define JSON_INLINE @json_inline@ +#endif + +/* If your compiler supports the `long long` type and the strtoll() + library function, JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG is defined to 1, + otherwise to 0. */ +#define JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG @json_have_long_long@ + +/* If locale.h and localeconv() are available, define to 1, + otherwise to 0. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_LOCALECONV @json_have_localeconv@ + +/* If __atomic builtins are available they will be used to manage + reference counts of json_t. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS @json_have_atomic_builtins@ + +/* If __atomic builtins are not available we try using __sync builtins + to manage reference counts of json_t. */ +#define JSON_HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS @json_have_sync_builtins@ + +/* Maximum recursion depth for parsing JSON input. + This limits the depth of e.g. array-within-array constructions. */ +#define JSON_PARSER_MAX_DEPTH 2048 + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson_private.h b/src/jansson/jansson_private.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d067afb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/jansson_private.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef JSON_PRIVATE_H +#define JSON_PRIVATE_H + +#include "jansson_config.h" +#include +#include "jansson.h" +#include "hashtable.h" +#include "strbuffer.h" + +#define container_of(ptr_, type_, member_) \ + ((type_ *)((char *)ptr_ - offsetof(type_, member_))) + +/* On some platforms, max() may already be defined */ +#ifndef max +#define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) +#endif + +/* va_copy is a C99 feature. In C89 implementations, it's sometimes + available as __va_copy. If not, memcpy() should do the trick. */ +#ifndef va_copy +#ifdef __va_copy +#define va_copy __va_copy +#else +#define va_copy(a, b) memcpy(&(a), &(b), sizeof(va_list)) +#endif +#endif + +typedef struct { + json_t json; + hashtable_t hashtable; +} json_object_t; + +typedef struct { + json_t json; + size_t size; + size_t entries; + json_t **table; +} json_array_t; + +typedef struct { + json_t json; + char *value; + size_t length; +} json_string_t; + +typedef struct { + json_t json; + double value; +} json_real_t; + +typedef struct { + json_t json; + json_int_t value; +} json_integer_t; + +#define json_to_object(json_) container_of(json_, json_object_t, json) +#define json_to_array(json_) container_of(json_, json_array_t, json) +#define json_to_string(json_) container_of(json_, json_string_t, json) +#define json_to_real(json_) container_of(json_, json_real_t, json) +#define json_to_integer(json_) container_of(json_, json_integer_t, json) + +/* Create a string by taking ownership of an existing buffer */ +json_t *jsonp_stringn_nocheck_own(const char *value, size_t len); + +/* Error message formatting */ +void jsonp_error_init(json_error_t *error, const char *source); +void jsonp_error_set_source(json_error_t *error, const char *source); +void jsonp_error_set(json_error_t *error, int line, int column, + size_t position, enum json_error_code code, + const char *msg, ...); +void jsonp_error_vset(json_error_t *error, int line, int column, + size_t position, enum json_error_code code, + const char *msg, va_list ap); + +/* Locale independent string<->double conversions */ +int jsonp_strtod(strbuffer_t *strbuffer, double *out); +int jsonp_dtostr(char *buffer, size_t size, double value, int prec); + +/* Wrappers for custom memory functions */ +void* jsonp_malloc(size_t size) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +void jsonp_free(void *ptr); +char *jsonp_strndup(const char *str, size_t length) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +char *jsonp_strdup(const char *str) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +char *jsonp_strndup(const char *str, size_t len) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); + + +/* Windows compatibility */ +#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) +# if defined(_MSC_VER) /* MS compiller */ +# if (_MSC_VER < 1900) && !defined(snprintf) /* snprintf not defined yet & not introduced */ +# define snprintf _snprintf +# endif +# if (_MSC_VER < 1500) && !defined(vsnprintf) /* vsnprintf not defined yet & not introduced */ +# define vsnprintf(b,c,f,a) _vsnprintf(b,c,f,a) +# endif +# else /* Other Windows compiller, old definition */ +# define snprintf _snprintf +# define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +# endif +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/jansson_private_config.h b/src/jansson/jansson_private_config.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6896e32 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/jansson_private_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +/* jansson_config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */ + +/* Define to 1 if gcc's __atomic builtins are available */ +#undef HAVE_ATOMIC_BUILTINS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `close' function. */ +#undef HAVE_CLOSE + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_ENDIAN_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpid' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETPID + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `gettimeofday' function. */ +#undef HAVE_GETTIMEOFDAY + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `localeconv' function. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALECONV + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'long long int'. */ +#undef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `open' function. */ +#undef HAVE_OPEN + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `read' function. */ +#undef HAVE_READ + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SCHED_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sched_yield' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SCHED_YIELD + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDINT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_STRING_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the `strtoll' function. */ +#undef HAVE_STRTOLL + +/* Define to 1 if gcc's __sync builtins are available */ +#undef HAVE_SYNC_BUILTINS + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H + +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type 'unsigned long long int'. */ +#undef HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT + +/* Number of buckets new object hashtables contain is 2 raised to this power. + E.g. 3 -> 2^3 = 8. */ +#undef INITIAL_HASHTABLE_ORDER + +/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */ +#undef LT_OBJDIR + +/* Name of package */ +#undef PACKAGE + +/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ +#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT + +/* Define to the full name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_NAME + +/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_STRING + +/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME + +/* Define to the home page for this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_URL + +/* Define to the version of this package. */ +#undef PACKAGE_VERSION + +/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ +#undef STDC_HEADERS + +/* Define to 1 if /dev/urandom should be used for seeding the hash function */ +#undef USE_URANDOM + +/* Define to 1 if CryptGenRandom should be used for seeding the hash function + */ +#undef USE_WINDOWS_CRYPTOAPI + +/* Version number of package */ +#undef VERSION + +/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from , + , or is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the + #define below would cause a syntax error. */ +#undef _UINT32_T + +/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from , + , or is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the + #define below would cause a syntax error. */ +#undef _UINT8_T + +/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler + calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name. */ +#ifndef __cplusplus +#undef inline +#endif + +/* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 32 bits if + such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ +#undef int32_t + +/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if + such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ +#undef uint16_t + +/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if + such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ +#undef uint32_t + +/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if + such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */ +#undef uint8_t diff --git a/src/jansson/load.c b/src/jansson/load.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2d58d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/load.c @@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#include "jansson_private.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H +#include +#endif + +#include "jansson.h" +#include "strbuffer.h" +#include "utf.h" + +#define STREAM_STATE_OK 0 +#define STREAM_STATE_EOF -1 +#define STREAM_STATE_ERROR -2 + +#define TOKEN_INVALID -1 +#define TOKEN_EOF 0 +#define TOKEN_STRING 256 +#define TOKEN_INTEGER 257 +#define TOKEN_REAL 258 +#define TOKEN_TRUE 259 +#define TOKEN_FALSE 260 +#define TOKEN_NULL 261 + +/* Locale independent versions of isxxx() functions */ +#define l_isupper(c) ('A' <= (c) && (c) <= 'Z') +#define l_islower(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') +#define l_isalpha(c) (l_isupper(c) || l_islower(c)) +#define l_isdigit(c) ('0' <= (c) && (c) <= '9') +#define l_isxdigit(c) \ + (l_isdigit(c) || ('A' <= (c) && (c) <= 'F') || ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'f')) + +/* Read one byte from stream, convert to unsigned char, then int, and + return. return EOF on end of file. This corresponds to the + behaviour of fgetc(). */ +typedef int (*get_func)(void *data); + +typedef struct { + get_func get; + void *data; + char buffer[5]; + size_t buffer_pos; + int state; + int line; + int column, last_column; + size_t position; +} stream_t; + +typedef struct { + stream_t stream; + strbuffer_t saved_text; + size_t flags; + size_t depth; + int token; + union { + struct { + char *val; + size_t len; + } string; + json_int_t integer; + double real; + } value; +} lex_t; + +#define stream_to_lex(stream) container_of(stream, lex_t, stream) + + +/*** error reporting ***/ + +static void error_set(json_error_t *error, const lex_t *lex, + enum json_error_code code, + const char *msg, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + char msg_text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH]; + + + char msg_with_context[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH + 32]; + + int line = -1, col = -1; + size_t pos = 0; + const char *result = msg_text; + + if(!error) + return; + + va_start(ap, msg); + vsnprintf(msg_text, JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH, msg, ap); + msg_text[JSON_ERROR_TEXT_LENGTH - 1] = '\0'; + va_end(ap); + + if(lex) + { + const char *saved_text = strbuffer_value(&lex->saved_text); + + line = lex->stream.line; + col = lex->stream.column; + pos = lex->stream.position; + + if(saved_text && saved_text[0]) + { + if(lex->saved_text.length <= 20) { + + snprintf(msg_with_context, sizeof(msg_with_context), "%s near '%s'", msg_text, saved_text); + + msg_with_context[sizeof(msg_with_context) - 1] = '\0'; + result = msg_with_context; + } + } + else + { + if(code == json_error_invalid_syntax) { + /* More specific error code for premature end of file. */ + code = json_error_premature_end_of_input; + } + if(lex->stream.state == STREAM_STATE_ERROR) { + /* No context for UTF-8 decoding errors */ + result = msg_text; + } + else { + snprintf(msg_with_context, sizeof(msg_with_context), "%s near end of file", msg_text); + msg_with_context[sizeof(msg_with_context) - 1] = '\0'; + result = msg_with_context; + } + } + } + + jsonp_error_set(error, line, col, pos, code, "%s", result); +} + + +/*** lexical analyzer ***/ + +static void +stream_init(stream_t *stream, get_func get, void *data) +{ + stream->get = get; + stream->data = data; + stream->buffer[0] = '\0'; + stream->buffer_pos = 0; + + stream->state = STREAM_STATE_OK; + stream->line = 1; + stream->column = 0; + stream->position = 0; +} + +static int stream_get(stream_t *stream, json_error_t *error) +{ + int c; + + if(stream->state != STREAM_STATE_OK) + return stream->state; + + if(!stream->buffer[stream->buffer_pos]) + { + c = stream->get(stream->data); + if(c == EOF) { + stream->state = STREAM_STATE_EOF; + return STREAM_STATE_EOF; + } + + stream->buffer[0] = c; + stream->buffer_pos = 0; + + if(0x80 <= c && c <= 0xFF) + { + /* multi-byte UTF-8 sequence */ + size_t i, count; + + count = utf8_check_first(c); + if(!count) + goto out; + + assert(count >= 2); + + for(i = 1; i < count; i++) + stream->buffer[i] = stream->get(stream->data); + + if(!utf8_check_full(stream->buffer, count, NULL)) + goto out; + + stream->buffer[count] = '\0'; + } + else + stream->buffer[1] = '\0'; + } + + c = stream->buffer[stream->buffer_pos++]; + + stream->position++; + if(c == '\n') { + stream->line++; + stream->last_column = stream->column; + stream->column = 0; + } + else if(utf8_check_first(c)) { + /* track the Unicode character column, so increment only if + this is the first character of a UTF-8 sequence */ + stream->column++; + } + + return c; + +out: + stream->state = STREAM_STATE_ERROR; + error_set(error, stream_to_lex(stream), json_error_invalid_utf8, "unable to decode byte 0x%x", c); + return STREAM_STATE_ERROR; +} + +static void stream_unget(stream_t *stream, int c) +{ + if(c == STREAM_STATE_EOF || c == STREAM_STATE_ERROR) + return; + + stream->position--; + if(c == '\n') { + stream->line--; + stream->column = stream->last_column; + } + else if(utf8_check_first(c)) + stream->column--; + + assert(stream->buffer_pos > 0); + stream->buffer_pos--; + assert(stream->buffer[stream->buffer_pos] == c); +} + + +static int lex_get(lex_t *lex, json_error_t *error) +{ + return stream_get(&lex->stream, error); +} + +static void lex_save(lex_t *lex, int c) +{ + strbuffer_append_byte(&lex->saved_text, c); +} + +static int lex_get_save(lex_t *lex, json_error_t *error) +{ + int c = stream_get(&lex->stream, error); + if(c != STREAM_STATE_EOF && c != STREAM_STATE_ERROR) + lex_save(lex, c); + return c; +} + +static void lex_unget(lex_t *lex, int c) +{ + stream_unget(&lex->stream, c); +} + +static void lex_unget_unsave(lex_t *lex, int c) +{ + if(c != STREAM_STATE_EOF && c != STREAM_STATE_ERROR) { + /* Since we treat warnings as errors, when assertions are turned + * off the "d" variable would be set but never used. Which is + * treated as an error by GCC. + */ + #ifndef NDEBUG + char d; + #endif + stream_unget(&lex->stream, c); + #ifndef NDEBUG + d = + #endif + strbuffer_pop(&lex->saved_text); + assert(c == d); + } +} + +static void lex_save_cached(lex_t *lex) +{ + while(lex->stream.buffer[lex->stream.buffer_pos] != '\0') + { + lex_save(lex, lex->stream.buffer[lex->stream.buffer_pos]); + lex->stream.buffer_pos++; + lex->stream.position++; + } +} + +static void lex_free_string(lex_t *lex) +{ + jsonp_free(lex->value.string.val); + lex->value.string.val = NULL; + lex->value.string.len = 0; +} + +/* assumes that str points to 'u' plus at least 4 valid hex digits */ +static int32_t decode_unicode_escape(const char *str) +{ + int i; + int32_t value = 0; + + assert(str[0] == 'u'); + + for(i = 1; i <= 4; i++) { + char c = str[i]; + value <<= 4; + if(l_isdigit(c)) + value += c - '0'; + else if(l_islower(c)) + value += c - 'a' + 10; + else if(l_isupper(c)) + value += c - 'A' + 10; + else + return -1; + } + + return value; +} + +static void lex_scan_string(lex_t *lex, json_error_t *error) +{ + int c; + const char *p; + char *t; + int i; + + lex->value.string.val = NULL; + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + + while(c != '"') { + if(c == STREAM_STATE_ERROR) + goto out; + + else if(c == STREAM_STATE_EOF) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_premature_end_of_input, "premature end of input"); + goto out; + } + + else if(0 <= c && c <= 0x1F) { + /* control character */ + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + if(c == '\n') + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "unexpected newline"); + else + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "control character 0x%x", c); + goto out; + } + + else if(c == '\\') { + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + if(c == 'u') { + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + for(i = 0; i < 4; i++) { + if(!l_isxdigit(c)) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid escape"); + goto out; + } + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + } + } + else if(c == '"' || c == '\\' || c == '/' || c == 'b' || + c == 'f' || c == 'n' || c == 'r' || c == 't') + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + else { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid escape"); + goto out; + } + } + else + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + } + + /* the actual value is at most of the same length as the source + string, because: + - shortcut escapes (e.g. "\t") (length 2) are converted to 1 byte + - a single \uXXXX escape (length 6) is converted to at most 3 bytes + - two \uXXXX escapes (length 12) forming an UTF-16 surrogate pair + are converted to 4 bytes + */ + t = (char*)jsonp_malloc(lex->saved_text.length + 1); + if(!t) { + /* this is not very nice, since TOKEN_INVALID is returned */ + goto out; + } + lex->value.string.val = t; + + /* + 1 to skip the " */ + p = strbuffer_value(&lex->saved_text) + 1; + + while(*p != '"') { + if(*p == '\\') { + p++; + if(*p == 'u') { + size_t length; + int32_t value; + + value = decode_unicode_escape(p); + if(value < 0) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid Unicode escape '%.6s'", p - 1); + goto out; + } + p += 5; + + if(0xD800 <= value && value <= 0xDBFF) { + /* surrogate pair */ + if(*p == '\\' && *(p + 1) == 'u') { + int32_t value2 = decode_unicode_escape(++p); + if(value2 < 0) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid Unicode escape '%.6s'", p - 1); + goto out; + } + p += 5; + + if(0xDC00 <= value2 && value2 <= 0xDFFF) { + /* valid second surrogate */ + value = + ((value - 0xD800) << 10) + + (value2 - 0xDC00) + + 0x10000; + } + else { + /* invalid second surrogate */ + error_set(error, lex, + json_error_invalid_syntax, + "invalid Unicode '\\u%04X\\u%04X'", + value, value2); + goto out; + } + } + else { + /* no second surrogate */ + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid Unicode '\\u%04X'", + value); + goto out; + } + } + else if(0xDC00 <= value && value <= 0xDFFF) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid Unicode '\\u%04X'", value); + goto out; + } + + if(utf8_encode(value, t, &length)) + assert(0); + t += length; + } + else { + switch(*p) { + case '"': case '\\': case '/': + *t = *p; break; + case 'b': *t = '\b'; break; + case 'f': *t = '\f'; break; + case 'n': *t = '\n'; break; + case 'r': *t = '\r'; break; + case 't': *t = '\t'; break; + default: assert(0); + } + t++; + p++; + } + } + else + *(t++) = *(p++); + } + *t = '\0'; + lex->value.string.len = t - lex->value.string.val; + lex->token = TOKEN_STRING; + return; + +out: + lex_free_string(lex); +} + +#ifndef JSON_USING_CMAKE /* disabled if using cmake */ + + #if JSON_INTEGER_IS_LONG_LONG + + #ifdef _MSC_VER /* Microsoft Visual Studio */ + #define json_strtoint _strtoi64 + #else + #define json_strtoint strtoll + #endif + + #else + #define json_strtoint strtol + #endif + +#endif + +static int lex_scan_number(lex_t *lex, int c, json_error_t *error) +{ + const char *saved_text; + char *end; + double doubleval; + + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + + if(c == '-') + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + + if(c == '0') { + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + if(l_isdigit(c)) { + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + goto out; + } + } + else if(l_isdigit(c)) { + do + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + while(l_isdigit(c)); + } + else { + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + goto out; + } + + if(!(lex->flags & JSON_DECODE_INT_AS_REAL) && + c != '.' && c != 'E' && c != 'e') + { + json_int_t intval; + + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + + saved_text = strbuffer_value(&lex->saved_text); + + errno = 0; + intval = json_strtoint(saved_text, &end, 10); + if(errno == ERANGE) { + if(intval < 0) + error_set(error, lex, json_error_numeric_overflow, "too big negative integer"); + else + error_set(error, lex, json_error_numeric_overflow, "too big integer"); + goto out; + } + + assert(end == saved_text + lex->saved_text.length); + + lex->token = TOKEN_INTEGER; + lex->value.integer = intval; + return 0; + } + + if(c == '.') { + c = lex_get(lex, error); + if(!l_isdigit(c)) { + lex_unget(lex, c); + goto out; + } + lex_save(lex, c); + + do + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + while(l_isdigit(c)); + } + + if(c == 'E' || c == 'e') { + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + if(c == '+' || c == '-') + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + + if(!l_isdigit(c)) { + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + goto out; + } + + do + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + while(l_isdigit(c)); + } + + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + + if(jsonp_strtod(&lex->saved_text, &doubleval)) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_numeric_overflow, "real number overflow"); + goto out; + } + + lex->token = TOKEN_REAL; + lex->value.real = doubleval; + return 0; + +out: + return -1; +} + +static int lex_scan(lex_t *lex, json_error_t *error) +{ + int c; + + strbuffer_clear(&lex->saved_text); + + if(lex->token == TOKEN_STRING) + lex_free_string(lex); + + do + c = lex_get(lex, error); + while(c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == '\n' || c == '\r'); + + if(c == STREAM_STATE_EOF) { + lex->token = TOKEN_EOF; + goto out; + } + + if(c == STREAM_STATE_ERROR) { + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + goto out; + } + + lex_save(lex, c); + + if(c == '{' || c == '}' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == ':' || c == ',') + lex->token = c; + + else if(c == '"') + lex_scan_string(lex, error); + + else if(l_isdigit(c) || c == '-') { + if(lex_scan_number(lex, c, error)) + goto out; + } + + else if(l_isalpha(c)) { + /* eat up the whole identifier for clearer error messages */ + const char *saved_text; + + do + c = lex_get_save(lex, error); + while(l_isalpha(c)); + lex_unget_unsave(lex, c); + + saved_text = strbuffer_value(&lex->saved_text); + + if(strcmp(saved_text, "true") == 0) + lex->token = TOKEN_TRUE; + else if(strcmp(saved_text, "false") == 0) + lex->token = TOKEN_FALSE; + else if(strcmp(saved_text, "null") == 0) + lex->token = TOKEN_NULL; + else + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + } + + else { + /* save the rest of the input UTF-8 sequence to get an error + message of valid UTF-8 */ + lex_save_cached(lex); + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + } + +out: + return lex->token; +} + +static char *lex_steal_string(lex_t *lex, size_t *out_len) +{ + char *result = NULL; + if(lex->token == TOKEN_STRING) { + result = lex->value.string.val; + *out_len = lex->value.string.len; + lex->value.string.val = NULL; + lex->value.string.len = 0; + } + return result; +} + +static int lex_init(lex_t *lex, get_func get, size_t flags, void *data) +{ + stream_init(&lex->stream, get, data); + if(strbuffer_init(&lex->saved_text)) + return -1; + + lex->flags = flags; + lex->token = TOKEN_INVALID; + return 0; +} + +static void lex_close(lex_t *lex) +{ + if(lex->token == TOKEN_STRING) + lex_free_string(lex); + strbuffer_close(&lex->saved_text); +} + + +/*** parser ***/ + +static json_t *parse_value(lex_t *lex, size_t flags, json_error_t *error); + +static json_t *parse_object(lex_t *lex, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + json_t *object = json_object(); + if(!object) + return NULL; + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token == '}') + return object; + + while(1) { + char *key; + size_t len; + json_t *value; + + if(lex->token != TOKEN_STRING) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "string or '}' expected"); + goto error; + } + + key = lex_steal_string(lex, &len); + if(!key) + return NULL; + if (memchr(key, '\0', len)) { + jsonp_free(key); + error_set(error, lex, json_error_null_byte_in_key, "NUL byte in object key not supported"); + goto error; + } + + if(flags & JSON_REJECT_DUPLICATES) { + if(json_object_get(object, key)) { + jsonp_free(key); + error_set(error, lex, json_error_duplicate_key, "duplicate object key"); + goto error; + } + } + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token != ':') { + jsonp_free(key); + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "':' expected"); + goto error; + } + + lex_scan(lex, error); + value = parse_value(lex, flags, error); + if(!value) { + jsonp_free(key); + goto error; + } + + if(json_object_set_new_nocheck(object, key, value)) { + jsonp_free(key); + goto error; + } + + jsonp_free(key); + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token != ',') + break; + + lex_scan(lex, error); + } + + if(lex->token != '}') { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "'}' expected"); + goto error; + } + + return object; + +error: + json_decref(object); + return NULL; +} + +static json_t *parse_array(lex_t *lex, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + json_t *array = json_array(); + if(!array) + return NULL; + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token == ']') + return array; + + while(lex->token) { + json_t *elem = parse_value(lex, flags, error); + if(!elem) + goto error; + + if(json_array_append_new(array, elem)) { + goto error; + } + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token != ',') + break; + + lex_scan(lex, error); + } + + if(lex->token != ']') { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "']' expected"); + goto error; + } + + return array; + +error: + json_decref(array); + return NULL; +} + +static json_t *parse_value(lex_t *lex, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + json_t *json; + + lex->depth++; + if(lex->depth > JSON_PARSER_MAX_DEPTH) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_stack_overflow, "maximum parsing depth reached"); + return NULL; + } + + switch(lex->token) { + case TOKEN_STRING: { + const char *value = lex->value.string.val; + size_t len = lex->value.string.len; + + if(!(flags & JSON_ALLOW_NUL)) { + if(memchr(value, '\0', len)) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_null_character, "\\u0000 is not allowed without JSON_ALLOW_NUL"); + return NULL; + } + } + + json = jsonp_stringn_nocheck_own(value, len); + lex->value.string.val = NULL; + lex->value.string.len = 0; + break; + } + + case TOKEN_INTEGER: { + json = json_integer(lex->value.integer); + break; + } + + case TOKEN_REAL: { + json = json_real(lex->value.real); + break; + } + + case TOKEN_TRUE: + json = json_true(); + break; + + case TOKEN_FALSE: + json = json_false(); + break; + + case TOKEN_NULL: + json = json_null(); + break; + + case '{': + json = parse_object(lex, flags, error); + break; + + case '[': + json = parse_array(lex, flags, error); + break; + + case TOKEN_INVALID: + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "invalid token"); + return NULL; + + default: + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "unexpected token"); + return NULL; + } + + if(!json) + return NULL; + + lex->depth--; + return json; +} + +static json_t *parse_json(lex_t *lex, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + json_t *result; + + lex->depth = 0; + + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(!(flags & JSON_DECODE_ANY)) { + if(lex->token != '[' && lex->token != '{') { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_invalid_syntax, "'[' or '{' expected"); + return NULL; + } + } + + result = parse_value(lex, flags, error); + if(!result) + return NULL; + + if(!(flags & JSON_DISABLE_EOF_CHECK)) { + lex_scan(lex, error); + if(lex->token != TOKEN_EOF) { + error_set(error, lex, json_error_end_of_input_expected, "end of file expected (%i)", lex->token); + json_decref(result); + return NULL; + } + } + + if(error) { + /* Save the position even though there was no error */ + error->position = (int)lex->stream.position; + } + + return result; +} + +typedef struct +{ + const char *data; + size_t pos; +} string_data_t; + +static int string_get(void *data) +{ + char c; + string_data_t *stream = (string_data_t *)data; + c = stream->data[stream->pos]; + if(c == '\0') + return EOF; + else + { + stream->pos++; + return (unsigned char)c; + } +} + +json_t *json_loads(const char *string, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + lex_t lex; + json_t *result; + string_data_t stream_data; + + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + + if (string == NULL) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + stream_data.data = string; + stream_data.pos = 0; + + if(lex_init(&lex, string_get, flags, (void *)&stream_data)) + return NULL; + + result = parse_json(&lex, flags, error); + + lex_close(&lex); + return result; +} + +typedef struct +{ + const char *data; + size_t len; + size_t pos; +} buffer_data_t; + +static int buffer_get(void *data) +{ + char c; + buffer_data_t* stream = (buffer_data_t*)data; + if(stream->pos >= stream->len) + return EOF; + + c = stream->data[stream->pos]; + stream->pos++; + return (unsigned char)c; +} + +json_t *json_loadb(const char *buffer, size_t buflen, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + lex_t lex; + json_t *result; + buffer_data_t stream_data; + + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + + if (buffer == NULL) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + stream_data.data = buffer; + stream_data.pos = 0; + stream_data.len = buflen; + + if(lex_init(&lex, buffer_get, flags, (void *)&stream_data)) + return NULL; + + result = parse_json(&lex, flags, error); + + lex_close(&lex); + return result; +} + +json_t *json_loadf(FILE *input, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + lex_t lex; + const char *source; + json_t *result; + + if(input == stdin) + source = ""; + else + source = ""; + + jsonp_error_init(error, source); + + if (input == NULL) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + if(lex_init(&lex, (get_func)fgetc, flags, input)) + return NULL; + + result = parse_json(&lex, flags, error); + + lex_close(&lex); + return result; +} + +static int fd_get_func(int *fd) +{ + (void)fd; +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H + uint8_t c; + if (read(*fd, &c, 1) == 1) + return c; +#endif + return EOF; +} + +json_t *json_loadfd(int input, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + lex_t lex; + const char *source; + json_t *result; + +#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H + if(input == STDIN_FILENO) + source = ""; + else +#endif + source = ""; + + jsonp_error_init(error, source); + + if (input < 0) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + if(lex_init(&lex, (get_func)fd_get_func, flags, &input)) + return NULL; + + result = parse_json(&lex, flags, error); + + lex_close(&lex); + return result; +} + +json_t *json_load_file(const char *path, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + json_t *result; + FILE *fp; + + printf("Loading JSON file: %s\n", path); + + jsonp_error_init(error, path); + + if (path == NULL) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + fp = fopen(path, "rb"); + if(!fp) + { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_cannot_open_file, "unable to open %s: %s", + path, strerror(errno)); + return NULL; + } + + result = json_loadf(fp, flags, error); + + fclose(fp); + return result; +} + +#define MAX_BUF_LEN 1024 + +typedef struct +{ + char data[MAX_BUF_LEN]; + size_t len; + size_t pos; + json_load_callback_t callback; + void *arg; +} callback_data_t; + +static int callback_get(void *data) +{ + char c; + callback_data_t* stream = (callback_data_t*)data; + + if(stream->pos >= stream->len) { + stream->pos = 0; + stream->len = stream->callback(stream->data, MAX_BUF_LEN, stream->arg); + if(stream->len == 0 || stream->len == (size_t)-1) + return EOF; + } + + c = stream->data[stream->pos]; + stream->pos++; + return (unsigned char)c; +} + +json_t *json_load_callback(json_load_callback_t callback, void *arg, size_t flags, json_error_t *error) +{ + lex_t lex; + json_t *result; + + callback_data_t stream_data; + + memset(&stream_data, 0, sizeof(stream_data)); + stream_data.callback = callback; + stream_data.arg = arg; + + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + + if (callback == NULL) { + error_set(error, NULL, json_error_invalid_argument, "wrong arguments"); + return NULL; + } + + if(lex_init(&lex, (get_func)callback_get, flags, &stream_data)) + return NULL; + + result = parse_json(&lex, flags, error); + + lex_close(&lex); + return result; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/lookup3.h b/src/jansson/lookup3.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..98d780a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/lookup3.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +#include +#include + +#define hashsize(n) ((size_t)1 << (n)) +#define hashmask(n) (hashsize(n) - 1) + +static inline uint32_t rot(uint32_t x, uint32_t k) { + return (x << k) | (x >> (32 - k)); +} + +#define MIX(a,b,c) do { \ + a -= c; a ^= rot(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rot(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rot(c,16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rot(a,19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 4); b += a; \ +} while (0) + +#define FINAL(a,b,c) do { \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rot(c,11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rot(a,25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rot(c, 4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rot(a,14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,24); \ +} while (0) + +/* ASan-safe Jenkins hashlittle: never reads past 'length' bytes */ +static uint32_t hashlittle(const void *key, size_t length, uint32_t initval) +{ + const uint8_t *p = (const uint8_t *)key; + uint32_t a, b, c; + + a = b = 0x9e3779b9; /* the golden ratio; an arbitrary value */ + c = initval; + + /* Handle most of the key in 12-byte chunks */ + while (length >= 12) { + uint32_t x; + /* use memcpy so the compiler won’t issue over-reads or require alignment */ + memcpy(&x, p + 0, 4); a += x; + memcpy(&x, p + 4, 4); b += x; + memcpy(&x, p + 8, 4); c += x; + + MIX(a, b, c); + p += 12; + length -= 12; + } + + /* Handle the last 0..11 bytes */ + switch (length) { + case 11: c += (uint32_t)p[10] << 16; /* fallthrough */ + case 10: c += (uint32_t)p[9] << 8; /* fallthrough */ + case 9: c += (uint32_t)p[8]; /* fallthrough */ + case 8: b += (uint32_t)p[7] << 24; /* fallthrough */ + case 7: b += (uint32_t)p[6] << 16; /* fallthrough */ + case 6: b += (uint32_t)p[5] << 8; /* fallthrough */ + case 5: b += (uint32_t)p[4]; /* fallthrough */ + case 4: a += (uint32_t)p[3] << 24; /* fallthrough */ + case 3: a += (uint32_t)p[2] << 16; /* fallthrough */ + case 2: a += (uint32_t)p[1] << 8; /* fallthrough */ + case 1: a += (uint32_t)p[0]; /* fallthrough */ + break; + case 0: /* nothing left */ break; + } + + FINAL(a, b, c); + return c; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/lookup3.h.copy b/src/jansson/lookup3.h.copy new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2266d5a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/lookup3.h.copy @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +lookup3.c, by Bob Jenkins, May 2006, Public Domain. + +These are functions for producing 32-bit hashes for hash table lookup. +hashword(), hashlittle(), hashlittle2(), hashbig(), mix(), and final() +are externally useful functions. Routines to test the hash are included +if SELF_TEST is defined. You can use this free for any purpose. It's in +the public domain. It has no warranty. + +You probably want to use hashlittle(). hashlittle() and hashbig() +hash byte arrays. hashlittle() is is faster than hashbig() on +little-endian machines. Intel and AMD are little-endian machines. +On second thought, you probably want hashlittle2(), which is identical to +hashlittle() except it returns two 32-bit hashes for the price of one. +You could implement hashbig2() if you wanted but I haven't bothered here. + +If you want to find a hash of, say, exactly 7 integers, do + a = i1; b = i2; c = i3; + mix(a,b,c); + a += i4; b += i5; c += i6; + mix(a,b,c); + a += i7; + final(a,b,c); +then use c as the hash value. If you have a variable length array of +4-byte integers to hash, use hashword(). If you have a byte array (like +a character string), use hashlittle(). If you have several byte arrays, or +a mix of things, see the comments above hashlittle(). + +Why is this so big? I read 12 bytes at a time into 3 4-byte integers, +then mix those integers. This is fast (you can do a lot more thorough +mixing with 12*3 instructions on 3 integers than you can with 3 instructions +on 1 byte), but shoehorning those bytes into integers efficiently is messy. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +#ifndef LOOKUUP3_H +#define LOOKUUP3_H + +#include + +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include /* defines uint32_t etc */ +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H +#include /* attempt to define endianness */ +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_ENDIAN_H +# include /* attempt to define endianness */ +#endif + +/* + * My best guess at if you are big-endian or little-endian. This may + * need adjustment. + */ +#if (defined(__BYTE_ORDER) && defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN) && \ + __BYTE_ORDER == __LITTLE_ENDIAN) || \ + (defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(__i486__) || \ + defined(__i586__) || defined(__i686__) || defined(vax) || defined(MIPSEL)) +# define HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN 1 +# define HASH_BIG_ENDIAN 0 +#elif (defined(__BYTE_ORDER) && defined(__BIG_ENDIAN) && \ + __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN) || \ + (defined(sparc) || defined(POWERPC) || defined(mc68000) || defined(sel)) +# define HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 +# define HASH_BIG_ENDIAN 1 +#else +# define HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0 +# define HASH_BIG_ENDIAN 0 +#endif + +#define hashsize(n) ((uint32_t)1<<(n)) +#define hashmask(n) (hashsize(n)-1) +#define rot(x,k) (((x)<<(k)) | ((x)>>(32-(k)))) + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +mix -- mix 3 32-bit values reversibly. + +This is reversible, so any information in (a,b,c) before mix() is +still in (a,b,c) after mix(). + +If four pairs of (a,b,c) inputs are run through mix(), or through +mix() in reverse, there are at least 32 bits of the output that +are sometimes the same for one pair and different for another pair. +This was tested for: +* pairs that differed by one bit, by two bits, in any combination + of top bits of (a,b,c), or in any combination of bottom bits of + (a,b,c). +* "differ" is defined as +, -, ^, or ~^. For + and -, I transformed + the output delta to a Gray code (a^(a>>1)) so a string of 1's (as + is commonly produced by subtraction) look like a single 1-bit + difference. +* the base values were pseudorandom, all zero but one bit set, or + all zero plus a counter that starts at zero. + +Some k values for my "a-=c; a^=rot(c,k); c+=b;" arrangement that +satisfy this are + 4 6 8 16 19 4 + 9 15 3 18 27 15 + 14 9 3 7 17 3 +Well, "9 15 3 18 27 15" didn't quite get 32 bits diffing +for "differ" defined as + with a one-bit base and a two-bit delta. I +used http://burtleburtle.net/bob/hash/avalanche.html to choose +the operations, constants, and arrangements of the variables. + +This does not achieve avalanche. There are input bits of (a,b,c) +that fail to affect some output bits of (a,b,c), especially of a. The +most thoroughly mixed value is c, but it doesn't really even achieve +avalanche in c. + +This allows some parallelism. Read-after-writes are good at doubling +the number of bits affected, so the goal of mixing pulls in the opposite +direction as the goal of parallelism. I did what I could. Rotates +seem to cost as much as shifts on every machine I could lay my hands +on, and rotates are much kinder to the top and bottom bits, so I used +rotates. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +#define mix(a,b,c) \ +{ \ + a -= c; a ^= rot(c, 4); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rot(a, 6); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 8); b += a; \ + a -= c; a ^= rot(c,16); c += b; \ + b -= a; b ^= rot(a,19); a += c; \ + c -= b; c ^= rot(b, 4); b += a; \ +} + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +final -- final mixing of 3 32-bit values (a,b,c) into c + +Pairs of (a,b,c) values differing in only a few bits will usually +produce values of c that look totally different. This was tested for +* pairs that differed by one bit, by two bits, in any combination + of top bits of (a,b,c), or in any combination of bottom bits of + (a,b,c). +* "differ" is defined as +, -, ^, or ~^. For + and -, I transformed + the output delta to a Gray code (a^(a>>1)) so a string of 1's (as + is commonly produced by subtraction) look like a single 1-bit + difference. +* the base values were pseudorandom, all zero but one bit set, or + all zero plus a counter that starts at zero. + +These constants passed: + 14 11 25 16 4 14 24 + 12 14 25 16 4 14 24 +and these came close: + 4 8 15 26 3 22 24 + 10 8 15 26 3 22 24 + 11 8 15 26 3 22 24 +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +*/ +#define final(a,b,c) \ +{ \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,14); \ + a ^= c; a -= rot(c,11); \ + b ^= a; b -= rot(a,25); \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,16); \ + a ^= c; a -= rot(c,4); \ + b ^= a; b -= rot(a,14); \ + c ^= b; c -= rot(b,24); \ +} + +/* +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +hashlittle() -- hash a variable-length key into a 32-bit value + k : the key (the unaligned variable-length array of bytes) + length : the length of the key, counting by bytes + initval : can be any 4-byte value +Returns a 32-bit value. Every bit of the key affects every bit of +the return value. Two keys differing by one or two bits will have +totally different hash values. + +The best hash table sizes are powers of 2. There is no need to do +mod a prime (mod is sooo slow!). If you need less than 32 bits, +use a bitmask. For example, if you need only 10 bits, do + h = (h & hashmask(10)); +In which case, the hash table should have hashsize(10) elements. + +If you are hashing n strings (uint8_t **)k, do it like this: + for (i=0, h=0; i 12) + { + a += k[0]; + b += k[1]; + c += k[2]; + mix(a,b,c); + length -= 12; + k += 3; + } + + /*----------------------------- handle the last (probably partial) block */ + /* + * "k[2]&0xffffff" actually reads beyond the end of the string, but + * then masks off the part it's not allowed to read. Because the + * string is aligned, the masked-off tail is in the same word as the + * rest of the string. Every machine with memory protection I've seen + * does it on word boundaries, so is OK with this. But VALGRIND will + * still catch it and complain. The masking trick does make the hash + * noticably faster for short strings (like English words). + */ +#ifndef NO_MASKING_TRICK + + switch(length) + { + case 12: c+=k[2]; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 11: c+=k[2]&0xffffff; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 10: c+=k[2]&0xffff; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 9 : c+=k[2]&0xff; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 8 : b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 7 : b+=k[1]&0xffffff; a+=k[0]; break; + case 6 : b+=k[1]&0xffff; a+=k[0]; break; + case 5 : b+=k[1]&0xff; a+=k[0]; break; + case 4 : a+=k[0]; break; + case 3 : a+=k[0]&0xffffff; break; + case 2 : a+=k[0]&0xffff; break; + case 1 : a+=k[0]&0xff; break; + case 0 : return c; /* zero length strings require no mixing */ + } + +#else /* make valgrind happy */ + + k8 = (const uint8_t *)k; + switch(length) + { + case 12: c+=k[2]; b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k8[10])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 10: c+=((uint32_t)k8[9])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 9 : c+=k8[8]; /* fall through */ + case 8 : b+=k[1]; a+=k[0]; break; + case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[6])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 6 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[5])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 5 : b+=k8[4]; /* fall through */ + case 4 : a+=k[0]; break; + case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[2])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 2 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[1])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 1 : a+=k8[0]; break; + case 0 : return c; + } + +#endif /* !valgrind */ + + } else if (HASH_LITTLE_ENDIAN && ((u.i & 0x1) == 0)) { + const uint16_t *k = (const uint16_t *)key; /* read 16-bit chunks */ + const uint8_t *k8; + + /*--------------- all but last block: aligned reads and different mixing */ + while (length > 12) + { + a += k[0] + (((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + b += k[2] + (((uint32_t)k[3])<<16); + c += k[4] + (((uint32_t)k[5])<<16); + mix(a,b,c); + length -= 12; + k += 6; + } + + /*----------------------------- handle the last (probably partial) block */ + k8 = (const uint8_t *)k; + switch(length) + { + case 12: c+=k[4]+(((uint32_t)k[5])<<16); + b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16); + a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + break; + case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k8[10])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 10: c+=k[4]; + b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16); + a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + break; + case 9 : c+=k8[8]; /* fall through */ + case 8 : b+=k[2]+(((uint32_t)k[3])<<16); + a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + break; + case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k8[6])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 6 : b+=k[2]; + a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + break; + case 5 : b+=k8[4]; /* fall through */ + case 4 : a+=k[0]+(((uint32_t)k[1])<<16); + break; + case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k8[2])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 2 : a+=k[0]; + break; + case 1 : a+=k8[0]; + break; + case 0 : return c; /* zero length requires no mixing */ + } + + } else { /* need to read the key one byte at a time */ + const uint8_t *k = (const uint8_t *)key; + + /*--------------- all but the last block: affect some 32 bits of (a,b,c) */ + while (length > 12) + { + a += k[0]; + a += ((uint32_t)k[1])<<8; + a += ((uint32_t)k[2])<<16; + a += ((uint32_t)k[3])<<24; + b += k[4]; + b += ((uint32_t)k[5])<<8; + b += ((uint32_t)k[6])<<16; + b += ((uint32_t)k[7])<<24; + c += k[8]; + c += ((uint32_t)k[9])<<8; + c += ((uint32_t)k[10])<<16; + c += ((uint32_t)k[11])<<24; + mix(a,b,c); + length -= 12; + k += 12; + } + + /*-------------------------------- last block: affect all 32 bits of (c) */ + switch(length) /* all the case statements fall through */ + { + case 12: c+=((uint32_t)k[11])<<24; /* fall through */ + case 11: c+=((uint32_t)k[10])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 10: c+=((uint32_t)k[9])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 9 : c+=k[8]; /* fall through */ + case 8 : b+=((uint32_t)k[7])<<24; /* fall through */ + case 7 : b+=((uint32_t)k[6])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 6 : b+=((uint32_t)k[5])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 5 : b+=k[4]; /* fall through */ + case 4 : a+=((uint32_t)k[3])<<24; /* fall through */ + case 3 : a+=((uint32_t)k[2])<<16; /* fall through */ + case 2 : a+=((uint32_t)k[1])<<8; /* fall through */ + case 1 : a+=k[0]; + break; + case 0 : return c; + } + } + + final(a,b,c); + return c; +} + +#endif //LOOKUUP3_H diff --git a/src/jansson/memory.c b/src/jansson/memory.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c10d765 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/memory.c @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Basile Starynkevitch + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + * under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "jansson.h" +#include "jansson_private.h" + +/* C89 allows these to be macros */ +#undef malloc +#undef free + +/* memory function pointers */ +static json_malloc_t do_malloc = malloc; +static json_free_t do_free = free; + +void *jsonp_malloc(size_t size) +{ + if(!size) + return NULL; + + return (*do_malloc)(size); +} + +void jsonp_free(void *ptr) +{ + if(!ptr) + return; + + (*do_free)(ptr); +} + +char *jsonp_strdup(const char *str) +{ + return jsonp_strndup(str, strlen(str)); +} + +char *jsonp_strndup(const char *str, size_t len) +{ + char *new_str; + + new_str = (char*)jsonp_malloc(len + 1); + if(!new_str) + return NULL; + + memcpy(new_str, str, len); + new_str[len] = '\0'; + return new_str; +} + +void json_set_alloc_funcs(json_malloc_t malloc_fn, json_free_t free_fn) +{ + do_malloc = malloc_fn; + do_free = free_fn; +} + +void json_get_alloc_funcs(json_malloc_t *malloc_fn, json_free_t *free_fn) +{ + if (malloc_fn) + *malloc_fn = do_malloc; + if (free_fn) + *free_fn = do_free; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/pack_unpack.c b/src/jansson/pack_unpack.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b99776 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/pack_unpack.c @@ -0,0 +1,952 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Graeme Smecher + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include +#include "jansson.h" +#include "jansson_private.h" +#include "utf.h" + +typedef struct { + int line; + int column; + size_t pos; + char token; +} token_t; + +typedef struct { + const char *start; + const char *fmt; + token_t prev_token; + token_t token; + token_t next_token; + json_error_t *error; + size_t flags; + int line; + int column; + size_t pos; + int has_error; +} scanner_t; + +#define token(scanner) ((scanner)->token.token) + +static const char * const type_names[] = { + "object", + "array", + "string", + "integer", + "real", + "true", + "false", + "null" +}; + +#define type_name(x) type_names[json_typeof(x)] + +static const char unpack_value_starters[] = "{[siIbfFOon"; + +static void scanner_init(scanner_t *s, json_error_t *error, + size_t flags, const char *fmt) +{ + s->error = error; + s->flags = flags; + s->fmt = s->start = fmt; + memset(&s->prev_token, 0, sizeof(token_t)); + memset(&s->token, 0, sizeof(token_t)); + memset(&s->next_token, 0, sizeof(token_t)); + s->line = 1; + s->column = 0; + s->pos = 0; + s->has_error = 0; +} + +static void next_token(scanner_t *s) +{ + const char *t; + s->prev_token = s->token; + + if(s->next_token.line) { + s->token = s->next_token; + s->next_token.line = 0; + return; + } + + if (!token(s) && !*s->fmt) + return; + + t = s->fmt; + s->column++; + s->pos++; + + /* skip space and ignored chars */ + while(*t == ' ' || *t == '\t' || *t == '\n' || *t == ',' || *t == ':') { + if(*t == '\n') { + s->line++; + s->column = 1; + } + else + s->column++; + + s->pos++; + t++; + } + + s->token.token = *t; + s->token.line = s->line; + s->token.column = s->column; + s->token.pos = s->pos; + + if (*t) t++; + s->fmt = t; +} + +static void prev_token(scanner_t *s) +{ + s->next_token = s->token; + s->token = s->prev_token; +} + +static void set_error(scanner_t *s, const char *source, enum json_error_code code, + const char *fmt, ...) +{ + va_list ap; + va_start(ap, fmt); + + jsonp_error_vset(s->error, s->token.line, s->token.column, s->token.pos, + code, fmt, ap); + + jsonp_error_set_source(s->error, source); + + va_end(ap); +} + +static json_t *pack(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap); + + +/* ours will be set to 1 if jsonp_free() must be called for the result + afterwards */ +static char *read_string(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap, + const char *purpose, size_t *out_len, int *ours, int optional) +{ + char t; + strbuffer_t strbuff; + const char *str; + size_t length; + + next_token(s); + t = token(s); + prev_token(s); + + *ours = 0; + if(t != '#' && t != '%' && t != '+') { + /* Optimize the simple case */ + str = va_arg(*ap, const char *); + + if(!str) { + if (!optional) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL %s", purpose); + s->has_error = 1; + } + return NULL; + } + + length = strlen(str); + + if(!utf8_check_string(str, length)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_utf8, "Invalid UTF-8 %s", purpose); + s->has_error = 1; + return NULL; + } + + *out_len = length; + return (char *)str; + } else if (optional) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Cannot use '%c' on optional strings", t); + s->has_error = 1; + + return NULL; + } + + if(strbuffer_init(&strbuff)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Out of memory"); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + while(1) { + str = va_arg(*ap, const char *); + if(!str) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL %s", purpose); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + next_token(s); + + if(token(s) == '#') { + length = va_arg(*ap, int); + } + else if(token(s) == '%') { + length = va_arg(*ap, size_t); + } + else { + prev_token(s); + length = s->has_error ? 0 : strlen(str); + } + + if(!s->has_error && strbuffer_append_bytes(&strbuff, str, length) == -1) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Out of memory"); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + next_token(s); + if(token(s) != '+') { + prev_token(s); + break; + } + } + + if(s->has_error) { + strbuffer_close(&strbuff); + return NULL; + } + + if(!utf8_check_string(strbuff.value, strbuff.length)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_utf8, "Invalid UTF-8 %s", purpose); + strbuffer_close(&strbuff); + s->has_error = 1; + return NULL; + } + + *out_len = strbuff.length; + *ours = 1; + return strbuffer_steal_value(&strbuff); +} + +static json_t *pack_object(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap) +{ + json_t *object = json_object(); + next_token(s); + + while(token(s) != '}') { + char *key; + size_t len; + int ours; + json_t *value; + char valueOptional; + + if(!token(s)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected end of format string"); + goto error; + } + + if(token(s) != 's') { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Expected format 's', got '%c'", token(s)); + goto error; + } + + key = read_string(s, ap, "object key", &len, &ours, 0); + + next_token(s); + + next_token(s); + valueOptional = token(s); + prev_token(s); + + value = pack(s, ap); + if(!value) { + if(ours) + jsonp_free(key); + + if(valueOptional != '*') { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL object value"); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + next_token(s); + continue; + } + + if(s->has_error) + json_decref(value); + + if(!s->has_error && json_object_set_new_nocheck(object, key, value)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Unable to add key \"%s\"", key); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + if(ours) + jsonp_free(key); + + next_token(s); + } + + if(!s->has_error) + return object; + +error: + json_decref(object); + return NULL; +} + +static json_t *pack_array(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap) +{ + json_t *array = json_array(); + next_token(s); + + while(token(s) != ']') { + json_t *value; + char valueOptional; + + if(!token(s)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected end of format string"); + /* Format string errors are unrecoverable. */ + goto error; + } + + next_token(s); + valueOptional = token(s); + prev_token(s); + + value = pack(s, ap); + if(!value) { + if(valueOptional != '*') { + s->has_error = 1; + } + + next_token(s); + continue; + } + + if(s->has_error) + json_decref(value); + + if(!s->has_error && json_array_append_new(array, value)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Unable to append to array"); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + next_token(s); + } + + if(!s->has_error) + return array; + +error: + json_decref(array); + return NULL; +} + +static json_t *pack_string(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap) +{ + char *str; + char t; + size_t len; + int ours; + int optional; + + next_token(s); + t = token(s); + optional = t == '?' || t == '*'; + if (!optional) + prev_token(s); + + str = read_string(s, ap, "string", &len, &ours, optional); + + if (!str) + return t == '?' && !s->has_error ? json_null() : NULL; + + if (s->has_error) { + /* It's impossible to reach this point if ours != 0, do not free str. */ + return NULL; + } + + if (ours) + return jsonp_stringn_nocheck_own(str, len); + + return json_stringn_nocheck(str, len); +} + +static json_t *pack_object_inter(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap, int need_incref) +{ + json_t *json; + char ntoken; + + next_token(s); + ntoken = token(s); + + if (ntoken != '?' && ntoken != '*') + prev_token(s); + + json = va_arg(*ap, json_t *); + + if (json) + return need_incref ? json_incref(json) : json; + + switch (ntoken) { + case '?': + return json_null(); + case '*': + return NULL; + default: + break; + } + + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL object"); + s->has_error = 1; + return NULL; +} + +static json_t *pack_integer(scanner_t *s, json_int_t value) +{ + json_t *json = json_integer(value); + + if (!json) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Out of memory"); + s->has_error = 1; + } + + return json; +} + +static json_t *pack_real(scanner_t *s, double value) +{ + /* Allocate without setting value so we can identify OOM error. */ + json_t *json = json_real(0.0); + + if (!json) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Out of memory"); + s->has_error = 1; + + return NULL; + } + + if (json_real_set(json, value)) { + json_decref(json); + + set_error(s, "", json_error_numeric_overflow, "Invalid floating point value"); + s->has_error = 1; + + return NULL; + } + + return json; +} + +static json_t *pack(scanner_t *s, va_list *ap) +{ + switch(token(s)) { + case '{': + return pack_object(s, ap); + + case '[': + return pack_array(s, ap); + + case 's': /* string */ + return pack_string(s, ap); + + case 'n': /* null */ + return json_null(); + + case 'b': /* boolean */ + return va_arg(*ap, int) ? json_true() : json_false(); + + case 'i': /* integer from int */ + return pack_integer(s, va_arg(*ap, int)); + + case 'I': /* integer from json_int_t */ + return pack_integer(s, va_arg(*ap, json_int_t)); + + case 'f': /* real */ + return pack_real(s, va_arg(*ap, double)); + + case 'O': /* a json_t object; increments refcount */ + return pack_object_inter(s, ap, 1); + + case 'o': /* a json_t object; doesn't increment refcount */ + return pack_object_inter(s, ap, 0); + + default: + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected format character '%c'", + token(s)); + s->has_error = 1; + return NULL; + } +} + +static int unpack(scanner_t *s, json_t *root, va_list *ap); + +static int unpack_object(scanner_t *s, json_t *root, va_list *ap) +{ + int ret = -1; + int strict = 0; + int gotopt = 0; + + /* Use a set (emulated by a hashtable) to check that all object + keys are accessed. Checking that the correct number of keys + were accessed is not enough, as the same key can be unpacked + multiple times. + */ + hashtable_t key_set; + + if(hashtable_init(&key_set)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_out_of_memory, "Out of memory"); + return -1; + } + + if(root && !json_is_object(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected object, got %s", + type_name(root)); + goto out; + } + next_token(s); + + while(token(s) != '}') { + const char *key; + json_t *value; + int opt = 0; + + if(strict != 0) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Expected '}' after '%c', got '%c'", + (strict == 1 ? '!' : '*'), token(s)); + goto out; + } + + if(!token(s)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected end of format string"); + goto out; + } + + if(token(s) == '!' || token(s) == '*') { + strict = (token(s) == '!' ? 1 : -1); + next_token(s); + continue; + } + + if(token(s) != 's') { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Expected format 's', got '%c'", token(s)); + goto out; + } + + key = va_arg(*ap, const char *); + if(!key) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL object key"); + goto out; + } + + next_token(s); + + if(token(s) == '?') { + opt = gotopt = 1; + next_token(s); + } + + if(!root) { + /* skipping */ + value = NULL; + } + else { + value = json_object_get(root, key); + if(!value && !opt) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_item_not_found, "Object item not found: %s", key); + goto out; + } + } + + if(unpack(s, value, ap)) + goto out; + + hashtable_set(&key_set, key, json_null()); + next_token(s); + } + + if(strict == 0 && (s->flags & JSON_STRICT)) + strict = 1; + + if(root && strict == 1) { + /* We need to check that all non optional items have been parsed */ + const char *key; + /* keys_res is 1 for uninitialized, 0 for success, -1 for error. */ + int keys_res = 1; + strbuffer_t unrecognized_keys; + json_t *value; + long unpacked = 0; + + if (gotopt || json_object_size(root) != key_set.size) { + json_object_foreach(root, key, value) { + if(!hashtable_get(&key_set, key)) { + unpacked++; + + /* Save unrecognized keys for the error message */ + if (keys_res == 1) { + keys_res = strbuffer_init(&unrecognized_keys); + } else if (!keys_res) { + keys_res = strbuffer_append_bytes(&unrecognized_keys, ", ", 2); + } + + if (!keys_res) + keys_res = strbuffer_append_bytes(&unrecognized_keys, key, strlen(key)); + } + } + } + if (unpacked) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_end_of_input_expected, + "%li object item(s) left unpacked: %s", + unpacked, + keys_res ? "" : strbuffer_value(&unrecognized_keys)); + strbuffer_close(&unrecognized_keys); + goto out; + } + } + + ret = 0; + +out: + hashtable_close(&key_set); + return ret; +} + +static int unpack_array(scanner_t *s, json_t *root, va_list *ap) +{ + size_t i = 0; + int strict = 0; + + if(root && !json_is_array(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected array, got %s", type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + next_token(s); + + while(token(s) != ']') { + json_t *value; + + if(strict != 0) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Expected ']' after '%c', got '%c'", + (strict == 1 ? '!' : '*'), + token(s)); + return -1; + } + + if(!token(s)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected end of format string"); + return -1; + } + + if(token(s) == '!' || token(s) == '*') { + strict = (token(s) == '!' ? 1 : -1); + next_token(s); + continue; + } + + if(!strchr(unpack_value_starters, token(s))) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected format character '%c'", + token(s)); + return -1; + } + + if(!root) { + /* skipping */ + value = NULL; + } + else { + value = json_array_get(root, i); + if(!value) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_index_out_of_range, "Array index %lu out of range", + (unsigned long)i); + return -1; + } + } + + if(unpack(s, value, ap)) + return -1; + + next_token(s); + i++; + } + + if(strict == 0 && (s->flags & JSON_STRICT)) + strict = 1; + + if(root && strict == 1 && i != json_array_size(root)) { + long diff = (long)json_array_size(root) - (long)i; + set_error(s, "", json_error_end_of_input_expected, "%li array item(s) left unpacked", diff); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + +static int unpack(scanner_t *s, json_t *root, va_list *ap) +{ + switch(token(s)) + { + case '{': + return unpack_object(s, root, ap); + + case '[': + return unpack_array(s, root, ap); + + case 's': + if(root && !json_is_string(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected string, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + const char **str_target; + size_t *len_target = NULL; + + str_target = va_arg(*ap, const char **); + if(!str_target) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL string argument"); + return -1; + } + + next_token(s); + + if(token(s) == '%') { + len_target = va_arg(*ap, size_t *); + if(!len_target) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_null_value, "NULL string length argument"); + return -1; + } + } + else + prev_token(s); + + if(root) { + *str_target = json_string_value(root); + if(len_target) + *len_target = json_string_length(root); + } + } + return 0; + + case 'i': + if(root && !json_is_integer(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected integer, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + int *target = va_arg(*ap, int*); + if(root) + *target = (int)json_integer_value(root); + } + + return 0; + + case 'I': + if(root && !json_is_integer(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected integer, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + json_int_t *target = va_arg(*ap, json_int_t*); + if(root) + *target = json_integer_value(root); + } + + return 0; + + case 'b': + if(root && !json_is_boolean(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected true or false, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + int *target = va_arg(*ap, int*); + if(root) + *target = json_is_true(root); + } + + return 0; + + case 'f': + if(root && !json_is_real(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected real, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + double *target = va_arg(*ap, double*); + if(root) + *target = json_real_value(root); + } + + return 0; + + case 'F': + if(root && !json_is_number(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected real or integer, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + double *target = va_arg(*ap, double*); + if(root) + *target = json_number_value(root); + } + + return 0; + + case 'O': + if(root && !(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) + json_incref(root); + /* Fall through */ + + case 'o': + if(!(s->flags & JSON_VALIDATE_ONLY)) { + json_t **target = va_arg(*ap, json_t**); + if(root) + *target = root; + } + + return 0; + + case 'n': + /* Never assign, just validate */ + if(root && !json_is_null(root)) { + set_error(s, "", json_error_wrong_type, "Expected null, got %s", + type_name(root)); + return -1; + } + return 0; + + default: + set_error(s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Unexpected format character '%c'", + token(s)); + return -1; + } +} + +json_t *json_vpack_ex(json_error_t *error, size_t flags, + const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + scanner_t s; + va_list ap_copy; + json_t *value; + + if(!fmt || !*fmt) { + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + jsonp_error_set(error, -1, -1, 0, json_error_invalid_argument, "NULL or empty format string"); + return NULL; + } + jsonp_error_init(error, NULL); + + scanner_init(&s, error, flags, fmt); + next_token(&s); + + va_copy(ap_copy, ap); + value = pack(&s, &ap_copy); + va_end(ap_copy); + + /* This will cover all situations where s.has_error is true */ + if(!value) + return NULL; + + next_token(&s); + if(token(&s)) { + json_decref(value); + set_error(&s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Garbage after format string"); + return NULL; + } + + return value; +} + +json_t *json_pack_ex(json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + json_t *value; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + value = json_vpack_ex(error, flags, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return value; +} + +json_t *json_pack(const char *fmt, ...) +{ + json_t *value; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + value = json_vpack_ex(NULL, 0, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return value; +} + +int json_vunpack_ex(json_t *root, json_error_t *error, size_t flags, + const char *fmt, va_list ap) +{ + scanner_t s; + va_list ap_copy; + + if(!root) { + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + jsonp_error_set(error, -1, -1, 0, json_error_null_value, "NULL root value"); + return -1; + } + + if(!fmt || !*fmt) { + jsonp_error_init(error, ""); + jsonp_error_set(error, -1, -1, 0, json_error_invalid_argument, "NULL or empty format string"); + return -1; + } + jsonp_error_init(error, NULL); + + scanner_init(&s, error, flags, fmt); + next_token(&s); + + va_copy(ap_copy, ap); + if(unpack(&s, root, &ap_copy)) { + va_end(ap_copy); + return -1; + } + va_end(ap_copy); + + next_token(&s); + if(token(&s)) { + set_error(&s, "", json_error_invalid_format, "Garbage after format string"); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + +int json_unpack_ex(json_t *root, json_error_t *error, size_t flags, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + int ret; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + ret = json_vunpack_ex(root, error, flags, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return ret; +} + +int json_unpack(json_t *root, const char *fmt, ...) +{ + int ret; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + ret = json_vunpack_ex(root, NULL, 0, fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return ret; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/strbuffer.c b/src/jansson/strbuffer.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9beaca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/strbuffer.c @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#include +#include +#include "jansson_private.h" +#include "strbuffer.h" + +#define STRBUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16 +#define STRBUFFER_FACTOR 2 +#define STRBUFFER_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1) + +int strbuffer_init(strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + strbuff->size = STRBUFFER_MIN_SIZE; + strbuff->length = 0; + + strbuff->value = (char*)jsonp_malloc(strbuff->size); + if(!strbuff->value) + return -1; + + /* initialize to empty */ + strbuff->value[0] = '\0'; + return 0; +} + +void strbuffer_close(strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + if(strbuff->value) + jsonp_free(strbuff->value); + + strbuff->size = 0; + strbuff->length = 0; + strbuff->value = NULL; +} + +void strbuffer_clear(strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + strbuff->length = 0; + strbuff->value[0] = '\0'; +} + +const char *strbuffer_value(const strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + return strbuff->value; +} + +char *strbuffer_steal_value(strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + char *result = strbuff->value; + strbuff->value = NULL; + return result; +} + +int strbuffer_append_byte(strbuffer_t *strbuff, char byte) +{ + return strbuffer_append_bytes(strbuff, &byte, 1); +} + +int strbuffer_append_bytes(strbuffer_t *strbuff, const char *data, size_t size) +{ + if(size >= strbuff->size - strbuff->length) + { + size_t new_size; + char *new_value; + + /* avoid integer overflow */ + if (strbuff->size > STRBUFFER_SIZE_MAX / STRBUFFER_FACTOR + || size > STRBUFFER_SIZE_MAX - 1 + || strbuff->length > STRBUFFER_SIZE_MAX - 1 - size) + return -1; + + new_size = max(strbuff->size * STRBUFFER_FACTOR, + strbuff->length + size + 1); + + new_value = (char*)jsonp_malloc(new_size); + if(!new_value) + return -1; + + memcpy(new_value, strbuff->value, strbuff->length); + + jsonp_free(strbuff->value); + strbuff->value = new_value; + strbuff->size = new_size; + } + + memcpy(strbuff->value + strbuff->length, data, size); + strbuff->length += size; + strbuff->value[strbuff->length] = '\0'; + + return 0; +} + +char strbuffer_pop(strbuffer_t *strbuff) +{ + if(strbuff->length > 0) { + char c = strbuff->value[--strbuff->length]; + strbuff->value[strbuff->length] = '\0'; + return c; + } + else + return '\0'; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/strbuffer.h b/src/jansson/strbuffer.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ce1be59 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/strbuffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef STRBUFFER_H +#define STRBUFFER_H + +#include + +typedef struct { + char *value; + size_t length; /* bytes used */ + size_t size; /* bytes allocated */ +} strbuffer_t; + +int strbuffer_init(strbuffer_t *strbuff) JSON_ATTRS(warn_unused_result); +void strbuffer_close(strbuffer_t *strbuff); + +void strbuffer_clear(strbuffer_t *strbuff); + +const char *strbuffer_value(const strbuffer_t *strbuff); + +/* Steal the value and close the strbuffer */ +char *strbuffer_steal_value(strbuffer_t *strbuff); + +int strbuffer_append_byte(strbuffer_t *strbuff, char byte); +int strbuffer_append_bytes(strbuffer_t *strbuff, const char *data, size_t size); + +char strbuffer_pop(strbuffer_t *strbuff); + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/strconv.c b/src/jansson/strconv.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ef5f75 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/strconv.c @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +#undef __NO_ISOCEXT /* ensure stdlib.h will declare prototypes for mingw own 'strtod' replacement, called '__strtod' */ +#endif +#include "jansson_private.h" +#include "strbuffer.h" + +/* need jansson_config.h to get the correct snprintf */ +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#ifdef __MINGW32__ +#define strtod __strtod +#endif + +#if JSON_HAVE_LOCALECONV +#include + +/* + - This code assumes that the decimal separator is exactly one + character. + + - If setlocale() is called by another thread between the call to + localeconv() and the call to sprintf() or strtod(), the result may + be wrong. setlocale() is not thread-safe and should not be used + this way. Multi-threaded programs should use uselocale() instead. +*/ + +static void to_locale(strbuffer_t *strbuffer) +{ + const char *point; + char *pos; + + point = localeconv()->decimal_point; + if(*point == '.') { + /* No conversion needed */ + return; + } + + pos = strchr(strbuffer->value, '.'); + if(pos) + *pos = *point; +} + +static void from_locale(char *buffer) +{ + const char *point; + char *pos; + + point = localeconv()->decimal_point; + if(*point == '.') { + /* No conversion needed */ + return; + } + + pos = strchr(buffer, *point); + if(pos) + *pos = '.'; +} +#endif + +int jsonp_strtod(strbuffer_t *strbuffer, double *out) +{ + double value; + char *end; + +#if JSON_HAVE_LOCALECONV + to_locale(strbuffer); +#endif + + errno = 0; + value = strtod(strbuffer->value, &end); + assert(end == strbuffer->value + strbuffer->length); + + if((value == HUGE_VAL || value == -HUGE_VAL) && errno == ERANGE) { + /* Overflow */ + return -1; + } + + *out = value; + return 0; +} + +int jsonp_dtostr(char *buffer, size_t size, double value, int precision) +{ + int ret; + char *start, *end; + size_t length; + + if (precision == 0) + precision = 17; + + ret = snprintf(buffer, size, "%.*g", precision, value); + if(ret < 0) + return -1; + + length = (size_t)ret; + if(length >= size) + return -1; + +#if JSON_HAVE_LOCALECONV + from_locale(buffer); +#endif + + /* Make sure there's a dot or 'e' in the output. Otherwise + a real is converted to an integer when decoding */ + if(strchr(buffer, '.') == NULL && + strchr(buffer, 'e') == NULL) + { + if(length + 3 >= size) { + /* No space to append ".0" */ + return -1; + } + buffer[length] = '.'; + buffer[length + 1] = '0'; + buffer[length + 2] = '\0'; + length += 2; + } + + /* Remove leading '+' from positive exponent. Also remove leading + zeros from exponents (added by some printf() implementations) */ + start = strchr(buffer, 'e'); + if(start) { + start++; + end = start + 1; + + if(*start == '-') + start++; + + while(*end == '0') + end++; + + if(end != start) { + memmove(start, end, length - (size_t)(end - buffer)); + length -= (size_t)(end - start); + } + } + + return (int)length; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/utf.c b/src/jansson/utf.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..be966cb --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/utf.c @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#include +#include "utf.h" + +int utf8_encode(int32_t codepoint, char *buffer, size_t *size) +{ + if(codepoint < 0) + return -1; + else if(codepoint < 0x80) + { + buffer[0] = (char)codepoint; + *size = 1; + } + else if(codepoint < 0x800) + { + buffer[0] = 0xC0 + ((codepoint & 0x7C0) >> 6); + buffer[1] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x03F)); + *size = 2; + } + else if(codepoint < 0x10000) + { + buffer[0] = 0xE0 + ((codepoint & 0xF000) >> 12); + buffer[1] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x0FC0) >> 6); + buffer[2] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x003F)); + *size = 3; + } + else if(codepoint <= 0x10FFFF) + { + buffer[0] = 0xF0 + ((codepoint & 0x1C0000) >> 18); + buffer[1] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x03F000) >> 12); + buffer[2] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x000FC0) >> 6); + buffer[3] = 0x80 + ((codepoint & 0x00003F)); + *size = 4; + } + else + return -1; + + return 0; +} + +size_t utf8_check_first(char byte) +{ + unsigned char u = (unsigned char)byte; + + if(u < 0x80) + return 1; + + if(0x80 <= u && u <= 0xBF) { + /* second, third or fourth byte of a multi-byte + sequence, i.e. a "continuation byte" */ + return 0; + } + else if(u == 0xC0 || u == 0xC1) { + /* overlong encoding of an ASCII byte */ + return 0; + } + else if(0xC2 <= u && u <= 0xDF) { + /* 2-byte sequence */ + return 2; + } + + else if(0xE0 <= u && u <= 0xEF) { + /* 3-byte sequence */ + return 3; + } + else if(0xF0 <= u && u <= 0xF4) { + /* 4-byte sequence */ + return 4; + } + else { /* u >= 0xF5 */ + /* Restricted (start of 4-, 5- or 6-byte sequence) or invalid + UTF-8 */ + return 0; + } +} + +size_t utf8_check_full(const char *buffer, size_t size, int32_t *codepoint) +{ + size_t i; + int32_t value = 0; + unsigned char u = (unsigned char)buffer[0]; + + if(size == 2) + { + value = u & 0x1F; + } + else if(size == 3) + { + value = u & 0xF; + } + else if(size == 4) + { + value = u & 0x7; + } + else + return 0; + + for(i = 1; i < size; i++) + { + u = (unsigned char)buffer[i]; + + if(u < 0x80 || u > 0xBF) { + /* not a continuation byte */ + return 0; + } + + value = (value << 6) + (u & 0x3F); + } + + if(value > 0x10FFFF) { + /* not in Unicode range */ + return 0; + } + + else if(0xD800 <= value && value <= 0xDFFF) { + /* invalid code point (UTF-16 surrogate halves) */ + return 0; + } + + else if((size == 2 && value < 0x80) || + (size == 3 && value < 0x800) || + (size == 4 && value < 0x10000)) { + /* overlong encoding */ + return 0; + } + + if(codepoint) + *codepoint = value; + + return 1; +} + +const char *utf8_iterate(const char *buffer, size_t bufsize, int32_t *codepoint) +{ + size_t count; + int32_t value; + + if(!bufsize) + return buffer; + + count = utf8_check_first(buffer[0]); + if(count <= 0) + return NULL; + + if(count == 1) + value = (unsigned char)buffer[0]; + else + { + if(count > bufsize || !utf8_check_full(buffer, count, &value)) + return NULL; + } + + if(codepoint) + *codepoint = value; + + return buffer + count; +} + +int utf8_check_string(const char *string, size_t length) +{ + size_t i; + + for(i = 0; i < length; i++) + { + size_t count = utf8_check_first(string[i]); + if(count == 0) + return 0; + else if(count > 1) + { + if(count > length - i) + return 0; + + if(!utf8_check_full(&string[i], count, NULL)) + return 0; + + i += count - 1; + } + } + + return 1; +} diff --git a/src/jansson/utf.h b/src/jansson/utf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ad74357 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/utf.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef UTF_H +#define UTF_H + +#include "jansson_config.h" + +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif + +int utf8_encode(int32_t codepoint, char *buffer, size_t *size); + +size_t utf8_check_first(char byte); +size_t utf8_check_full(const char *buffer, size_t size, int32_t *codepoint); +const char *utf8_iterate(const char *buffer, size_t size, int32_t *codepoint); + +int utf8_check_string(const char *string, size_t length); + +#endif diff --git a/src/jansson/value.c b/src/jansson/value.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f65844d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/jansson/value.c @@ -0,0 +1,1076 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2009-2016 Petri Lehtinen + * + * Jansson is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the MIT license. See LICENSE for details. + */ + +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +#define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +#include "jansson_config.h" + + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H +#include +#endif + +#include "jansson.h" +#include "hashtable.h" +#include "jansson_private.h" +#include "utf.h" + +/* Work around nonstandard isnan() and isinf() implementations */ + +/* +#ifndef isnan +#ifndef __sun +JSON_INLINE int isnan(double x) { return x != x; } +#endif +#endif +#ifndef isinf +JSON_INLINE int isinf(double x) { return !isnan(x) && isnan(x - x); } +#endif +*/ + +JSON_INLINE void json_init(json_t *json, json_type type) +{ + json->type = type; + json->refcount = 1; +} + + +/*** object ***/ + +extern volatile uint32_t hashtable_seed; + +json_t *json_object(void) +{ + json_object_t* object = (json_object_t*)jsonp_malloc(sizeof(json_object_t)); + if(!object) + return NULL; + + if (!hashtable_seed) { + /* Autoseed */ + json_object_seed(0); + } + + json_init(&object->json, JSON_OBJECT); + + if(hashtable_init(&object->hashtable)) + { + jsonp_free(object); + return NULL; + } + + return &object->json; +} + +static void json_delete_object(json_object_t *object) +{ + hashtable_close(&object->hashtable); + jsonp_free(object); +} + +size_t json_object_size(const json_t *json) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!json_is_object(json)) + return 0; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return object->hashtable.size; +} + +json_t* json_object_get(const json_t *json, const char *key) +{ + json_object_t* object; + + if(!key || !json_is_object(json)) + return NULL; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return (json_t*)hashtable_get(&object->hashtable, key); +} + +int json_object_set_new_nocheck(json_t *json, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!value) + return -1; + + if(!key || !json_is_object(json) || json == value) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + object = json_to_object(json); + + if(hashtable_set(&object->hashtable, key, value)) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + +int json_object_set_new(json_t *json, const char *key, json_t *value) +{ + if(!key || !utf8_check_string(key, strlen(key))) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + return json_object_set_new_nocheck(json, key, value); +} + +int json_object_del(json_t *json, const char *key) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!key || !json_is_object(json)) + return -1; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return hashtable_del(&object->hashtable, key); +} + +int json_object_clear(json_t *json) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!json_is_object(json)) + return -1; + + object = json_to_object(json); + hashtable_clear(&object->hashtable); + + return 0; +} + +int json_object_update(json_t *object, json_t *other) +{ + const char *key; + json_t *value; + + if(!json_is_object(object) || !json_is_object(other)) + return -1; + + json_object_foreach(other, key, value) { + if(json_object_set_nocheck(object, key, value)) + return -1; + } + + return 0; +} + +int json_object_update_existing(json_t *object, json_t *other) +{ + const char *key; + json_t *value; + + if(!json_is_object(object) || !json_is_object(other)) + return -1; + + json_object_foreach(other, key, value) { + if(json_object_get(object, key)) + json_object_set_nocheck(object, key, value); + } + + return 0; +} + +int json_object_update_missing(json_t *object, json_t *other) +{ + const char *key; + json_t *value; + + if(!json_is_object(object) || !json_is_object(other)) + return -1; + + json_object_foreach(other, key, value) { + if(!json_object_get(object, key)) + json_object_set_nocheck(object, key, value); + } + + return 0; +} + +void *json_object_iter(json_t *json) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!json_is_object(json)) + return NULL; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return hashtable_iter(&object->hashtable); +} + +void *json_object_iter_at(json_t *json, const char *key) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!key || !json_is_object(json)) + return NULL; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return hashtable_iter_at(&object->hashtable, key); +} + +void *json_object_iter_next(json_t *json, void *iter) +{ + json_object_t *object; + + if(!json_is_object(json) || iter == NULL) + return NULL; + + object = json_to_object(json); + return hashtable_iter_next(&object->hashtable, iter); +} + +const char *json_object_iter_key(void *iter) +{ + if(!iter) + return NULL; + + return (char*)hashtable_iter_key(iter); +} + +json_t *json_object_iter_value(void *iter) +{ + if(!iter) + return NULL; + + return (json_t *)hashtable_iter_value(iter); +} + +int json_object_iter_set_new(json_t *json, void *iter, json_t *value) +{ + if(!json_is_object(json) || !iter || !value) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + hashtable_iter_set(iter, value); + return 0; +} + +void *json_object_key_to_iter(const char *key) +{ + if(!key) + return NULL; + + return hashtable_key_to_iter(key); +} + +static int json_object_equal(const json_t *object1, const json_t *object2) +{ + const char *key; + const json_t *value1, *value2; + + if(json_object_size(object1) != json_object_size(object2)) + return 0; + + json_object_foreach((json_t *)object1, key, value1) { + value2 = json_object_get(object2, key); + + if(!json_equal(value1, value2)) + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +static json_t *json_object_copy(json_t *object) +{ + json_t *result; + + const char *key; + json_t *value; + + result = json_object(); + if(!result) + return NULL; + + json_object_foreach(object, key, value) + json_object_set_nocheck(result, key, value); + + return result; +} + +static json_t *json_object_deep_copy(const json_t *object) +{ + json_t *result; + void *iter; + + result = json_object(); + if(!result) + return NULL; + + /* Cannot use json_object_foreach because object has to be cast + non-const */ + iter = json_object_iter((json_t *)object); + while(iter) { + const char *key; + const json_t *value; + key = json_object_iter_key(iter); + value = json_object_iter_value(iter); + + json_object_set_new_nocheck(result, key, json_deep_copy(value)); + iter = json_object_iter_next((json_t *)object, iter); + } + + return result; +} + + +/*** array ***/ + +json_t* json_array(void) +{ + json_array_t* array = (json_array_t*)jsonp_malloc(sizeof(json_array_t)); + if(!array) + return NULL; + json_init(&array->json, JSON_ARRAY); + + array->entries = 0; + array->size = 8; + + array->table = (json_t**)jsonp_malloc(array->size * sizeof(json_t *)); + if(!array->table) { + jsonp_free(array); + return NULL; + } + + return &array->json; +} + +static void json_delete_array(json_array_t *array) +{ + size_t i; + + for(i = 0; i < array->entries; i++) + json_decref(array->table[i]); + + jsonp_free(array->table); + jsonp_free(array); +} + +size_t json_array_size(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json_is_array(json)) + return 0; + + return json_to_array(json)->entries; +} + +json_t *json_array_get(const json_t *json, size_t index) +{ + json_array_t *array; + if(!json_is_array(json)) + return NULL; + array = json_to_array(json); + + if(index >= array->entries) + return NULL; + + return array->table[index]; +} + +int json_array_set_new(json_t *json, size_t index, json_t *value) +{ + json_array_t *array; + + if(!value) + return -1; + + if(!json_is_array(json) || json == value) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + array = json_to_array(json); + + if(index >= array->entries) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + json_decref(array->table[index]); + array->table[index] = value; + + return 0; +} + +static void array_move(json_array_t *array, size_t dest, + size_t src, size_t count) +{ + memmove(&array->table[dest], &array->table[src], count * sizeof(json_t *)); +} + +static void array_copy(json_t **dest, size_t dpos, + json_t **src, size_t spos, + size_t count) +{ + memcpy(&dest[dpos], &src[spos], count * sizeof(json_t *)); +} + +static json_t **json_array_grow(json_array_t *array, + size_t amount, + int copy) +{ + size_t new_size; + json_t **old_table, **new_table; + + if(array->entries + amount <= array->size) + return array->table; + + old_table = array->table; + + new_size = max(array->size + amount, array->size * 2); + new_table = (json_t**)jsonp_malloc(new_size * sizeof(json_t *)); + if(!new_table) + return NULL; + + array->size = new_size; + array->table = new_table; + + if(copy) { + array_copy(array->table, 0, old_table, 0, array->entries); + jsonp_free(old_table); + return array->table; + } + + return old_table; +} + +int json_array_append_new(json_t *json, json_t *value) +{ + json_array_t *array; + + if(!value) + return -1; + + if(!json_is_array(json) || json == value) + { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + array = json_to_array(json); + + if(!json_array_grow(array, 1, 1)) { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + array->table[array->entries] = value; + array->entries++; + + return 0; +} + +int json_array_insert_new(json_t *json, size_t index, json_t *value) +{ + json_array_t *array; + json_t **old_table; + + if(!value) + return -1; + + if(!json_is_array(json) || json == value) { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + array = json_to_array(json); + + if(index > array->entries) { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + old_table = json_array_grow(array, 1, 0); + if(!old_table) { + json_decref(value); + return -1; + } + + if(old_table != array->table) { + array_copy(array->table, 0, old_table, 0, index); + array_copy(array->table, index + 1, old_table, index, + array->entries - index); + jsonp_free(old_table); + } + else + array_move(array, index + 1, index, array->entries - index); + + array->table[index] = value; + array->entries++; + + return 0; +} + +int json_array_remove(json_t *json, size_t index) +{ + json_array_t *array; + + if(!json_is_array(json)) + return -1; + array = json_to_array(json); + + if(index >= array->entries) + return -1; + + json_decref(array->table[index]); + + /* If we're removing the last element, nothing has to be moved */ + if(index < array->entries - 1) + array_move(array, index, index + 1, array->entries - index - 1); + + array->entries--; + + return 0; +} + +int json_array_clear(json_t *json) +{ + json_array_t *array; + size_t i; + + if(!json_is_array(json)) + return -1; + array = json_to_array(json); + + for(i = 0; i < array->entries; i++) + json_decref(array->table[i]); + + array->entries = 0; + return 0; +} + +int json_array_extend(json_t *json, json_t *other_json) +{ + json_array_t *array, *other; + size_t i; + + if(!json_is_array(json) || !json_is_array(other_json)) + return -1; + array = json_to_array(json); + other = json_to_array(other_json); + + if(!json_array_grow(array, other->entries, 1)) + return -1; + + for(i = 0; i < other->entries; i++) + json_incref(other->table[i]); + + array_copy(array->table, array->entries, other->table, 0, other->entries); + + array->entries += other->entries; + return 0; +} + +static int json_array_equal(const json_t *array1, const json_t *array2) +{ + size_t i, size; + + size = json_array_size(array1); + if(size != json_array_size(array2)) + return 0; + + for(i = 0; i < size; i++) + { + json_t *value1, *value2; + + value1 = json_array_get(array1, i); + value2 = json_array_get(array2, i); + + if(!json_equal(value1, value2)) + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +static json_t *json_array_copy(json_t *array) +{ + json_t *result; + size_t i; + + result = json_array(); + if(!result) + return NULL; + + for(i = 0; i < json_array_size(array); i++) + json_array_append(result, json_array_get(array, i)); + + return result; +} + +static json_t *json_array_deep_copy(const json_t *array) +{ + json_t *result; + size_t i; + + result = json_array(); + if(!result) + return NULL; + + for(i = 0; i < json_array_size(array); i++) + json_array_append_new(result, json_deep_copy(json_array_get(array, i))); + + return result; +} + +/*** string ***/ + +static json_t *string_create(const char *value, size_t len, int own) +{ + char *v; + json_string_t* string; + + if(!value) + return NULL; + + if(own) + v = (char *)value; + else { + v = jsonp_strndup(value, len); + if(!v) + return NULL; + } + + string = (json_string_t*)jsonp_malloc(sizeof(json_string_t)); + if(!string) { + jsonp_free(v); + return NULL; + } + json_init(&string->json, JSON_STRING); + string->value = v; + string->length = len; + + return &string->json; +} + +json_t *json_string_nocheck(const char *value) +{ + if(!value) + return NULL; + + return string_create(value, strlen(value), 0); +} + +json_t *json_stringn_nocheck(const char *value, size_t len) +{ + return string_create(value, len, 0); +} + +/* this is private; "steal" is not a public API concept */ +json_t *jsonp_stringn_nocheck_own(const char *value, size_t len) +{ + return string_create(value, len, 1); +} + +json_t *json_string(const char *value) +{ + if(!value) + return NULL; + + return json_stringn(value, strlen(value)); +} + +json_t *json_stringn(const char *value, size_t len) +{ + if(!value || !utf8_check_string(value, len)) + return NULL; + + return json_stringn_nocheck(value, len); +} + +const char *json_string_value(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json_is_string(json)) + return NULL; + + return json_to_string(json)->value; +} + +size_t json_string_length(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json_is_string(json)) + return 0; + + return json_to_string(json)->length; +} + +int json_string_set_nocheck(json_t *json, const char *value) +{ + if(!value) + return -1; + + return json_string_setn_nocheck(json, value, strlen(value)); +} + +int json_string_setn_nocheck(json_t *json, const char *value, size_t len) +{ + char *dup; + json_string_t *string; + + if(!json_is_string(json) || !value) + return -1; + + dup = jsonp_strndup(value, len); + if(!dup) + return -1; + + string = json_to_string(json); + jsonp_free(string->value); + string->value = dup; + string->length = len; + + return 0; +} + +int json_string_set(json_t *json, const char *value) +{ + if(!value) + return -1; + + return json_string_setn(json, value, strlen(value)); +} + +int json_string_setn(json_t *json, const char *value, size_t len) +{ + if(!value || !utf8_check_string(value, len)) + return -1; + + return json_string_setn_nocheck(json, value, len); +} + +static void json_delete_string(json_string_t *string) +{ + jsonp_free(string->value); + jsonp_free(string); +} + +static int json_string_equal(const json_t *string1, const json_t *string2) +{ + json_string_t *s1, *s2; + + s1 = json_to_string(string1); + s2 = json_to_string(string2); + return s1->length == s2->length && !memcmp(s1->value, s2->value, s1->length); +} + +static json_t *json_string_copy(const json_t *string) +{ + json_string_t *s; + + s = json_to_string(string); + return json_stringn_nocheck(s->value, s->length); +} + +json_t *json_vsprintf(const char *fmt, va_list ap) { + json_t *json = NULL; + int length; + char *buf; + va_list aq; + va_copy(aq, ap); + + length = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, fmt, ap); + if (length == 0) { + json = json_string(""); + goto out; + } + + buf = (char*)jsonp_malloc(length + 1); + if (!buf) + goto out; + + vsnprintf(buf, length + 1, fmt, aq); + if (!utf8_check_string(buf, length)) { + jsonp_free(buf); + goto out; + } + + json = jsonp_stringn_nocheck_own(buf, length); + +out: + va_end(aq); + return json; +} + +json_t *json_sprintf(const char *fmt, ...) { + json_t *result; + va_list ap; + + va_start(ap, fmt); + result = json_vsprintf(fmt, ap); + va_end(ap); + + return result; +} + + +/*** integer ***/ + +json_t *json_integer(json_int_t value) +{ + json_integer_t* integer = (json_integer_t*)jsonp_malloc(sizeof(json_integer_t)); + if(!integer) + return NULL; + json_init(&integer->json, JSON_INTEGER); + + integer->value = value; + return &integer->json; +} + +json_int_t json_integer_value(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json_is_integer(json)) + return 0; + + return json_to_integer(json)->value; +} + +int json_integer_set(json_t *json, json_int_t value) +{ + if(!json_is_integer(json)) + return -1; + + json_to_integer(json)->value = value; + + return 0; +} + +static void json_delete_integer(json_integer_t *integer) +{ + jsonp_free(integer); +} + +static int json_integer_equal(const json_t *integer1, const json_t *integer2) +{ + return json_integer_value(integer1) == json_integer_value(integer2); +} + +static json_t *json_integer_copy(const json_t *integer) +{ + return json_integer(json_integer_value(integer)); +} + + +/*** real ***/ + +json_t *json_real(double value) +{ + json_real_t* real; + + if(isnan(value) || isinf(value)) + return NULL; + + real = (json_real_t*)jsonp_malloc(sizeof(json_real_t)); + if(!real) + return NULL; + json_init(&real->json, JSON_REAL); + + real->value = value; + return &real->json; +} + +double json_real_value(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json_is_real(json)) + return 0; + + return json_to_real(json)->value; +} + +int json_real_set(json_t *json, double value) +{ + if(!json_is_real(json) || isnan(value) || isinf(value)) + return -1; + + json_to_real(json)->value = value; + + return 0; +} + +static void json_delete_real(json_real_t *real) +{ + jsonp_free(real); +} + +static int json_real_equal(const json_t *real1, const json_t *real2) +{ + return json_real_value(real1) == json_real_value(real2); +} + +static json_t *json_real_copy(const json_t *real) +{ + return json_real(json_real_value(real)); +} + + +/*** number ***/ + +double json_number_value(const json_t *json) +{ + if(json_is_integer(json)) + return (double)json_integer_value(json); + else if(json_is_real(json)) + return json_real_value(json); + else + return 0.0; +} + + +/*** simple values ***/ + +json_t *json_true(void) +{ + static json_t the_true = {JSON_TRUE, (size_t)-1}; + return &the_true; +} + + +json_t *json_false(void) +{ + static json_t the_false = {JSON_FALSE, (size_t)-1}; + return &the_false; +} + + +json_t *json_null(void) +{ + static json_t the_null = {JSON_NULL, (size_t)-1}; + return &the_null; +} + + +/*** deletion ***/ + +void json_delete(json_t *json) +{ + if (!json) + return; + + switch(json_typeof(json)) { + case JSON_OBJECT: + json_delete_object(json_to_object(json)); + break; + case JSON_ARRAY: + json_delete_array(json_to_array(json)); + break; + case JSON_STRING: + json_delete_string(json_to_string(json)); + break; + case JSON_INTEGER: + json_delete_integer(json_to_integer(json)); + break; + case JSON_REAL: + json_delete_real(json_to_real(json)); + break; + default: + return; + } + + /* json_delete is not called for true, false or null */ +} + + +/*** equality ***/ + +int json_equal(const json_t *json1, const json_t *json2) +{ + if(!json1 || !json2) + return 0; + + if(json_typeof(json1) != json_typeof(json2)) + return 0; + + /* this covers true, false and null as they are singletons */ + if(json1 == json2) + return 1; + + switch(json_typeof(json1)) { + case JSON_OBJECT: + return json_object_equal(json1, json2); + case JSON_ARRAY: + return json_array_equal(json1, json2); + case JSON_STRING: + return json_string_equal(json1, json2); + case JSON_INTEGER: + return json_integer_equal(json1, json2); + case JSON_REAL: + return json_real_equal(json1, json2); + default: + return 0; + } +} + + +/*** copying ***/ + +json_t *json_copy(json_t *json) +{ + if(!json) + return NULL; + + switch(json_typeof(json)) { + case JSON_OBJECT: + return json_object_copy(json); + case JSON_ARRAY: + return json_array_copy(json); + case JSON_STRING: + return json_string_copy(json); + case JSON_INTEGER: + return json_integer_copy(json); + case JSON_REAL: + return json_real_copy(json); + case JSON_TRUE: + case JSON_FALSE: + case JSON_NULL: + return json; + default: + return NULL; + } +} + +json_t *json_deep_copy(const json_t *json) +{ + if(!json) + return NULL; + + switch(json_typeof(json)) { + case JSON_OBJECT: + return json_object_deep_copy(json); + case JSON_ARRAY: + return json_array_deep_copy(json); + /* for the rest of the types, deep copying doesn't differ from + shallow copying */ + case JSON_STRING: + return json_string_copy(json); + case JSON_INTEGER: + return json_integer_copy(json); + case JSON_REAL: + return json_real_copy(json); + case JSON_TRUE: + case JSON_FALSE: + case JSON_NULL: + return (json_t *)json; + default: + return NULL; + } +} diff --git a/src/main.c b/src/main.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4ea836 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/main.c @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +#include +#include + +#include "presentation/states/state_ingame.h" +#include "presentation/states/state_main_menu.h" + +#include "raylib.h" + +int main() { + InitWindow(1280, 720, "snejk"); + SetTargetFPS(60); + SetExitKey(KEY_NULL); + + bool should_quit_game = false; + + Presentation_State_Ingame_Context presentation_state_ingame_ctx = (Presentation_State_Ingame_Context) { + }; + Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context presentation_state_main_menu_ctx = { + .should_quit_game = &should_quit_game, + }; + + presentation_state_ingame_init(&presentation_state_ingame_ctx); + presentation_state_main_menu_init(&presentation_state_main_menu_ctx); + + presentation_state_machine_go_to(&presentation_state_main_menu); + + while(true) { + if(WindowShouldClose() || should_quit_game) { + break; + } + + Presentation_State *state = presentation_state_machine.current; + + // Tick. + if(state != NULL && state->tick != NULL) { + state->tick(state); + } + + // Render. + BeginDrawing(); + { + if(state != NULL && state->render != NULL) { + state->render(state); + } + } + EndDrawing(); + } + + assert(presentation_state_machine_go_to(NULL)); + CloseWindow(); + + return 0; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.c b/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1644454 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.c @@ -0,0 +1,206 @@ +#include "state_ingame.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#include "raylib.h" +#include "raygui.h" + +#include "session/game_session.h" + +#define GRID_CELL_SIZE 8 +#define ENTITY_PRESENTATION_Y_OFFSET -2 + +static void state_enter(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *)state->context; + (void)ctx; + + printf("Entered ingame.\n"); + + printf("Setting up session ...\n"); + + assert(g_current_session != NULL); + Game_Session_Settings *settings = &g_current_session->settings; + printf( + "Singleplayer? %i.\n" + "Settings:\n" + "- Seed: %u\n" + "- Level width: %u, height: %u\n" + "- Max players: %u\n" + , + g_current_session->is_singleplayer, + settings->seed, + settings->level_width, settings->level_height, + settings->max_players + ); + + + printf("Setting up context ...\n"); + ctx->main_camera = (Camera2D) { + .offset = (Vector2) { 0, 0 }, + .target = (Vector2) { 0, 0 }, + .rotation = 0.0f, + .zoom = 3.0f + }; + + // TODO: SS - Maybe put the textures in an array and index them using an enum? + // These should probably be loaded at start-up instead of here. + ctx->texture_grass = LoadTexture("assets/sprites/spr_floor_grass.png"); + assert(IsTextureValid(ctx->texture_grass)); + ctx->texture_apple = LoadTexture("assets/sprites/spr_food_apple.png"); + assert(IsTextureValid(ctx->texture_apple)); + ctx->texture_snake_head = LoadTexture("assets/sprites/spr_snake_head.png"); + assert(IsTextureValid(ctx->texture_snake_head)); + ctx->texture_snake_body = LoadTexture("assets/sprites/spr_snake_body.png"); + assert(IsTextureValid(ctx->texture_snake_body)); +} + +static void state_tick(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *)state->context; + (void)ctx; + + { // TEMP: SS + if(IsKeyPressed(KEY_ESCAPE)) { + presentation_state_machine_go_to(&presentation_state_main_menu); + } + } +} + +static void state_render(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *)state->context; + (void)ctx; + + ClearBackground((Color) { 240, 236, 226, 255 }); + + Game_World *world = g_current_session->simulation_world.game_world; + Grid *grid = &world->grid; + + uint32_t grid_total_size = grid->width * grid->height; + + BeginMode2D(ctx->main_camera); { + // Render the level. + for(uint32_t i = 0; i < grid_total_size; i++) { + uint32_t x = i % grid->width; + uint32_t y = i / grid->width; + + uint32_t pres_x = x * GRID_CELL_SIZE; + uint32_t pres_y = y * GRID_CELL_SIZE; + + uint32_t random_floor_index = i; // TODO: SS - Get a deterministic random value based on seed. + + DrawTextureRec( + ctx->texture_grass, + (Rectangle) { GRID_CELL_SIZE * random_floor_index, 0, GRID_CELL_SIZE, GRID_CELL_SIZE }, + (Vector2) { pres_x, pres_y }, + WHITE + ); + DrawRectangleLines(pres_x, pres_y, GRID_CELL_SIZE, GRID_CELL_SIZE, (Color) { 0, 0, 0, 8 }); + } + + for(uint32_t i = 0; i < grid_total_size; i++) { + uint32_t x = i % grid->width; + uint32_t y = i / grid->width; + + uint32_t pres_x = x * GRID_CELL_SIZE; + uint32_t pres_y = y * GRID_CELL_SIZE; + + Grid_Cell *cell = &grid->cells[i]; + Entity *entity = &cell->entity; + switch(entity->type) { + case Entity_Type_None: { + break; + } + case Entity_Type_Snake_Head: + case Entity_Type_Snake_Body: { + Color tint = (Color) { 255, 135, 102, 255 }; // TODO: SS - Get tint based on player ID. + + Vector2 origin = (Vector2) { GRID_CELL_SIZE/2, GRID_CELL_SIZE/2 }; + + float sin_frequency = 0.0f; + float sin_amplitude = 0.0f; + + Texture2D *texture = NULL; + if(entity->type == Entity_Type_Snake_Head) { + texture = &ctx->texture_snake_head; + } + else { + texture = &ctx->texture_snake_body; + // TODO: SS - If it's a body, check what index it is and use that as an y-offset to make it look cool, like a wave. + sin_frequency = 4.0f; + sin_amplitude = 1.0f; + } + + DrawTexturePro( + *texture, + (Rectangle) { // Source. + 0, 0, GRID_CELL_SIZE, GRID_CELL_SIZE + }, + (Rectangle) { // Destination. + pres_x + origin.x, + pres_y + origin.y + ENTITY_PRESENTATION_Y_OFFSET - (sin(GetTime() * sin_frequency)) * sin_amplitude, + GRID_CELL_SIZE, + GRID_CELL_SIZE + }, + origin, // Origin. + 0, // Rotation. + tint // Tint. + ); + + break; + } + case Entity_Type_Food: { + uint32_t flash = ((sin(GetTime() * 8) + 1)/2) * 32; + Color tint = (Color) { 255-flash, 255-flash, 255-flash, 255 }; + + Vector2 origin = (Vector2) { GRID_CELL_SIZE/2, GRID_CELL_SIZE/2 }; + + DrawTexturePro( + ctx->texture_apple, + (Rectangle) { // Source. + 0, 0, GRID_CELL_SIZE, GRID_CELL_SIZE + }, + (Rectangle) { // Destination. + pres_x + origin.x, + pres_y + origin.y + ENTITY_PRESENTATION_Y_OFFSET - ((sin(GetTime() * 12) + 1)/2) * 1, + GRID_CELL_SIZE, + GRID_CELL_SIZE + }, + origin, // Origin. + 0, // Rotation. + tint // Tint. + ); + break; + } + } + } + } + EndMode2D(); +} + +static void state_exit(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *)state->context; + (void)ctx; + printf("Exiting ingame\n"); + + UnloadTexture(ctx->texture_grass); + UnloadTexture(ctx->texture_apple); + UnloadTexture(ctx->texture_snake_head); + UnloadTexture(ctx->texture_snake_body); + + game_session_destroy(); +} + +Presentation_State presentation_state_ingame; + +void presentation_state_ingame_init(Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx) { + presentation_state_ingame = (Presentation_State) { + .name = "Ingame", + .context = (void *)ctx, + .enter = state_enter, + .tick = state_tick, + .render = state_render, + .exit = state_exit + }; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.h b/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c002898 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_ingame.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#ifndef PRES_STATE_INGAME_H +#define PRES_STATE_INGAME_H + +#include "states.h" +#include "simulation/simulation_world.h" + +#include "raylib.h" + +typedef struct { + Camera2D main_camera; + + // Textures. + Texture2D texture_grass; + Texture2D texture_apple; + Texture2D texture_snake_head; + Texture2D texture_snake_body; +} Presentation_State_Ingame_Context; + +void presentation_state_ingame_init(Presentation_State_Ingame_Context *ctx); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_machine.c b/src/presentation/states/state_machine.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3c7148 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_machine.c @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +#include "states.h" + +#include +#include + +Presentation_State_Machine presentation_state_machine = (Presentation_State_Machine) { + .current = NULL +}; + +Presentation_State presentation_state_create( + const char *name, + void *context, + Presentation_State_Enter_Callback enter, + Presentation_State_Tick_Callback tick, + Presentation_State_Render_Callback render, + Presentation_State_Exit_Callback exit +) { + return (Presentation_State) { + .name = name, + .context = context, + .enter = enter, + .tick = tick, + .render = render, + .exit = exit, + }; +} + +bool presentation_state_machine_go_to(Presentation_State *target) { + if(presentation_state_machine.current == target) { + return false; + } + + if(presentation_state_machine.current != NULL) { + assert(presentation_state_machine.current->exit != NULL); + presentation_state_machine.current->exit(presentation_state_machine.current); + } + + presentation_state_machine.current = target; + + if(presentation_state_machine.current == NULL) { + return true; // Return true here even though it's NULL. This is nice for when we want to exit the program and the current state. + } + + assert(presentation_state_machine.current->enter != NULL); + presentation_state_machine.current->enter(presentation_state_machine.current); + + return true; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_machine.h b/src/presentation/states/state_machine.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c02e4cc --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_machine.h @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#ifndef PRES_STATE_MACHINE_H +#define PRES_STATE_MACHINE_H + +#include + +typedef struct Presentation_State Presentation_State; + +typedef void (*Presentation_State_Enter_Callback)(Presentation_State *state); +typedef void (*Presentation_State_Tick_Callback)(Presentation_State *state); +typedef void (*Presentation_State_Render_Callback)(Presentation_State *state); +typedef void (*Presentation_State_Exit_Callback)(Presentation_State *state); + +struct Presentation_State { + const char *name; + void *context; + + Presentation_State_Enter_Callback enter; + Presentation_State_Tick_Callback tick; + Presentation_State_Render_Callback render; + Presentation_State_Exit_Callback exit; +}; + +Presentation_State presentation_state_create( + const char *name, + void *context, + Presentation_State_Enter_Callback enter, + Presentation_State_Tick_Callback tick, + Presentation_State_Render_Callback render, + Presentation_State_Exit_Callback exit +); + +typedef struct { + Presentation_State *current; +} Presentation_State_Machine; + +extern Presentation_State_Machine presentation_state_machine; + +bool presentation_state_machine_go_to(Presentation_State *target); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.c b/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..45c012c --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.c @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +#include "state_main_menu.h" + +#include +#include + +#include "raylib.h" +#include "raygui.h" + +static void state_enter(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *)state->context; + (void)ctx; + + printf("Entered main menu\n"); +} + +static void state_tick(Presentation_State *state) { + (void)state; +} + +static void state_render(Presentation_State *state) { + Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *ctx = (Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *)state->context; + + ClearBackground((Color) { + 230, 204, 138, 255 + }); + + #define BUTTON_HEIGHT 32 + + switch(ctx->mode) { + case Main_Menu_Mode_Home: { + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 0), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Singleplayer")) { + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Singleplayer; + } + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 1), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Multiplayer")) { + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer; + } + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 2), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Quit")) { + *(ctx->should_quit_game) = true; + } + + break; + } + case Main_Menu_Mode_Singleplayer: { + ctx->is_singleplayer = true; + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Game_Setup; + game_session_init_default_settings(ctx->is_singleplayer, &ctx->session_settings); + + break; + } + case Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer: { + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 0), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Host")) { + ctx->is_singleplayer = false; + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Game_Setup; + game_session_init_default_settings(ctx->is_singleplayer, &ctx->session_settings); + } + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 1), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Join")) { + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer_Join; + } + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 2), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Back to Main Menu")) { + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Home; + } + + break; + } + case Main_Menu_Mode_Game_Setup: { + // TODO: SS - Add options for the game here so players can customize.. + // - public or locked session (unlock with password?) + // - max-players + // - game-speed (tickrate) + // - match-time + // - map + // - seed + // - obstacles + // - power-ups + // etc.. + // Modify 'ctx->session_settings'. + + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 0), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Play")) { + // Set up the ingame-context and transition to the ingame-state. + // NOTE: SS - We might need to wait before transitioning when playing multiplayer. + game_session_create( + ctx->is_singleplayer, + !ctx->is_singleplayer, + ctx->session_settings + ); + + presentation_state_machine_go_to(&presentation_state_ingame); + } + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 1), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Cancel")) { + ctx->mode = ctx->is_singleplayer ? Main_Menu_Mode_Home : Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer; + } + + break; + } + case Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer_Join: { + // TODO: SS - Add text-input here so the player can specify what session to try connecting to. + + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 1), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Connect")) { + printf("TODO: SS - Connect to session id.\n"); + } + + if (GuiButton((Rectangle){ 64, 64 + (BUTTON_HEIGHT * 2), 128, BUTTON_HEIGHT }, "#191#Cancel")) { + ctx->mode = Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer; + } + + break; + } + } +} + +static void state_exit(Presentation_State *state) { + (void)state; + printf("Exited main menu\n"); +} + +Presentation_State presentation_state_main_menu; + +void presentation_state_main_menu_init(Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *ctx) { + presentation_state_main_menu = (Presentation_State) { + .name = "Main Menu", + .context = (void *)ctx, + .enter = state_enter, + .tick = state_tick, + .render = state_render, + .exit = state_exit + }; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.h b/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ecf7ac --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/state_main_menu.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef PRES_STATE_MAIN_MENU_H +#define PRES_STATE_MAIN_MENU_H + +#include "states.h" +#include "session/game_session.h" + +typedef enum { + Main_Menu_Mode_Home, + Main_Menu_Mode_Singleplayer, + Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer, + + Main_Menu_Mode_Game_Setup, + Main_Menu_Mode_Multiplayer_Join, +} Main_Menu_Mode; + +typedef struct { + Main_Menu_Mode mode; + + bool is_singleplayer; + Game_Session_Settings session_settings; + + bool *should_quit_game; +} Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context; + +void presentation_state_main_menu_init(Presentation_State_Main_Menu_Context *ctx); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/presentation/states/states.h b/src/presentation/states/states.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c390bb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/presentation/states/states.h @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#ifndef PRES_STATES_H +#define PRES_STATES_H + +#include "state_machine.h" + +extern Presentation_State presentation_state_main_menu; +extern Presentation_State presentation_state_ingame; + + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/raygui.h b/src/raygui.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f86ff79 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/raygui.h @@ -0,0 +1,5987 @@ +/******************************************************************************************* +* +* raygui v4.5-dev - A simple and easy-to-use immediate-mode gui library +* +* DESCRIPTION: +* raygui is a tools-dev-focused immediate-mode-gui library based on raylib but also +* available as a standalone library, as long as input and drawing functions are provided +* +* FEATURES: +* - Immediate-mode gui, minimal retained data +* - +25 controls provided (basic and advanced) +* - Styling system for colors, font and metrics +* - Icons supported, embedded as a 1-bit icons pack +* - Standalone mode option (custom input/graphics backend) +* - Multiple support tools provided for raygui development +* +* POSSIBLE IMPROVEMENTS: +* - Better standalone mode API for easy plug of custom backends +* - Externalize required inputs, allow user easier customization +* +* LIMITATIONS: +* - No editable multi-line word-wraped text box supported +* - No auto-layout mechanism, up to the user to define controls position and size +* - Standalone mode requires library modification and some user work to plug another backend +* +* NOTES: +* - WARNING: GuiLoadStyle() and GuiLoadStyle{Custom}() functions, allocate memory for +* font atlas recs and glyphs, freeing that memory is (usually) up to the user, +* no unload function is explicitly provided... but note that GuiLoadStyleDefault() unloads +* by default any previously loaded font (texture, recs, glyphs) +* - Global UI alpha (guiAlpha) is applied inside GuiDrawRectangle() and GuiDrawText() functions +* +* CONTROLS PROVIDED: +* # Container/separators Controls +* - WindowBox --> StatusBar, Panel +* - GroupBox --> Line +* - Line +* - Panel --> StatusBar +* - ScrollPanel --> StatusBar +* - TabBar --> Button +* +* # Basic Controls +* - Label +* - LabelButton --> Label +* - Button +* - Toggle +* - ToggleGroup --> Toggle +* - ToggleSlider +* - CheckBox +* - ComboBox +* - DropdownBox +* - TextBox +* - ValueBox --> TextBox +* - Spinner --> Button, ValueBox +* - Slider +* - SliderBar --> Slider +* - ProgressBar +* - StatusBar +* - DummyRec +* - Grid +* +* # Advance Controls +* - ListView +* - ColorPicker --> ColorPanel, ColorBarHue +* - MessageBox --> Window, Label, Button +* - TextInputBox --> Window, Label, TextBox, Button +* +* It also provides a set of functions for styling the controls based on its properties (size, color) +* +* +* RAYGUI STYLE (guiStyle): +* raygui uses a global data array for all gui style properties (allocated on data segment by default), +* when a new style is loaded, it is loaded over the global style... but a default gui style could always be +* recovered with GuiLoadStyleDefault() function, that overwrites the current style to the default one +* +* The global style array size is fixed and depends on the number of controls and properties: +* +* static unsigned int guiStyle[RAYGUI_MAX_CONTROLS*(RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE + RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED)]; +* +* guiStyle size is by default: 16*(16 + 8) = 384 int = 384*4 bytes = 1536 bytes = 1.5 KB +* +* Note that the first set of BASE properties (by default guiStyle[0..15]) belong to the generic style +* used for all controls, when any of those base values is set, it is automatically populated to all +* controls, so, specific control values overwriting generic style should be set after base values +* +* After the first BASE set we have the EXTENDED properties (by default guiStyle[16..23]), those +* properties are actually common to all controls and can not be overwritten individually (like BASE ones) +* Some of those properties are: TEXT_SIZE, TEXT_SPACING, LINE_COLOR, BACKGROUND_COLOR +* +* Custom control properties can be defined using the EXTENDED properties for each independent control. +* +* TOOL: rGuiStyler is a visual tool to customize raygui style: github.com/raysan5/rguistyler +* +* +* RAYGUI ICONS (guiIcons): +* raygui could use a global array containing icons data (allocated on data segment by default), +* a custom icons set could be loaded over this array using GuiLoadIcons(), but loaded icons set +* must be same RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE and no more than RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_ICONS will be loaded +* +* Every icon is codified in binary form, using 1 bit per pixel, so, every 16x16 icon +* requires 8 integers (16*16/32) to be stored in memory. +* +* When the icon is draw, actually one quad per pixel is drawn if the bit for that pixel is set +* +* The global icons array size is fixed and depends on the number of icons and size: +* +* static unsigned int guiIcons[RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_ICONS*RAYGUI_ICON_DATA_ELEMENTS]; +* +* guiIcons size is by default: 256*(16*16/32) = 2048*4 = 8192 bytes = 8 KB +* +* TOOL: rGuiIcons is a visual tool to customize/create raygui icons: github.com/raysan5/rguiicons +* +* RAYGUI LAYOUT: +* raygui currently does not provide an auto-layout mechanism like other libraries, +* layouts must be defined manually on controls drawing, providing the right bounds Rectangle for it +* +* TOOL: rGuiLayout is a visual tool to create raygui layouts: github.com/raysan5/rguilayout +* +* CONFIGURATION: +* #define RAYGUI_IMPLEMENTATION +* Generates the implementation of the library into the included file +* If not defined, the library is in header only mode and can be included in other headers +* or source files without problems. But only ONE file should hold the implementation +* +* #define RAYGUI_STANDALONE +* Avoid raylib.h header inclusion in this file. Data types defined on raylib are defined +* internally in the library and input management and drawing functions must be provided by +* the user (check library implementation for further details) +* +* #define RAYGUI_NO_ICONS +* Avoid including embedded ricons data (256 icons, 16x16 pixels, 1-bit per pixel, 2KB) +* +* #define RAYGUI_CUSTOM_ICONS +* Includes custom ricons.h header defining a set of custom icons, +* this file can be generated using rGuiIcons tool +* +* #define RAYGUI_DEBUG_RECS_BOUNDS +* Draw control bounds rectangles for debug +* +* #define RAYGUI_DEBUG_TEXT_BOUNDS +* Draw text bounds rectangles for debug +* +* VERSIONS HISTORY: +* 5.0 (xx-Nov-2025) ADDED: Support up to 32 controls (v500) +* ADDED: guiControlExclusiveMode and guiControlExclusiveRec for exclusive modes +* ADDED: GuiValueBoxFloat() +* ADDED: GuiDropdonwBox() properties: DROPDOWN_ARROW_HIDDEN, DROPDOWN_ROLL_UP +* ADDED: GuiListView() property: LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH +* ADDED: GuiLoadIconsFromMemory() +* ADDED: Multiple new icons +* REMOVED: GuiSpinner() from controls list, using BUTTON + VALUEBOX properties +* REMOVED: GuiSliderPro(), functionality was redundant +* REVIEWED: Controls using text labels to use LABEL properties +* REVIEWED: Replaced sprintf() by snprintf() for more safety +* REVIEWED: GuiTabBar(), close tab with mouse middle button +* REVIEWED: GuiScrollPanel(), scroll speed proportional to content +* REVIEWED: GuiDropdownBox(), support roll up and hidden arrow +* REVIEWED: GuiTextBox(), cursor position initialization +* REVIEWED: GuiSliderPro(), control value change check +* REVIEWED: GuiGrid(), simplified implementation +* REVIEWED: GuiIconText(), increase buffer size and reviewed padding +* REVIEWED: GuiDrawText(), improved wrap mode drawing +* REVIEWED: GuiScrollBar(), minor tweaks +* REVIEWED: GuiProgressBar(), improved borders computing +* REVIEWED: GuiTextBox(), multiple improvements: autocursor and more +* REVIEWED: Functions descriptions, removed wrong return value reference +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorPanel(), improved HSV <-> RGBA convertion +* +* 4.0 (12-Sep-2023) ADDED: GuiToggleSlider() +* ADDED: GuiColorPickerHSV() and GuiColorPanelHSV() +* ADDED: Multiple new icons, mostly compiler related +* ADDED: New DEFAULT properties: TEXT_LINE_SPACING, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, TEXT_WRAP_MODE +* ADDED: New enum values: GuiTextAlignment, GuiTextAlignmentVertical, GuiTextWrapMode +* ADDED: Support loading styles with custom font charset from external file +* REDESIGNED: GuiTextBox(), support mouse cursor positioning +* REDESIGNED: GuiDrawText(), support multiline and word-wrap modes (read only) +* REDESIGNED: GuiProgressBar() to be more visual, progress affects border color +* REDESIGNED: Global alpha consideration moved to GuiDrawRectangle() and GuiDrawText() +* REDESIGNED: GuiScrollPanel(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiToggleGroup(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiComboBox(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiCheckBox(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiSlider(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiSliderBar(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiProgressBar(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiListView(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorPicker(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorPanel(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorBarAlpha(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorBarHue(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiGrid(), get parameters by reference and return result value +* REDESIGNED: GuiGrid(), added extra parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiListViewEx(), change parameters order +* REDESIGNED: All controls return result as int value +* REVIEWED: GuiScrollPanel() to avoid smallish scroll-bars +* REVIEWED: All examples and specially controls_test_suite +* RENAMED: gui_file_dialog module to gui_window_file_dialog +* UPDATED: All styles to include ISO-8859-15 charset (as much as possible) +* +* 3.6 (10-May-2023) ADDED: New icon: SAND_TIMER +* ADDED: GuiLoadStyleFromMemory() (binary only) +* REVIEWED: GuiScrollBar() horizontal movement key +* REVIEWED: GuiTextBox() crash on cursor movement +* REVIEWED: GuiTextBox(), additional inputs support +* REVIEWED: GuiLabelButton(), avoid text cut +* REVIEWED: GuiTextInputBox(), password input +* REVIEWED: Local GetCodepointNext(), aligned with raylib +* REDESIGNED: GuiSlider*()/GuiScrollBar() to support out-of-bounds +* +* 3.5 (20-Apr-2023) ADDED: GuiTabBar(), based on GuiToggle() +* ADDED: Helper functions to split text in separate lines +* ADDED: Multiple new icons, useful for code editing tools +* REMOVED: Unneeded icon editing functions +* REMOVED: GuiTextBoxMulti(), very limited and broken +* REMOVED: MeasureTextEx() dependency, logic directly implemented +* REMOVED: DrawTextEx() dependency, logic directly implemented +* REVIEWED: GuiScrollBar(), improve mouse-click behaviour +* REVIEWED: Library header info, more info, better organized +* REDESIGNED: GuiTextBox() to support cursor movement +* REDESIGNED: GuiDrawText() to divide drawing by lines +* +* 3.2 (22-May-2022) RENAMED: Some enum values, for unification, avoiding prefixes +* REMOVED: GuiScrollBar(), only internal +* REDESIGNED: GuiPanel() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiScrollPanel() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorPicker() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorPanel() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorBarAlpha() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiColorBarHue() to support text parameter +* REDESIGNED: GuiTextInputBox() to support password +* +* 3.1 (12-Jan-2022) REVIEWED: Default style for consistency (aligned with rGuiLayout v2.5 tool) +* REVIEWED: GuiLoadStyle() to support compressed font atlas image data and unload previous textures +* REVIEWED: External icons usage logic +* REVIEWED: GuiLine() for centered alignment when including text +* RENAMED: Multiple controls properties definitions to prepend RAYGUI_ +* RENAMED: RICON_ references to RAYGUI_ICON_ for library consistency +* Projects updated and multiple tweaks +* +* 3.0 (04-Nov-2021) Integrated ricons data to avoid external file +* REDESIGNED: GuiTextBoxMulti() +* REMOVED: GuiImageButton*() +* Multiple minor tweaks and bugs corrected +* +* 2.9 (17-Mar-2021) REMOVED: Tooltip API +* 2.8 (03-May-2020) Centralized rectangles drawing to GuiDrawRectangle() +* 2.7 (20-Feb-2020) ADDED: Possible tooltips API +* 2.6 (09-Sep-2019) ADDED: GuiTextInputBox() +* REDESIGNED: GuiListView*(), GuiDropdownBox(), GuiSlider*(), GuiProgressBar(), GuiMessageBox() +* REVIEWED: GuiTextBox(), GuiSpinner(), GuiValueBox(), GuiLoadStyle() +* Replaced property INNER_PADDING by TEXT_PADDING, renamed some properties +* ADDED: 8 new custom styles ready to use +* Multiple minor tweaks and bugs corrected +* +* 2.5 (28-May-2019) Implemented extended GuiTextBox(), GuiValueBox(), GuiSpinner() +* 2.3 (29-Apr-2019) ADDED: rIcons auxiliar library and support for it, multiple controls reviewed +* Refactor all controls drawing mechanism to use control state +* 2.2 (05-Feb-2019) ADDED: GuiScrollBar(), GuiScrollPanel(), reviewed GuiListView(), removed Gui*Ex() controls +* 2.1 (26-Dec-2018) REDESIGNED: GuiCheckBox(), GuiComboBox(), GuiDropdownBox(), GuiToggleGroup() > Use combined text string +* REDESIGNED: Style system (breaking change) +* 2.0 (08-Nov-2018) ADDED: Support controls guiLock and custom fonts +* REVIEWED: GuiComboBox(), GuiListView()... +* 1.9 (09-Oct-2018) REVIEWED: GuiGrid(), GuiTextBox(), GuiTextBoxMulti(), GuiValueBox()... +* 1.8 (01-May-2018) Lot of rework and redesign to align with rGuiStyler and rGuiLayout +* 1.5 (21-Jun-2017) Working in an improved styles system +* 1.4 (15-Jun-2017) Rewritten all GUI functions (removed useless ones) +* 1.3 (12-Jun-2017) Complete redesign of style system +* 1.1 (01-Jun-2017) Complete review of the library +* 1.0 (07-Jun-2016) Converted to header-only by Ramon Santamaria +* 0.9 (07-Mar-2016) Reviewed and tested by Albert Martos, Ian Eito, Sergio Martinez and Ramon Santamaria +* 0.8 (27-Aug-2015) Initial release. Implemented by Kevin Gato, Daniel Nicolás and Ramon Santamaria +* +* DEPENDENCIES: +* raylib 5.6-dev - Inputs reading (keyboard/mouse), shapes drawing, font loading and text drawing +* +* STANDALONE MODE: +* By default raygui depends on raylib mostly for the inputs and the drawing functionality but that dependency can be disabled +* with the config flag RAYGUI_STANDALONE. In that case is up to the user to provide another backend to cover library needs +* +* The following functions should be redefined for a custom backend: +* +* - Vector2 GetMousePosition(void); +* - float GetMouseWheelMove(void); +* - bool IsMouseButtonDown(int button); +* - bool IsMouseButtonPressed(int button); +* - bool IsMouseButtonReleased(int button); +* - bool IsKeyDown(int key); +* - bool IsKeyPressed(int key); +* - int GetCharPressed(void); // -- GuiTextBox(), GuiValueBox() +* +* - void DrawRectangle(int x, int y, int width, int height, Color color); // -- GuiDrawRectangle() +* - void DrawRectangleGradientEx(Rectangle rec, Color col1, Color col2, Color col3, Color col4); // -- GuiColorPicker() +* +* - Font GetFontDefault(void); // -- GuiLoadStyleDefault() +* - Font LoadFontEx(const char *fileName, int fontSize, int *codepoints, int codepointCount); // -- GuiLoadStyle() +* - Texture2D LoadTextureFromImage(Image image); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load texture from embedded font atlas image +* - void SetShapesTexture(Texture2D tex, Rectangle rec); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to set shapes rec to font white rec (optimization) +* - char *LoadFileText(const char *fileName); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load charset data +* - void UnloadFileText(char *text); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to unload charset data +* - const char *GetDirectoryPath(const char *filePath); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to find charset/font file from text .rgs +* - int *LoadCodepoints(const char *text, int *count); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load required font codepoints list +* - void UnloadCodepoints(int *codepoints); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to unload codepoints list +* - unsigned char *DecompressData(const unsigned char *compData, int compDataSize, int *dataSize); // -- GuiLoadStyle() +* +* CONTRIBUTORS: +* Ramon Santamaria: Supervision, review, redesign, update and maintenance +* Vlad Adrian: Complete rewrite of GuiTextBox() to support extended features (2019) +* Sergio Martinez: Review, testing (2015) and redesign of multiple controls (2018) +* Adria Arranz: Testing and implementation of additional controls (2018) +* Jordi Jorba: Testing and implementation of additional controls (2018) +* Albert Martos: Review and testing of the library (2015) +* Ian Eito: Review and testing of the library (2015) +* Kevin Gato: Initial implementation of basic components (2014) +* Daniel Nicolas: Initial implementation of basic components (2014) +* +* +* LICENSE: zlib/libpng +* +* Copyright (c) 2014-2025 Ramon Santamaria (@raysan5) +* +* This software is provided "as-is", without any express or implied warranty. In no event +* will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. +* +* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial +* applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: +* +* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you +* wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment +* in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. +* +* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented +* as being the original software. +* +* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. +* +**********************************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef RAYGUI_H +#define RAYGUI_H + +#define RAYGUI_VERSION_MAJOR 4 +#define RAYGUI_VERSION_MINOR 5 +#define RAYGUI_VERSION_PATCH 0 +#define RAYGUI_VERSION "5.0-dev" + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) + #include "raylib.h" +#endif + +// Function specifiers in case library is build/used as a shared library (Windows) +// NOTE: Microsoft specifiers to tell compiler that symbols are imported/exported from a .dll +#if defined(_WIN32) + #if defined(BUILD_LIBTYPE_SHARED) + #define RAYGUIAPI __declspec(dllexport) // We are building the library as a Win32 shared library (.dll) + #elif defined(USE_LIBTYPE_SHARED) + #define RAYGUIAPI __declspec(dllimport) // We are using the library as a Win32 shared library (.dll) + #endif +#endif + +// Function specifiers definition +#ifndef RAYGUIAPI + #define RAYGUIAPI // Functions defined as 'extern' by default (implicit specifiers) +#endif + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Defines and Macros +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Simple log system to avoid printf() calls if required +// NOTE: Avoiding those calls, also avoids const strings memory usage +#define RAYGUI_SUPPORT_LOG_INFO +#if defined(RAYGUI_SUPPORT_LOG_INFO) + #define RAYGUI_LOG(...) printf(__VA_ARGS__) +#else + #define RAYGUI_LOG(...) +#endif + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Types and Structures Definition +// NOTE: Some types are required for RAYGUI_STANDALONE usage +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#if defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) + #ifndef __cplusplus + // Boolean type + #ifndef true + typedef enum { false, true } bool; + #endif + #endif + + // Vector2 type + typedef struct Vector2 { + float x; + float y; + } Vector2; + + // Vector3 type // -- ConvertHSVtoRGB(), ConvertRGBtoHSV() + typedef struct Vector3 { + float x; + float y; + float z; + } Vector3; + + // Color type, RGBA (32bit) + typedef struct Color { + unsigned char r; + unsigned char g; + unsigned char b; + unsigned char a; + } Color; + + // Rectangle type + typedef struct Rectangle { + float x; + float y; + float width; + float height; + } Rectangle; + + // TODO: Texture2D type is very coupled to raylib, required by Font type + // It should be redesigned to be provided by user + typedef struct Texture { + unsigned int id; // OpenGL texture id + int width; // Texture base width + int height; // Texture base height + int mipmaps; // Mipmap levels, 1 by default + int format; // Data format (PixelFormat type) + } Texture; + + // Texture2D, same as Texture + typedef Texture Texture2D; + + // Image, pixel data stored in CPU memory (RAM) + typedef struct Image { + void *data; // Image raw data + int width; // Image base width + int height; // Image base height + int mipmaps; // Mipmap levels, 1 by default + int format; // Data format (PixelFormat type) + } Image; + + // GlyphInfo, font characters glyphs info + typedef struct GlyphInfo { + int value; // Character value (Unicode) + int offsetX; // Character offset X when drawing + int offsetY; // Character offset Y when drawing + int advanceX; // Character advance position X + Image image; // Character image data + } GlyphInfo; + + // TODO: Font type is very coupled to raylib, mostly required by GuiLoadStyle() + // It should be redesigned to be provided by user + typedef struct Font { + int baseSize; // Base size (default chars height) + int glyphCount; // Number of glyph characters + int glyphPadding; // Padding around the glyph characters + Texture2D texture; // Texture atlas containing the glyphs + Rectangle *recs; // Rectangles in texture for the glyphs + GlyphInfo *glyphs; // Glyphs info data + } Font; +#endif + +// Style property +// NOTE: Used when exporting style as code for convenience +typedef struct GuiStyleProp { + unsigned short controlId; // Control identifier + unsigned short propertyId; // Property identifier + int propertyValue; // Property value +} GuiStyleProp; + +/* +// Controls text style -NOT USED- +// NOTE: Text style is defined by control +typedef struct GuiTextStyle { + unsigned int size; + int charSpacing; + int lineSpacing; + int alignmentH; + int alignmentV; + int padding; +} GuiTextStyle; +*/ + +// Gui control state +typedef enum { + STATE_NORMAL = 0, + STATE_FOCUSED, + STATE_PRESSED, + STATE_DISABLED +} GuiState; + +// Gui control text alignment +typedef enum { + TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT = 0, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, + TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT +} GuiTextAlignment; + +// Gui control text alignment vertical +// NOTE: Text vertical position inside the text bounds +typedef enum { + TEXT_ALIGN_TOP = 0, + TEXT_ALIGN_MIDDLE, + TEXT_ALIGN_BOTTOM +} GuiTextAlignmentVertical; + +// Gui control text wrap mode +// NOTE: Useful for multiline text +typedef enum { + TEXT_WRAP_NONE = 0, + TEXT_WRAP_CHAR, + TEXT_WRAP_WORD +} GuiTextWrapMode; + +// Gui controls +typedef enum { + // Default -> populates to all controls when set + DEFAULT = 0, + + // Basic controls + LABEL, // Used also for: LABELBUTTON + BUTTON, + TOGGLE, // Used also for: TOGGLEGROUP + SLIDER, // Used also for: SLIDERBAR, TOGGLESLIDER + PROGRESSBAR, + CHECKBOX, + COMBOBOX, + DROPDOWNBOX, + TEXTBOX, // Used also for: TEXTBOXMULTI + VALUEBOX, + CONTROL11, + LISTVIEW, + COLORPICKER, + SCROLLBAR, + STATUSBAR +} GuiControl; + +// Gui base properties for every control +// NOTE: RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE properties (by default 16 properties) +typedef enum { + BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL = 0, // Control border color in STATE_NORMAL + BASE_COLOR_NORMAL, // Control base color in STATE_NORMAL + TEXT_COLOR_NORMAL, // Control text color in STATE_NORMAL + BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED, // Control border color in STATE_FOCUSED + BASE_COLOR_FOCUSED, // Control base color in STATE_FOCUSED + TEXT_COLOR_FOCUSED, // Control text color in STATE_FOCUSED + BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED, // Control border color in STATE_PRESSED + BASE_COLOR_PRESSED, // Control base color in STATE_PRESSED + TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED, // Control text color in STATE_PRESSED + BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED, // Control border color in STATE_DISABLED + BASE_COLOR_DISABLED, // Control base color in STATE_DISABLED + TEXT_COLOR_DISABLED, // Control text color in STATE_DISABLED + BORDER_WIDTH = 12, // Control border size, 0 for no border + //TEXT_SIZE, // Control text size (glyphs max height) -> GLOBAL for all controls + //TEXT_SPACING, // Control text spacing between glyphs -> GLOBAL for all controls + //TEXT_LINE_SPACING, // Control text spacing between lines -> GLOBAL for all controls + TEXT_PADDING = 13, // Control text padding, not considering border + TEXT_ALIGNMENT = 14, // Control text horizontal alignment inside control text bound (after border and padding) + //TEXT_WRAP_MODE // Control text wrap-mode inside text bounds -> GLOBAL for all controls +} GuiControlProperty; + +// TODO: Which text styling properties should be global or per-control? +// At this moment TEXT_PADDING and TEXT_ALIGNMENT is configured and saved per control while +// TEXT_SIZE, TEXT_SPACING, TEXT_LINE_SPACING, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, TEXT_WRAP_MODE are global and +// should be configured by user as needed while defining the UI layout + +// Gui extended properties depend on control +// NOTE: RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED properties (by default, max 8 properties) +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DEFAULT extended properties +// NOTE: Those properties are common to all controls or global +// WARNING: We only have 8 slots for those properties by default!!! -> New global control: TEXT? +typedef enum { + TEXT_SIZE = 16, // Text size (glyphs max height) + TEXT_SPACING, // Text spacing between glyphs + LINE_COLOR, // Line control color + BACKGROUND_COLOR, // Background color + TEXT_LINE_SPACING, // Text spacing between lines + TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, // Text vertical alignment inside text bounds (after border and padding) + TEXT_WRAP_MODE // Text wrap-mode inside text bounds + //TEXT_DECORATION // Text decoration: 0-None, 1-Underline, 2-Line-through, 3-Overline + //TEXT_DECORATION_THICK // Text decoration line thickness +} GuiDefaultProperty; + +// Other possible text properties: +// TEXT_WEIGHT // Normal, Italic, Bold -> Requires specific font change +// TEXT_INDENT // Text indentation -> Now using TEXT_PADDING... + +// Label +//typedef enum { } GuiLabelProperty; + +// Button/Spinner +//typedef enum { } GuiButtonProperty; + +// Toggle/ToggleGroup +typedef enum { + GROUP_PADDING = 16, // ToggleGroup separation between toggles +} GuiToggleProperty; + +// Slider/SliderBar +typedef enum { + SLIDER_WIDTH = 16, // Slider size of internal bar + SLIDER_PADDING // Slider/SliderBar internal bar padding +} GuiSliderProperty; + +// ProgressBar +typedef enum { + PROGRESS_PADDING = 16, // ProgressBar internal padding +} GuiProgressBarProperty; + +// ScrollBar +typedef enum { + ARROWS_SIZE = 16, // ScrollBar arrows size + ARROWS_VISIBLE, // ScrollBar arrows visible + SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING, // ScrollBar slider internal padding + SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, // ScrollBar slider size + SCROLL_PADDING, // ScrollBar scroll padding from arrows + SCROLL_SPEED, // ScrollBar scrolling speed +} GuiScrollBarProperty; + +// CheckBox +typedef enum { + CHECK_PADDING = 16 // CheckBox internal check padding +} GuiCheckBoxProperty; + +// ComboBox +typedef enum { + COMBO_BUTTON_WIDTH = 16, // ComboBox right button width + COMBO_BUTTON_SPACING // ComboBox button separation +} GuiComboBoxProperty; + +// DropdownBox +typedef enum { + ARROW_PADDING = 16, // DropdownBox arrow separation from border and items + DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING, // DropdownBox items separation + DROPDOWN_ARROW_HIDDEN, // DropdownBox arrow hidden + DROPDOWN_ROLL_UP // DropdownBox roll up flag (default rolls down) +} GuiDropdownBoxProperty; + +// TextBox/TextBoxMulti/ValueBox/Spinner +typedef enum { + TEXT_READONLY = 16, // TextBox in read-only mode: 0-text editable, 1-text no-editable +} GuiTextBoxProperty; + +// ValueBox/Spinner +typedef enum { + SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH = 16, // Spinner left/right buttons width + SPINNER_BUTTON_SPACING, // Spinner buttons separation +} GuiValueBoxProperty; + +// Control11 +//typedef enum { } GuiControl11Property; + +// ListView +typedef enum { + LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT = 16, // ListView items height + LIST_ITEMS_SPACING, // ListView items separation + SCROLLBAR_WIDTH, // ListView scrollbar size (usually width) + SCROLLBAR_SIDE, // ListView scrollbar side (0-SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE, 1-SCROLLBAR_RIGHT_SIDE) + LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_NORMAL, // ListView items border enabled in normal state + LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH // ListView items border width +} GuiListViewProperty; + +// ColorPicker +typedef enum { + COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE = 16, + HUEBAR_WIDTH, // ColorPicker right hue bar width + HUEBAR_PADDING, // ColorPicker right hue bar separation from panel + HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT, // ColorPicker right hue bar selector height + HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW // ColorPicker right hue bar selector overflow +} GuiColorPickerProperty; + +#define SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE 0 +#define SCROLLBAR_RIGHT_SIDE 1 + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Global Variables Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// ... + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Module Functions Declaration +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { // Prevents name mangling of functions +#endif + +// Global gui state control functions +RAYGUIAPI void GuiEnable(void); // Enable gui controls (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiDisable(void); // Disable gui controls (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiLock(void); // Lock gui controls (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiUnlock(void); // Unlock gui controls (global state) +RAYGUIAPI bool GuiIsLocked(void); // Check if gui is locked (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetAlpha(float alpha); // Set gui controls alpha (global state), alpha goes from 0.0f to 1.0f +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetState(int state); // Set gui state (global state) +RAYGUIAPI int GuiGetState(void); // Get gui state (global state) + +// Font set/get functions +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetFont(Font font); // Set gui custom font (global state) +RAYGUIAPI Font GuiGetFont(void); // Get gui custom font (global state) + +// Style set/get functions +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetStyle(int control, int property, int value); // Set one style property +RAYGUIAPI int GuiGetStyle(int control, int property); // Get one style property + +// Styles loading functions +RAYGUIAPI void GuiLoadStyle(const char *fileName); // Load style file over global style variable (.rgs) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiLoadStyleDefault(void); // Load style default over global style + +// Tooltips management functions +RAYGUIAPI void GuiEnableTooltip(void); // Enable gui tooltips (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiDisableTooltip(void); // Disable gui tooltips (global state) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetTooltip(const char *tooltip); // Set tooltip string + +// Icons functionality +RAYGUIAPI const char *GuiIconText(int iconId, const char *text); // Get text with icon id prepended (if supported) +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) +RAYGUIAPI void GuiSetIconScale(int scale); // Set default icon drawing size +RAYGUIAPI unsigned int *GuiGetIcons(void); // Get raygui icons data pointer +RAYGUIAPI char **GuiLoadIcons(const char *fileName, bool loadIconsName); // Load raygui icons file (.rgi) into internal icons data +RAYGUIAPI void GuiDrawIcon(int iconId, int posX, int posY, int pixelSize, Color color); // Draw icon using pixel size at specified position +#endif + +// Utility functions +RAYGUIAPI int GuiGetTextWidth(const char *text); // Get text width considering gui style and icon size (if required) + +// Controls +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Container/separator controls, useful for controls organization +RAYGUIAPI int GuiWindowBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title); // Window Box control, shows a window that can be closed +RAYGUIAPI int GuiGroupBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Group Box control with text name +RAYGUIAPI int GuiLine(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Line separator control, could contain text +RAYGUIAPI int GuiPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Panel control, useful to group controls +RAYGUIAPI int GuiTabBar(Rectangle bounds, const char **text, int count, int *active); // Tab Bar control, returns TAB to be closed or -1 +RAYGUIAPI int GuiScrollPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Rectangle content, Vector2 *scroll, Rectangle *view); // Scroll Panel control + +// Basic controls set +RAYGUIAPI int GuiLabel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Label control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiButton(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Button control, returns true when clicked +RAYGUIAPI int GuiLabelButton(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Label button control, returns true when clicked +RAYGUIAPI int GuiToggle(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, bool *active); // Toggle Button control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiToggleGroup(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active); // Toggle Group control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiToggleSlider(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active); // Toggle Slider control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiCheckBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, bool *checked); // Check Box control, returns true when active +RAYGUIAPI int GuiComboBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active); // Combo Box control + +RAYGUIAPI int GuiDropdownBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active, bool editMode); // Dropdown Box control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiSpinner(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *value, int minValue, int maxValue, bool editMode); // Spinner control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiValueBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *value, int minValue, int maxValue, bool editMode); // Value Box control, updates input text with numbers +RAYGUIAPI int GuiValueBoxFloat(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, char *textValue, float *value, bool editMode); // Value box control for float values +RAYGUIAPI int GuiTextBox(Rectangle bounds, char *text, int textSize, bool editMode); // Text Box control, updates input text + +RAYGUIAPI int GuiSlider(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue); // Slider control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiSliderBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue); // Slider Bar control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiProgressBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue); // Progress Bar control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiStatusBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Status Bar control, shows info text +RAYGUIAPI int GuiDummyRec(Rectangle bounds, const char *text); // Dummy control for placeholders +RAYGUIAPI int GuiGrid(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float spacing, int subdivs, Vector2 *mouseCell); // Grid control + +// Advance controls set +RAYGUIAPI int GuiListView(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *scrollIndex, int *active); // List View control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiListViewEx(Rectangle bounds, const char **text, int count, int *scrollIndex, int *active, int *focus); // List View with extended parameters +RAYGUIAPI int GuiMessageBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title, const char *message, const char *buttons); // Message Box control, displays a message +RAYGUIAPI int GuiTextInputBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title, const char *message, const char *buttons, char *text, int textMaxSize, bool *secretViewActive); // Text Input Box control, ask for text, supports secret +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorPicker(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Color *color); // Color Picker control (multiple color controls) +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Color *color); // Color Panel control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorBarAlpha(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float *alpha); // Color Bar Alpha control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorBarHue(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float *value); // Color Bar Hue control +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorPickerHSV(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Vector3 *colorHsv); // Color Picker control that avoids conversion to RGB on each call (multiple color controls) +RAYGUIAPI int GuiColorPanelHSV(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Vector3 *colorHsv); // Color Panel control that updates Hue-Saturation-Value color value, used by GuiColorPickerHSV() +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_CUSTOM_ICONS) +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Icons enumeration +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +typedef enum { + ICON_NONE = 0, + ICON_FOLDER_FILE_OPEN = 1, + ICON_FILE_SAVE_CLASSIC = 2, + ICON_FOLDER_OPEN = 3, + ICON_FOLDER_SAVE = 4, + ICON_FILE_OPEN = 5, + ICON_FILE_SAVE = 6, + ICON_FILE_EXPORT = 7, + ICON_FILE_ADD = 8, + ICON_FILE_DELETE = 9, + ICON_FILETYPE_TEXT = 10, + ICON_FILETYPE_AUDIO = 11, + ICON_FILETYPE_IMAGE = 12, + ICON_FILETYPE_PLAY = 13, + ICON_FILETYPE_VIDEO = 14, + ICON_FILETYPE_INFO = 15, + ICON_FILE_COPY = 16, + ICON_FILE_CUT = 17, + ICON_FILE_PASTE = 18, + ICON_CURSOR_HAND = 19, + ICON_CURSOR_POINTER = 20, + ICON_CURSOR_CLASSIC = 21, + ICON_PENCIL = 22, + ICON_PENCIL_BIG = 23, + ICON_BRUSH_CLASSIC = 24, + ICON_BRUSH_PAINTER = 25, + ICON_WATER_DROP = 26, + ICON_COLOR_PICKER = 27, + ICON_RUBBER = 28, + ICON_COLOR_BUCKET = 29, + ICON_TEXT_T = 30, + ICON_TEXT_A = 31, + ICON_SCALE = 32, + ICON_RESIZE = 33, + ICON_FILTER_POINT = 34, + ICON_FILTER_BILINEAR = 35, + ICON_CROP = 36, + ICON_CROP_ALPHA = 37, + ICON_SQUARE_TOGGLE = 38, + ICON_SYMMETRY = 39, + ICON_SYMMETRY_HORIZONTAL = 40, + ICON_SYMMETRY_VERTICAL = 41, + ICON_LENS = 42, + ICON_LENS_BIG = 43, + ICON_EYE_ON = 44, + ICON_EYE_OFF = 45, + ICON_FILTER_TOP = 46, + ICON_FILTER = 47, + ICON_TARGET_POINT = 48, + ICON_TARGET_SMALL = 49, + ICON_TARGET_BIG = 50, + ICON_TARGET_MOVE = 51, + ICON_CURSOR_MOVE = 52, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE = 53, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_RIGHT = 54, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_LEFT = 55, + ICON_UNDO = 56, + ICON_REDO = 57, + ICON_REREDO = 58, + ICON_MUTATE = 59, + ICON_ROTATE = 60, + ICON_REPEAT = 61, + ICON_SHUFFLE = 62, + ICON_EMPTYBOX = 63, + ICON_TARGET = 64, + ICON_TARGET_SMALL_FILL = 65, + ICON_TARGET_BIG_FILL = 66, + ICON_TARGET_MOVE_FILL = 67, + ICON_CURSOR_MOVE_FILL = 68, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_FILL = 69, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_RIGHT_FILL = 70, + ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_LEFT_FILL = 71, + ICON_UNDO_FILL = 72, + ICON_REDO_FILL = 73, + ICON_REREDO_FILL = 74, + ICON_MUTATE_FILL = 75, + ICON_ROTATE_FILL = 76, + ICON_REPEAT_FILL = 77, + ICON_SHUFFLE_FILL = 78, + ICON_EMPTYBOX_SMALL = 79, + ICON_BOX = 80, + ICON_BOX_TOP = 81, + ICON_BOX_TOP_RIGHT = 82, + ICON_BOX_RIGHT = 83, + ICON_BOX_BOTTOM_RIGHT = 84, + ICON_BOX_BOTTOM = 85, + ICON_BOX_BOTTOM_LEFT = 86, + ICON_BOX_LEFT = 87, + ICON_BOX_TOP_LEFT = 88, + ICON_BOX_CENTER = 89, + ICON_BOX_CIRCLE_MASK = 90, + ICON_POT = 91, + ICON_ALPHA_MULTIPLY = 92, + ICON_ALPHA_CLEAR = 93, + ICON_DITHERING = 94, + ICON_MIPMAPS = 95, + ICON_BOX_GRID = 96, + ICON_GRID = 97, + ICON_BOX_CORNERS_SMALL = 98, + ICON_BOX_CORNERS_BIG = 99, + ICON_FOUR_BOXES = 100, + ICON_GRID_FILL = 101, + ICON_BOX_MULTISIZE = 102, + ICON_ZOOM_SMALL = 103, + ICON_ZOOM_MEDIUM = 104, + ICON_ZOOM_BIG = 105, + ICON_ZOOM_ALL = 106, + ICON_ZOOM_CENTER = 107, + ICON_BOX_DOTS_SMALL = 108, + ICON_BOX_DOTS_BIG = 109, + ICON_BOX_CONCENTRIC = 110, + ICON_BOX_GRID_BIG = 111, + ICON_OK_TICK = 112, + ICON_CROSS = 113, + ICON_ARROW_LEFT = 114, + ICON_ARROW_RIGHT = 115, + ICON_ARROW_DOWN = 116, + ICON_ARROW_UP = 117, + ICON_ARROW_LEFT_FILL = 118, + ICON_ARROW_RIGHT_FILL = 119, + ICON_ARROW_DOWN_FILL = 120, + ICON_ARROW_UP_FILL = 121, + ICON_AUDIO = 122, + ICON_FX = 123, + ICON_WAVE = 124, + ICON_WAVE_SINUS = 125, + ICON_WAVE_SQUARE = 126, + ICON_WAVE_TRIANGULAR = 127, + ICON_CROSS_SMALL = 128, + ICON_PLAYER_PREVIOUS = 129, + ICON_PLAYER_PLAY_BACK = 130, + ICON_PLAYER_PLAY = 131, + ICON_PLAYER_PAUSE = 132, + ICON_PLAYER_STOP = 133, + ICON_PLAYER_NEXT = 134, + ICON_PLAYER_RECORD = 135, + ICON_MAGNET = 136, + ICON_LOCK_CLOSE = 137, + ICON_LOCK_OPEN = 138, + ICON_CLOCK = 139, + ICON_TOOLS = 140, + ICON_GEAR = 141, + ICON_GEAR_BIG = 142, + ICON_BIN = 143, + ICON_HAND_POINTER = 144, + ICON_LASER = 145, + ICON_COIN = 146, + ICON_EXPLOSION = 147, + ICON_1UP = 148, + ICON_PLAYER = 149, + ICON_PLAYER_JUMP = 150, + ICON_KEY = 151, + ICON_DEMON = 152, + ICON_TEXT_POPUP = 153, + ICON_GEAR_EX = 154, + ICON_CRACK = 155, + ICON_CRACK_POINTS = 156, + ICON_STAR = 157, + ICON_DOOR = 158, + ICON_EXIT = 159, + ICON_MODE_2D = 160, + ICON_MODE_3D = 161, + ICON_CUBE = 162, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_TOP = 163, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_LEFT = 164, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_FRONT = 165, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_BOTTOM = 166, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_RIGHT = 167, + ICON_CUBE_FACE_BACK = 168, + ICON_CAMERA = 169, + ICON_SPECIAL = 170, + ICON_LINK_NET = 171, + ICON_LINK_BOXES = 172, + ICON_LINK_MULTI = 173, + ICON_LINK = 174, + ICON_LINK_BROKE = 175, + ICON_TEXT_NOTES = 176, + ICON_NOTEBOOK = 177, + ICON_SUITCASE = 178, + ICON_SUITCASE_ZIP = 179, + ICON_MAILBOX = 180, + ICON_MONITOR = 181, + ICON_PRINTER = 182, + ICON_PHOTO_CAMERA = 183, + ICON_PHOTO_CAMERA_FLASH = 184, + ICON_HOUSE = 185, + ICON_HEART = 186, + ICON_CORNER = 187, + ICON_VERTICAL_BARS = 188, + ICON_VERTICAL_BARS_FILL = 189, + ICON_LIFE_BARS = 190, + ICON_INFO = 191, + ICON_CROSSLINE = 192, + ICON_HELP = 193, + ICON_FILETYPE_ALPHA = 194, + ICON_FILETYPE_HOME = 195, + ICON_LAYERS_VISIBLE = 196, + ICON_LAYERS = 197, + ICON_WINDOW = 198, + ICON_HIDPI = 199, + ICON_FILETYPE_BINARY = 200, + ICON_HEX = 201, + ICON_SHIELD = 202, + ICON_FILE_NEW = 203, + ICON_FOLDER_ADD = 204, + ICON_ALARM = 205, + ICON_CPU = 206, + ICON_ROM = 207, + ICON_STEP_OVER = 208, + ICON_STEP_INTO = 209, + ICON_STEP_OUT = 210, + ICON_RESTART = 211, + ICON_BREAKPOINT_ON = 212, + ICON_BREAKPOINT_OFF = 213, + ICON_BURGER_MENU = 214, + ICON_CASE_SENSITIVE = 215, + ICON_REG_EXP = 216, + ICON_FOLDER = 217, + ICON_FILE = 218, + ICON_SAND_TIMER = 219, + ICON_WARNING = 220, + ICON_HELP_BOX = 221, + ICON_INFO_BOX = 222, + ICON_PRIORITY = 223, + ICON_LAYERS_ISO = 224, + ICON_LAYERS2 = 225, + ICON_MLAYERS = 226, + ICON_MAPS = 227, + ICON_HOT = 228, + ICON_LABEL = 229, + ICON_NAME_ID = 230, + ICON_SLICING = 231, + ICON_MANUAL_CONTROL = 232, + ICON_COLLISION = 233, + ICON_CIRCLE_ADD = 234, + ICON_CIRCLE_ADD_FILL = 235, + ICON_CIRCLE_WARNING = 236, + ICON_CIRCLE_WARNING_FILL = 237, + ICON_BOX_MORE = 238, + ICON_BOX_MORE_FILL = 239, + ICON_BOX_MINUS = 240, + ICON_BOX_MINUS_FILL = 241, + ICON_UNION = 242, + ICON_INTERSECTION = 243, + ICON_DIFFERENCE = 244, + ICON_SPHERE = 245, + ICON_CYLINDER = 246, + ICON_CONE = 247, + ICON_ELLIPSOID = 248, + ICON_CAPSULE = 249, + ICON_250 = 250, + ICON_251 = 251, + ICON_252 = 252, + ICON_253 = 253, + ICON_254 = 254, + ICON_255 = 255 +} GuiIconName; +#endif + +#endif + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} // Prevents name mangling of functions +#endif + +#endif // RAYGUI_H + +/*********************************************************************************** +* +* RAYGUI IMPLEMENTATION +* +************************************************************************************/ + +#if defined(RAYGUI_IMPLEMENTATION) + +#include // required for: isspace() [GuiTextBox()] +#include // Required for: FILE, fopen(), fclose(), fprintf(), feof(), fscanf(), snprintf(), vsprintf() [GuiLoadStyle(), GuiLoadIcons()] +#include // Required for: strlen() [GuiTextBox(), GuiValueBox()], memset(), memcpy() +#include // Required for: va_list, va_start(), vfprintf(), va_end() [TextFormat()] +#include // Required for: roundf() [GuiColorPicker()] + +// Allow custom memory allocators +#if defined(RAYGUI_MALLOC) || defined(RAYGUI_CALLOC) || defined(RAYGUI_FREE) + #if !defined(RAYGUI_MALLOC) || !defined(RAYGUI_CALLOC) || !defined(RAYGUI_FREE) + #error "RAYGUI: if RAYGUI_MALLOC, RAYGUI_CALLOC, or RAYGUI_FREE is customized, all three must be customized" + #endif +#else + #include // Required for: malloc(), calloc(), free() [GuiLoadStyle(), GuiLoadIcons()] + + #define RAYGUI_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) + #define RAYGUI_CALLOC(n,sz) calloc(n,sz) + #define RAYGUI_FREE(p) free(p) +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus + #define RAYGUI_CLITERAL(name) name +#else + #define RAYGUI_CLITERAL(name) (name) +#endif + +// Check if two rectangles are equal, used to validate a slider bounds as an id +#ifndef CHECK_BOUNDS_ID + #define CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(src, dst) (((int)src.x == (int)dst.x) && ((int)src.y == (int)dst.y) && ((int)src.width == (int)dst.width) && ((int)src.height == (int)dst.height)) +#endif + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) && !defined(RAYGUI_CUSTOM_ICONS) + +// Embedded icons, no external file provided +#define RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE 16 // Size of icons in pixels (squared) +#define RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_ICONS 256 // Maximum number of icons +#define RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH 32 // Maximum length of icon name id + +// Icons data is defined by bit array (every bit represents one pixel) +// Those arrays are stored as unsigned int data arrays, so, +// every array element defines 32 pixels (bits) of information +// One icon is defined by 8 int, (8 int*32 bit = 256 bit = 16*16 pixels) +// NOTE: Number of elemens depend on RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE (by default 16x16 pixels) +#define RAYGUI_ICON_DATA_ELEMENTS (RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE/32) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Icons data for all gui possible icons (allocated on data segment by default) +// +// NOTE 1: Every icon is codified in binary form, using 1 bit per pixel, so, +// every 16x16 icon requires 8 integers (16*16/32) to be stored +// +// NOTE 2: A different icon set could be loaded over this array using GuiLoadIcons(), +// but loaded icons set must be same RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE and no more than RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_ICONS +// +// guiIcons size is by default: 256*(16*16/32) = 2048*4 = 8192 bytes = 8 KB +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static unsigned int guiIcons[RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_ICONS*RAYGUI_ICON_DATA_ELEMENTS] = { + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_NONE + 0x3ff80000, 0x2f082008, 0x2042207e, 0x40027fc2, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_FOLDER_FILE_OPEN + 0x3ffe0000, 0x44226422, 0x400247e2, 0x5ffa4002, 0x57ea500a, 0x500a500a, 0x40025ffa, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_FILE_SAVE_CLASSIC + 0x00000000, 0x0042007e, 0x40027fc2, 0x40024002, 0x41024002, 0x44424282, 0x793e4102, 0x00000100, // ICON_FOLDER_OPEN + 0x00000000, 0x0042007e, 0x40027fc2, 0x40024002, 0x41024102, 0x44424102, 0x793e4282, 0x00000000, // ICON_FOLDER_SAVE + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x21042004, 0x24442284, 0x21042104, 0x20042104, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE_OPEN + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x21042004, 0x21042104, 0x22842444, 0x20042104, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE_SAVE + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x00042004, 0x20041004, 0x20844784, 0x00841384, 0x20042784, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE_EXPORT + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x22042204, 0x22042f84, 0x20042204, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE_ADD + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x25042884, 0x25042204, 0x20042884, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE_DELETE + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_TEXT + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x27042004, 0x244424c4, 0x26442444, 0x20642664, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_AUDIO + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x26042604, 0x20042004, 0x35442884, 0x2414222c, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_IMAGE + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20c42004, 0x22442144, 0x22442444, 0x20c42144, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_PLAY + 0x3ff00000, 0x3ffc2ff0, 0x3f3c2ff4, 0x3dbc2eb4, 0x3dbc2bb4, 0x3f3c2eb4, 0x3ffc2ff4, 0x00002ff4, // ICON_FILETYPE_VIDEO + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x21842184, 0x21842004, 0x21842184, 0x21842184, 0x20042184, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_INFO + 0x0ff00000, 0x381c0810, 0x28042804, 0x28042804, 0x28042804, 0x28042804, 0x20102ffc, 0x00003ff0, // ICON_FILE_COPY + 0x00000000, 0x701c0000, 0x079c1e14, 0x55a000f0, 0x079c00f0, 0x701c1e14, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_FILE_CUT + 0x01c00000, 0x13e41bec, 0x3f841004, 0x204420c4, 0x20442044, 0x20442044, 0x207c2044, 0x00003fc0, // ICON_FILE_PASTE + 0x00000000, 0x3aa00fe0, 0x2abc2aa0, 0x2aa42aa4, 0x20042aa4, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_HAND + 0x00000000, 0x003c000c, 0x030800c8, 0x30100c10, 0x10202020, 0x04400840, 0x01800280, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_POINTER + 0x00000000, 0x00180000, 0x01f00078, 0x03e007f0, 0x07c003e0, 0x04000e40, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_CLASSIC + 0x00000000, 0x04000000, 0x11000a00, 0x04400a80, 0x01100220, 0x00580088, 0x00000038, 0x00000000, // ICON_PENCIL + 0x04000000, 0x15000a00, 0x50402880, 0x14102820, 0x05040a08, 0x015c028c, 0x007c00bc, 0x00000000, // ICON_PENCIL_BIG + 0x01c00000, 0x01400140, 0x01400140, 0x0ff80140, 0x0ff80808, 0x0aa80808, 0x0aa80aa8, 0x00000ff8, // ICON_BRUSH_CLASSIC + 0x1ffc0000, 0x5ffc7ffe, 0x40004000, 0x00807f80, 0x01c001c0, 0x01c001c0, 0x01c001c0, 0x00000080, // ICON_BRUSH_PAINTER + 0x00000000, 0x00800000, 0x01c00080, 0x03e001c0, 0x07f003e0, 0x036006f0, 0x000001c0, 0x00000000, // ICON_WATER_DROP + 0x00000000, 0x3e003800, 0x1f803f80, 0x0c201e40, 0x02080c10, 0x00840104, 0x00380044, 0x00000000, // ICON_COLOR_PICKER + 0x00000000, 0x07800300, 0x1fe00fc0, 0x3f883fd0, 0x0e021f04, 0x02040402, 0x00f00108, 0x00000000, // ICON_RUBBER + 0x00c00000, 0x02800140, 0x08200440, 0x20081010, 0x2ffe3004, 0x03f807fc, 0x00e001f0, 0x00000040, // ICON_COLOR_BUCKET + 0x00000000, 0x21843ffc, 0x01800180, 0x01800180, 0x01800180, 0x01800180, 0x03c00180, 0x00000000, // ICON_TEXT_T + 0x00800000, 0x01400180, 0x06200340, 0x0c100620, 0x1ff80c10, 0x380c1808, 0x70067004, 0x0000f80f, // ICON_TEXT_A + 0x78000000, 0x50004000, 0x00004800, 0x03c003c0, 0x03c003c0, 0x00100000, 0x0002000a, 0x0000000e, // ICON_SCALE + 0x75560000, 0x5e004002, 0x54001002, 0x41001202, 0x408200fe, 0x40820082, 0x40820082, 0x00006afe, // ICON_RESIZE + 0x00000000, 0x3f003f00, 0x3f003f00, 0x3f003f00, 0x00400080, 0x001c0020, 0x001c001c, 0x00000000, // ICON_FILTER_POINT + 0x6d800000, 0x00004080, 0x40804080, 0x40800000, 0x00406d80, 0x001c0020, 0x001c001c, 0x00000000, // ICON_FILTER_BILINEAR + 0x40080000, 0x1ffe2008, 0x14081008, 0x11081208, 0x10481088, 0x10081028, 0x10047ff8, 0x00001002, // ICON_CROP + 0x00100000, 0x3ffc0010, 0x2ab03550, 0x22b02550, 0x20b02150, 0x20302050, 0x2000fff0, 0x00002000, // ICON_CROP_ALPHA + 0x40000000, 0x1ff82000, 0x04082808, 0x01082208, 0x00482088, 0x00182028, 0x35542008, 0x00000002, // ICON_SQUARE_TOGGLE + 0x00000000, 0x02800280, 0x06c006c0, 0x0ea00ee0, 0x1e901eb0, 0x3e883e98, 0x7efc7e8c, 0x00000000, // ICON_SYMMETRY + 0x01000000, 0x05600100, 0x1d480d50, 0x7d423d44, 0x3d447d42, 0x0d501d48, 0x01000560, 0x00000100, // ICON_SYMMETRY_HORIZONTAL + 0x01800000, 0x04200240, 0x10080810, 0x00001ff8, 0x00007ffe, 0x0ff01ff8, 0x03c007e0, 0x00000180, // ICON_SYMMETRY_VERTICAL + 0x00000000, 0x010800f0, 0x02040204, 0x02040204, 0x07f00308, 0x1c000e00, 0x30003800, 0x00000000, // ICON_LENS + 0x00000000, 0x061803f0, 0x08240c0c, 0x08040814, 0x0c0c0804, 0x23f01618, 0x18002400, 0x00000000, // ICON_LENS_BIG + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x1c7007c0, 0x638e3398, 0x1c703398, 0x000007c0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_EYE_ON + 0x00000000, 0x10002000, 0x04700fc0, 0x610e3218, 0x1c703098, 0x001007a0, 0x00000008, 0x00000000, // ICON_EYE_OFF + 0x00000000, 0x00007ffc, 0x40047ffc, 0x10102008, 0x04400820, 0x02800280, 0x02800280, 0x00000100, // ICON_FILTER_TOP + 0x00000000, 0x40027ffe, 0x10082004, 0x04200810, 0x02400240, 0x02400240, 0x01400240, 0x000000c0, // ICON_FILTER + 0x00800000, 0x00800080, 0x00000080, 0x3c9e0000, 0x00000000, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET_POINT + 0x00800000, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x3f7e01c0, 0x008001c0, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET_SMALL + 0x00800000, 0x00800080, 0x03e00080, 0x3e3e0220, 0x03e00220, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET_BIG + 0x01000000, 0x04400280, 0x01000100, 0x43842008, 0x43849ab2, 0x01002008, 0x04400100, 0x01000280, // ICON_TARGET_MOVE + 0x01000000, 0x04400280, 0x01000100, 0x41042108, 0x41049ff2, 0x01002108, 0x04400100, 0x01000280, // ICON_CURSOR_MOVE + 0x781e0000, 0x500a4002, 0x04204812, 0x00000240, 0x02400000, 0x48120420, 0x4002500a, 0x0000781e, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE + 0x00000000, 0x20003c00, 0x24002800, 0x01000200, 0x00400080, 0x00140024, 0x003c0004, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_RIGHT + 0x00000000, 0x0004003c, 0x00240014, 0x00800040, 0x02000100, 0x28002400, 0x3c002000, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_LEFT + 0x00000000, 0x00100020, 0x10101fc8, 0x10001020, 0x10001000, 0x10001000, 0x00001fc0, 0x00000000, // ICON_UNDO + 0x00000000, 0x08000400, 0x080813f8, 0x00080408, 0x00080008, 0x00080008, 0x000003f8, 0x00000000, // ICON_REDO + 0x00000000, 0x3ffc0000, 0x20042004, 0x20002000, 0x20402000, 0x3f902020, 0x00400020, 0x00000000, // ICON_REREDO + 0x00000000, 0x3ffc0000, 0x20042004, 0x27fc2004, 0x20202000, 0x3fc82010, 0x00200010, 0x00000000, // ICON_MUTATE + 0x00000000, 0x0ff00000, 0x10081818, 0x11801008, 0x10001180, 0x18101020, 0x00100fc8, 0x00000020, // ICON_ROTATE + 0x00000000, 0x04000200, 0x240429fc, 0x20042204, 0x20442004, 0x3f942024, 0x00400020, 0x00000000, // ICON_REPEAT + 0x00000000, 0x20001000, 0x22104c0e, 0x00801120, 0x11200040, 0x4c0e2210, 0x10002000, 0x00000000, // ICON_SHUFFLE + 0x7ffe0000, 0x50024002, 0x44024802, 0x41024202, 0x40424082, 0x40124022, 0x4002400a, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_EMPTYBOX + 0x00800000, 0x03e00080, 0x08080490, 0x3c9e0808, 0x08080808, 0x03e00490, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET + 0x00800000, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x3ffe01c0, 0x008001c0, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET_SMALL_FILL + 0x00800000, 0x00800080, 0x03e00080, 0x3ffe03e0, 0x03e003e0, 0x00800080, 0x00800080, 0x00000000, // ICON_TARGET_BIG_FILL + 0x01000000, 0x07c00380, 0x01000100, 0x638c2008, 0x638cfbbe, 0x01002008, 0x07c00100, 0x01000380, // ICON_TARGET_MOVE_FILL + 0x01000000, 0x07c00380, 0x01000100, 0x610c2108, 0x610cfffe, 0x01002108, 0x07c00100, 0x01000380, // ICON_CURSOR_MOVE_FILL + 0x781e0000, 0x6006700e, 0x04204812, 0x00000240, 0x02400000, 0x48120420, 0x700e6006, 0x0000781e, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x38003c00, 0x24003000, 0x01000200, 0x00400080, 0x000c0024, 0x003c001c, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_RIGHT_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x001c003c, 0x0024000c, 0x00800040, 0x02000100, 0x30002400, 0x3c003800, 0x00000000, // ICON_CURSOR_SCALE_LEFT_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x00300020, 0x10301ff8, 0x10001020, 0x10001000, 0x10001000, 0x00001fc0, 0x00000000, // ICON_UNDO_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x0c000400, 0x0c081ff8, 0x00080408, 0x00080008, 0x00080008, 0x000003f8, 0x00000000, // ICON_REDO_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x3ffc0000, 0x20042004, 0x20002000, 0x20402000, 0x3ff02060, 0x00400060, 0x00000000, // ICON_REREDO_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x3ffc0000, 0x20042004, 0x27fc2004, 0x20202000, 0x3ff82030, 0x00200030, 0x00000000, // ICON_MUTATE_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x0ff00000, 0x10081818, 0x11801008, 0x10001180, 0x18301020, 0x00300ff8, 0x00000020, // ICON_ROTATE_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x06000200, 0x26042ffc, 0x20042204, 0x20442004, 0x3ff42064, 0x00400060, 0x00000000, // ICON_REPEAT_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x30001000, 0x32107c0e, 0x00801120, 0x11200040, 0x7c0e3210, 0x10003000, 0x00000000, // ICON_SHUFFLE_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x30043ffc, 0x24042804, 0x21042204, 0x20442084, 0x20142024, 0x3ffc200c, 0x00000000, // ICON_EMPTYBOX_SMALL + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX + 0x00000000, 0x23c43ffc, 0x23c423c4, 0x200423c4, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_TOP + 0x00000000, 0x3e043ffc, 0x3e043e04, 0x20043e04, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_TOP_RIGHT + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x3e043e04, 0x3e043e04, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_RIGHT + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x3e042004, 0x3e043e04, 0x3ffc3e04, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_BOTTOM_RIGHT + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x23c42004, 0x23c423c4, 0x3ffc23c4, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_BOTTOM + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x207c2004, 0x207c207c, 0x3ffc207c, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_BOTTOM_LEFT + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x207c207c, 0x207c207c, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_LEFT + 0x00000000, 0x207c3ffc, 0x207c207c, 0x2004207c, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_TOP_LEFT + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x20042004, 0x23c423c4, 0x23c423c4, 0x20042004, 0x3ffc2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_CENTER + 0x7ffe0000, 0x40024002, 0x47e24182, 0x4ff247e2, 0x47e24ff2, 0x418247e2, 0x40024002, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_BOX_CIRCLE_MASK + 0x7fff0000, 0x40014001, 0x40014001, 0x49555ddd, 0x4945495d, 0x400149c5, 0x40014001, 0x00007fff, // ICON_POT + 0x7ffe0000, 0x53327332, 0x44ce4cce, 0x41324332, 0x404e40ce, 0x48125432, 0x4006540e, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_ALPHA_MULTIPLY + 0x7ffe0000, 0x53327332, 0x44ce4cce, 0x41324332, 0x5c4e40ce, 0x44124432, 0x40065c0e, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_ALPHA_CLEAR + 0x7ffe0000, 0x42fe417e, 0x42fe417e, 0x42fe417e, 0x42fe417e, 0x42fe417e, 0x42fe417e, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_DITHERING + 0x07fe0000, 0x1ffa0002, 0x7fea000a, 0x402a402a, 0x5b2a512a, 0x5128552a, 0x40205128, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_MIPMAPS + 0x00000000, 0x1ff80000, 0x12481248, 0x12481ff8, 0x1ff81248, 0x12481248, 0x00001ff8, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_GRID + 0x12480000, 0x7ffe1248, 0x12481248, 0x12487ffe, 0x7ffe1248, 0x12481248, 0x12487ffe, 0x00001248, // ICON_GRID + 0x00000000, 0x1c380000, 0x1c3817e8, 0x08100810, 0x08100810, 0x17e81c38, 0x00001c38, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_CORNERS_SMALL + 0x700e0000, 0x700e5ffa, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x5ffa700e, 0x0000700e, // ICON_BOX_CORNERS_BIG + 0x3f7e0000, 0x21422142, 0x21422142, 0x00003f7e, 0x21423f7e, 0x21422142, 0x3f7e2142, 0x00000000, // ICON_FOUR_BOXES + 0x00000000, 0x3bb80000, 0x3bb83bb8, 0x3bb80000, 0x3bb83bb8, 0x3bb80000, 0x3bb83bb8, 0x00000000, // ICON_GRID_FILL + 0x7ffe0000, 0x7ffe7ffe, 0x77fe7000, 0x77fe77fe, 0x777e7700, 0x777e777e, 0x777e777e, 0x0000777e, // ICON_BOX_MULTISIZE + 0x781e0000, 0x40024002, 0x00004002, 0x01800000, 0x00000180, 0x40020000, 0x40024002, 0x0000781e, // ICON_ZOOM_SMALL + 0x781e0000, 0x40024002, 0x00004002, 0x03c003c0, 0x03c003c0, 0x40020000, 0x40024002, 0x0000781e, // ICON_ZOOM_MEDIUM + 0x781e0000, 0x40024002, 0x07e04002, 0x07e007e0, 0x07e007e0, 0x400207e0, 0x40024002, 0x0000781e, // ICON_ZOOM_BIG + 0x781e0000, 0x5ffa4002, 0x1ff85ffa, 0x1ff81ff8, 0x1ff81ff8, 0x5ffa1ff8, 0x40025ffa, 0x0000781e, // ICON_ZOOM_ALL + 0x00000000, 0x2004381c, 0x00002004, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x20040000, 0x381c2004, 0x00000000, // ICON_ZOOM_CENTER + 0x00000000, 0x1db80000, 0x10081008, 0x10080000, 0x00001008, 0x10081008, 0x00001db8, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_DOTS_SMALL + 0x35560000, 0x00002002, 0x00002002, 0x00002002, 0x00002002, 0x00002002, 0x35562002, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_DOTS_BIG + 0x7ffe0000, 0x40024002, 0x48124ff2, 0x49924812, 0x48124992, 0x4ff24812, 0x40024002, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_BOX_CONCENTRIC + 0x00000000, 0x10841ffc, 0x10841084, 0x1ffc1084, 0x10841084, 0x10841084, 0x00001ffc, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_GRID_BIG + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x10000000, 0x04000800, 0x01040200, 0x00500088, 0x00000020, 0x00000000, // ICON_OK_TICK + 0x00000000, 0x10080000, 0x04200810, 0x01800240, 0x02400180, 0x08100420, 0x00001008, 0x00000000, // ICON_CROSS + 0x00000000, 0x02000000, 0x00800100, 0x00200040, 0x00200010, 0x00800040, 0x02000100, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_LEFT + 0x00000000, 0x00400000, 0x01000080, 0x04000200, 0x04000800, 0x01000200, 0x00400080, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_RIGHT + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x08081004, 0x02200410, 0x00800140, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_DOWN + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x01400080, 0x04100220, 0x10040808, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_UP + 0x00000000, 0x02000000, 0x03800300, 0x03e003c0, 0x03e003f0, 0x038003c0, 0x02000300, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_LEFT_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x00400000, 0x01c000c0, 0x07c003c0, 0x07c00fc0, 0x01c003c0, 0x004000c0, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_RIGHT_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x0ff81ffc, 0x03e007f0, 0x008001c0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_DOWN_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x01c00080, 0x07f003e0, 0x1ffc0ff8, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_ARROW_UP_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x18a008c0, 0x32881290, 0x24822686, 0x26862482, 0x12903288, 0x08c018a0, 0x00000000, // ICON_AUDIO + 0x00000000, 0x04800780, 0x004000c0, 0x662000f0, 0x08103c30, 0x130a0e18, 0x0000318e, 0x00000000, // ICON_FX + 0x00000000, 0x00800000, 0x08880888, 0x2aaa0a8a, 0x0a8a2aaa, 0x08880888, 0x00000080, 0x00000000, // ICON_WAVE + 0x00000000, 0x00600000, 0x01080090, 0x02040108, 0x42044204, 0x24022402, 0x00001800, 0x00000000, // ICON_WAVE_SINUS + 0x00000000, 0x07f80000, 0x04080408, 0x04080408, 0x04080408, 0x7c0e0408, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_WAVE_SQUARE + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00a00040, 0x22084110, 0x08021404, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_WAVE_TRIANGULAR + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x04200000, 0x01800240, 0x02400180, 0x00000420, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_CROSS_SMALL + 0x00000000, 0x18380000, 0x12281428, 0x10a81128, 0x112810a8, 0x14281228, 0x00001838, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_PREVIOUS + 0x00000000, 0x18000000, 0x11801600, 0x10181060, 0x10601018, 0x16001180, 0x00001800, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_PLAY_BACK + 0x00000000, 0x00180000, 0x01880068, 0x18080608, 0x06081808, 0x00680188, 0x00000018, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_PLAY + 0x00000000, 0x1e780000, 0x12481248, 0x12481248, 0x12481248, 0x12481248, 0x00001e78, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_PAUSE + 0x00000000, 0x1ff80000, 0x10081008, 0x10081008, 0x10081008, 0x10081008, 0x00001ff8, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_STOP + 0x00000000, 0x1c180000, 0x14481428, 0x15081488, 0x14881508, 0x14281448, 0x00001c18, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_NEXT + 0x00000000, 0x03c00000, 0x08100420, 0x10081008, 0x10081008, 0x04200810, 0x000003c0, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_RECORD + 0x00000000, 0x0c3007e0, 0x13c81818, 0x14281668, 0x14281428, 0x1c381c38, 0x08102244, 0x00000000, // ICON_MAGNET + 0x07c00000, 0x08200820, 0x3ff80820, 0x23882008, 0x21082388, 0x20082108, 0x1ff02008, 0x00000000, // ICON_LOCK_CLOSE + 0x07c00000, 0x08000800, 0x3ff80800, 0x23882008, 0x21082388, 0x20082108, 0x1ff02008, 0x00000000, // ICON_LOCK_OPEN + 0x01c00000, 0x0c180770, 0x3086188c, 0x60832082, 0x60034781, 0x30062002, 0x0c18180c, 0x01c00770, // ICON_CLOCK + 0x0a200000, 0x1b201b20, 0x04200e20, 0x04200420, 0x04700420, 0x0e700e70, 0x0e700e70, 0x04200e70, // ICON_TOOLS + 0x01800000, 0x3bdc318c, 0x0ff01ff8, 0x7c3e1e78, 0x1e787c3e, 0x1ff80ff0, 0x318c3bdc, 0x00000180, // ICON_GEAR + 0x01800000, 0x3ffc318c, 0x1c381ff8, 0x781e1818, 0x1818781e, 0x1ff81c38, 0x318c3ffc, 0x00000180, // ICON_GEAR_BIG + 0x00000000, 0x08080ff8, 0x08081ffc, 0x0aa80aa8, 0x0aa80aa8, 0x0aa80aa8, 0x08080aa8, 0x00000ff8, // ICON_BIN + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x08043f84, 0x04040f84, 0x04040784, 0x000007fc, 0x00000000, // ICON_HAND_POINTER + 0x00000000, 0x24400400, 0x00001480, 0x6efe0e00, 0x00000e00, 0x24401480, 0x00000400, 0x00000000, // ICON_LASER + 0x00000000, 0x03c00000, 0x08300460, 0x11181118, 0x11181118, 0x04600830, 0x000003c0, 0x00000000, // ICON_COIN + 0x00000000, 0x10880080, 0x06c00810, 0x366c07e0, 0x07e00240, 0x00001768, 0x04200240, 0x00000000, // ICON_EXPLOSION + 0x00000000, 0x3d280000, 0x2528252c, 0x3d282528, 0x05280528, 0x05e80528, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_1UP + 0x01800000, 0x03c003c0, 0x018003c0, 0x0ff007e0, 0x0bd00bd0, 0x0a500bd0, 0x02400240, 0x02400240, // ICON_PLAYER + 0x01800000, 0x03c003c0, 0x118013c0, 0x03c81ff8, 0x07c003c8, 0x04400440, 0x0c080478, 0x00000000, // ICON_PLAYER_JUMP + 0x3ff80000, 0x30183ff8, 0x30183018, 0x3ff83ff8, 0x03000300, 0x03c003c0, 0x03e00300, 0x000003e0, // ICON_KEY + 0x3ff80000, 0x3ff83ff8, 0x33983ff8, 0x3ff83398, 0x3ff83ff8, 0x00000540, 0x0fe00aa0, 0x00000fe0, // ICON_DEMON + 0x00000000, 0x0ff00000, 0x20041008, 0x25442004, 0x10082004, 0x06000bf0, 0x00000300, 0x00000000, // ICON_TEXT_POPUP + 0x00000000, 0x11440000, 0x07f00be8, 0x1c1c0e38, 0x1c1c0c18, 0x07f00e38, 0x11440be8, 0x00000000, // ICON_GEAR_EX + 0x00000000, 0x20080000, 0x0c601010, 0x07c00fe0, 0x07c007c0, 0x0c600fe0, 0x20081010, 0x00000000, // ICON_CRACK + 0x00000000, 0x20080000, 0x0c601010, 0x04400fe0, 0x04405554, 0x0c600fe0, 0x20081010, 0x00000000, // ICON_CRACK_POINTS + 0x00000000, 0x00800080, 0x01c001c0, 0x1ffc3ffe, 0x03e007f0, 0x07f003e0, 0x0c180770, 0x00000808, // ICON_STAR + 0x0ff00000, 0x08180810, 0x08100818, 0x0a100810, 0x08180810, 0x08100818, 0x08100810, 0x00001ff8, // ICON_DOOR + 0x0ff00000, 0x08100810, 0x08100810, 0x10100010, 0x4f902010, 0x10102010, 0x08100010, 0x00000ff0, // ICON_EXIT + 0x00040000, 0x001f000e, 0x0ef40004, 0x12f41284, 0x0ef41214, 0x10040004, 0x7ffc3004, 0x10003000, // ICON_MODE_2D + 0x78040000, 0x501f600e, 0x0ef44004, 0x12f41284, 0x0ef41284, 0x10140004, 0x7ffc300c, 0x10003000, // ICON_MODE_3D + 0x7fe00000, 0x50286030, 0x47fe4804, 0x44224402, 0x44224422, 0x241275e2, 0x0c06140a, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE + 0x7fe00000, 0x5ff87ff0, 0x47fe4ffc, 0x44224402, 0x44224422, 0x241275e2, 0x0c06140a, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_TOP + 0x7fe00000, 0x50386030, 0x47c2483c, 0x443e443e, 0x443e443e, 0x241e75fe, 0x0c06140e, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_LEFT + 0x7fe00000, 0x50286030, 0x47fe4804, 0x47fe47fe, 0x47fe47fe, 0x27fe77fe, 0x0ffe17fe, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_FRONT + 0x7fe00000, 0x50286030, 0x47fe4804, 0x44224402, 0x44224422, 0x3bf27be2, 0x0bfe1bfa, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_BOTTOM + 0x7fe00000, 0x70286030, 0x7ffe7804, 0x7c227c02, 0x7c227c22, 0x3c127de2, 0x0c061c0a, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_RIGHT + 0x7fe00000, 0x6fe85ff0, 0x781e77e4, 0x7be27be2, 0x7be27be2, 0x24127be2, 0x0c06140a, 0x000007fe, // ICON_CUBE_FACE_BACK + 0x00000000, 0x2a0233fe, 0x22022602, 0x22022202, 0x2a022602, 0x00a033fe, 0x02080110, 0x00000000, // ICON_CAMERA + 0x00000000, 0x200c3ffc, 0x000c000c, 0x3ffc000c, 0x30003000, 0x30003000, 0x3ffc3004, 0x00000000, // ICON_SPECIAL + 0x00000000, 0x0022003e, 0x012201e2, 0x0100013e, 0x01000100, 0x79000100, 0x4f004900, 0x00007800, // ICON_LINK_NET + 0x00000000, 0x44007c00, 0x45004600, 0x00627cbe, 0x00620022, 0x45007cbe, 0x44004600, 0x00007c00, // ICON_LINK_BOXES + 0x00000000, 0x0044007c, 0x0010007c, 0x3f100010, 0x3f1021f0, 0x3f100010, 0x3f0021f0, 0x00000000, // ICON_LINK_MULTI + 0x00000000, 0x0044007c, 0x00440044, 0x0010007c, 0x00100010, 0x44107c10, 0x440047f0, 0x00007c00, // ICON_LINK + 0x00000000, 0x0044007c, 0x00440044, 0x0000007c, 0x00000010, 0x44007c10, 0x44004550, 0x00007c00, // ICON_LINK_BROKE + 0x02a00000, 0x22a43ffc, 0x20042004, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042ff4, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_TEXT_NOTES + 0x3ffc0000, 0x20042004, 0x245e27c4, 0x27c42444, 0x2004201e, 0x201e2004, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_NOTEBOOK + 0x00000000, 0x07e00000, 0x04200420, 0x24243ffc, 0x24242424, 0x24242424, 0x3ffc2424, 0x00000000, // ICON_SUITCASE + 0x00000000, 0x0fe00000, 0x08200820, 0x40047ffc, 0x7ffc5554, 0x40045554, 0x7ffc4004, 0x00000000, // ICON_SUITCASE_ZIP + 0x00000000, 0x20043ffc, 0x3ffc2004, 0x13c81008, 0x100813c8, 0x10081008, 0x1ff81008, 0x00000000, // ICON_MAILBOX + 0x00000000, 0x40027ffe, 0x5ffa5ffa, 0x5ffa5ffa, 0x40025ffa, 0x03c07ffe, 0x1ff81ff8, 0x00000000, // ICON_MONITOR + 0x0ff00000, 0x6bfe7ffe, 0x7ffe7ffe, 0x68167ffe, 0x08106816, 0x08100810, 0x0ff00810, 0x00000000, // ICON_PRINTER + 0x3ff80000, 0xfffe2008, 0x870a8002, 0x904a888a, 0x904a904a, 0x870a888a, 0xfffe8002, 0x00000000, // ICON_PHOTO_CAMERA + 0x0fc00000, 0xfcfe0cd8, 0x8002fffe, 0x84428382, 0x84428442, 0x80028382, 0xfffe8002, 0x00000000, // ICON_PHOTO_CAMERA_FLASH + 0x00000000, 0x02400180, 0x08100420, 0x20041008, 0x23c42004, 0x22442244, 0x3ffc2244, 0x00000000, // ICON_HOUSE + 0x00000000, 0x1c700000, 0x3ff83ef8, 0x3ff83ff8, 0x0fe01ff0, 0x038007c0, 0x00000100, 0x00000000, // ICON_HEART + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x80000000, 0xe000c000, // ICON_CORNER + 0x00000000, 0x14001c00, 0x15c01400, 0x15401540, 0x155c1540, 0x15541554, 0x1ddc1554, 0x00000000, // ICON_VERTICAL_BARS + 0x00000000, 0x03000300, 0x1b001b00, 0x1b601b60, 0x1b6c1b60, 0x1b6c1b6c, 0x1b6c1b6c, 0x00000000, // ICON_VERTICAL_BARS_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x403e7ffe, 0x7ffe403e, 0x7ffe0000, 0x43fe43fe, 0x00007ffe, 0x00000000, // ICON_LIFE_BARS + 0x7ffc0000, 0x43844004, 0x43844284, 0x43844004, 0x42844284, 0x42844284, 0x40044384, 0x00007ffc, // ICON_INFO + 0x40008000, 0x10002000, 0x04000800, 0x01000200, 0x00400080, 0x00100020, 0x00040008, 0x00010002, // ICON_CROSSLINE + 0x00000000, 0x1ff01ff0, 0x18301830, 0x1f001830, 0x03001f00, 0x00000300, 0x03000300, 0x00000000, // ICON_HELP + 0x3ff00000, 0x2abc3550, 0x2aac3554, 0x2aac3554, 0x2aac3554, 0x2aac3554, 0x2aac3554, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_ALPHA + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x22442184, 0x28142424, 0x29942814, 0x2ff42994, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_HOME + 0x07fe0000, 0x04020402, 0x7fe20402, 0x44224422, 0x44224422, 0x402047fe, 0x40204020, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_LAYERS_VISIBLE + 0x07fe0000, 0x04020402, 0x7c020402, 0x44024402, 0x44024402, 0x402047fe, 0x40204020, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_LAYERS + 0x00000000, 0x40027ffe, 0x7ffe4002, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x7ffe4002, 0x00000000, // ICON_WINDOW + 0x09100000, 0x09f00910, 0x09100910, 0x00000910, 0x24a2779e, 0x27a224a2, 0x709e20a2, 0x00000000, // ICON_HIDPI + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x2a842e84, 0x2e842a84, 0x2ba42004, 0x2aa42aa4, 0x20042ba4, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILETYPE_BINARY + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00120012, 0x4a5e4bd2, 0x485233d2, 0x00004bd2, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_HEX + 0x01800000, 0x381c0660, 0x23c42004, 0x23c42044, 0x13c82204, 0x08101008, 0x02400420, 0x00000180, // ICON_SHIELD + 0x007e0000, 0x20023fc2, 0x40227fe2, 0x400a403a, 0x400a400a, 0x400a400a, 0x4008400e, 0x00007ff8, // ICON_FILE_NEW + 0x00000000, 0x0042007e, 0x40027fc2, 0x44024002, 0x5f024402, 0x44024402, 0x7ffe4002, 0x00000000, // ICON_FOLDER_ADD + 0x44220000, 0x12482244, 0xf3cf0000, 0x14280420, 0x48122424, 0x08100810, 0x1ff81008, 0x03c00420, // ICON_ALARM + 0x0aa00000, 0x1ff80aa0, 0x1068700e, 0x1008706e, 0x1008700e, 0x1008700e, 0x0aa01ff8, 0x00000aa0, // ICON_CPU + 0x07e00000, 0x04201db8, 0x04a01c38, 0x04a01d38, 0x04a01d38, 0x04a01d38, 0x04201d38, 0x000007e0, // ICON_ROM + 0x00000000, 0x03c00000, 0x3c382ff0, 0x3c04380c, 0x01800000, 0x03c003c0, 0x00000180, 0x00000000, // ICON_STEP_OVER + 0x01800000, 0x01800180, 0x01800180, 0x03c007e0, 0x00000180, 0x01800000, 0x03c003c0, 0x00000180, // ICON_STEP_INTO + 0x01800000, 0x07e003c0, 0x01800180, 0x01800180, 0x00000180, 0x01800000, 0x03c003c0, 0x00000180, // ICON_STEP_OUT + 0x00000000, 0x0ff003c0, 0x181c1c34, 0x303c301c, 0x30003000, 0x1c301800, 0x03c00ff0, 0x00000000, // ICON_RESTART + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x07e003c0, 0x0ff00ff0, 0x0ff00ff0, 0x03c007e0, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_BREAKPOINT_ON + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x042003c0, 0x08100810, 0x08100810, 0x03c00420, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_BREAKPOINT_OFF + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x1ff81ff8, 0x1ff80000, 0x00001ff8, 0x1ff81ff8, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_BURGER_MENU + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00880070, 0x0c880088, 0x1e8810f8, 0x3e881288, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_CASE_SENSITIVE + 0x00000000, 0x02000000, 0x07000a80, 0x07001fc0, 0x02000a80, 0x00300030, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_REG_EXP + 0x00000000, 0x0042007e, 0x40027fc2, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x7ffe4002, 0x00000000, // ICON_FOLDER + 0x3ff00000, 0x201c2010, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x20042004, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_FILE + 0x1ff00000, 0x20082008, 0x17d02fe8, 0x05400ba0, 0x09200540, 0x23881010, 0x2fe827c8, 0x00001ff0, // ICON_SAND_TIMER + 0x01800000, 0x02400240, 0x05a00420, 0x09900990, 0x11881188, 0x21842004, 0x40024182, 0x00003ffc, // ICON_WARNING + 0x7ffe0000, 0x4ff24002, 0x4c324ff2, 0x4f824c02, 0x41824f82, 0x41824002, 0x40024182, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_HELP_BOX + 0x7ffe0000, 0x41824002, 0x40024182, 0x41824182, 0x41824182, 0x41824182, 0x40024182, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_INFO_BOX + 0x01800000, 0x04200240, 0x10080810, 0x7bde2004, 0x0a500a50, 0x08500bd0, 0x08100850, 0x00000ff0, // ICON_PRIORITY + 0x01800000, 0x18180660, 0x80016006, 0x98196006, 0x99996666, 0x19986666, 0x01800660, 0x00000000, // ICON_LAYERS_ISO + 0x07fe0000, 0x1c020402, 0x74021402, 0x54025402, 0x54025402, 0x500857fe, 0x40205ff8, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_LAYERS2 + 0x0ffe0000, 0x3ffa0802, 0x7fea200a, 0x402a402a, 0x422a422a, 0x422e422a, 0x40384e28, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_MLAYERS + 0x0ffe0000, 0x3ffa0802, 0x7fea200a, 0x402a402a, 0x5b2a512a, 0x512e552a, 0x40385128, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_MAPS + 0x04200000, 0x1cf00c60, 0x11f019f0, 0x0f3807b8, 0x1e3c0f3c, 0x1c1c1e1c, 0x1e3c1c1c, 0x00000f70, // ICON_HOT + 0x00000000, 0x20803f00, 0x2a202e40, 0x20082e10, 0x08021004, 0x02040402, 0x00900108, 0x00000060, // ICON_LABEL + 0x00000000, 0x042007e0, 0x47e27c3e, 0x4ffa4002, 0x47fa4002, 0x4ffa4002, 0x7ffe4002, 0x00000000, // ICON_NAME_ID + 0x7fe00000, 0x402e4020, 0x43ce5e0a, 0x40504078, 0x438e4078, 0x402e5e0a, 0x7fe04020, 0x00000000, // ICON_SLICING + 0x00000000, 0x40027ffe, 0x47c24002, 0x55425d42, 0x55725542, 0x50125552, 0x10105016, 0x00001ff0, // ICON_MANUAL_CONTROL + 0x7ffe0000, 0x43c24002, 0x48124422, 0x500a500a, 0x500a500a, 0x44224812, 0x400243c2, 0x00007ffe, // ICON_COLLISION + 0x03c00000, 0x10080c30, 0x21842184, 0x4ff24182, 0x41824ff2, 0x21842184, 0x0c301008, 0x000003c0, // ICON_CIRCLE_ADD + 0x03c00000, 0x1ff80ff0, 0x3e7c3e7c, 0x700e7e7e, 0x7e7e700e, 0x3e7c3e7c, 0x0ff01ff8, 0x000003c0, // ICON_CIRCLE_ADD_FILL + 0x03c00000, 0x10080c30, 0x21842184, 0x41824182, 0x40024182, 0x21842184, 0x0c301008, 0x000003c0, // ICON_CIRCLE_WARNING + 0x03c00000, 0x1ff80ff0, 0x3e7c3e7c, 0x7e7e7e7e, 0x7ffe7e7e, 0x3e7c3e7c, 0x0ff01ff8, 0x000003c0, // ICON_CIRCLE_WARNING_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x10041ffc, 0x10841004, 0x13e41084, 0x10841084, 0x10041004, 0x00001ffc, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_MORE + 0x00000000, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x1f7c1ffc, 0x1c1c1f7c, 0x1f7c1f7c, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x00001ffc, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_MORE_FILL + 0x00000000, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x1c1c1ffc, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x1ffc1ffc, 0x00001ffc, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_MINUS + 0x00000000, 0x10041ffc, 0x10041004, 0x13e41004, 0x10041004, 0x10041004, 0x00001ffc, 0x00000000, // ICON_BOX_MINUS_FILL + 0x07fe0000, 0x055606aa, 0x7ff606aa, 0x55766eba, 0x55766eaa, 0x55606ffe, 0x55606aa0, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_UNION + 0x07fe0000, 0x04020402, 0x7fe20402, 0x456246a2, 0x456246a2, 0x402047fe, 0x40204020, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_INTERSECTION + 0x07fe0000, 0x055606aa, 0x7ff606aa, 0x4436442a, 0x4436442a, 0x402047fe, 0x40204020, 0x00007fe0, // ICON_DIFFERENCE + 0x03c00000, 0x10080c30, 0x20042004, 0x60064002, 0x47e2581a, 0x20042004, 0x0c301008, 0x000003c0, // ICON_SPHERE + 0x03e00000, 0x08080410, 0x0c180808, 0x08080be8, 0x08080808, 0x08080808, 0x04100808, 0x000003e0, // ICON_CYLINDER + 0x00800000, 0x01400140, 0x02200220, 0x04100410, 0x08080808, 0x1c1c13e4, 0x08081004, 0x000007f0, // ICON_CONE + 0x00000000, 0x07e00000, 0x20841918, 0x40824082, 0x40824082, 0x19182084, 0x000007e0, 0x00000000, // ICON_ELLIPSOID + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x20041ff8, 0x40024002, 0x40024002, 0x1ff82004, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_CAPSULE + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_250 + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_251 + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_252 + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_253 + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_254 + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, // ICON_255 +}; + +// NOTE: A pointer to current icons array should be defined +static unsigned int *guiIconsPtr = guiIcons; + +#endif // !RAYGUI_NO_ICONS && !RAYGUI_CUSTOM_ICONS + +#ifndef RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE + #define RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE 0 +#endif + +// WARNING: Those values define the total size of the style data array, +// if changed, previous saved styles could become incompatible +#define RAYGUI_MAX_CONTROLS 16 // Maximum number of controls +#define RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE 16 // Maximum number of base properties +#define RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED 8 // Maximum number of extended properties + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Module Types and Structures Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Gui control property style color element +typedef enum { BORDER = 0, BASE, TEXT, OTHER } GuiPropertyElement; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Global Variables Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static GuiState guiState = STATE_NORMAL; // Gui global state, if !STATE_NORMAL, forces defined state + +static Font guiFont = { 0 }; // Gui current font (WARNING: highly coupled to raylib) +static bool guiLocked = false; // Gui lock state (no inputs processed) +static float guiAlpha = 1.0f; // Gui controls transparency + +static unsigned int guiIconScale = 1; // Gui icon default scale (if icons enabled) + +static bool guiTooltip = false; // Tooltip enabled/disabled +static const char *guiTooltipPtr = NULL; // Tooltip string pointer (string provided by user) + +static bool guiControlExclusiveMode = false; // Gui control exclusive mode (no inputs processed except current control) +static Rectangle guiControlExclusiveRec = { 0 }; // Gui control exclusive bounds rectangle, used as an unique identifier + +static int textBoxCursorIndex = 0; // Cursor index, shared by all GuiTextBox*() +//static int blinkCursorFrameCounter = 0; // Frame counter for cursor blinking +static int autoCursorCounter = 0; // Frame counter for automatic repeated cursor movement on key-down (cooldown and delay) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Style data array for all gui style properties (allocated on data segment by default) +// +// NOTE 1: First set of BASE properties are generic to all controls but could be individually +// overwritten per control, first set of EXTENDED properties are generic to all controls and +// can not be overwritten individually but custom EXTENDED properties can be used by control +// +// NOTE 2: A new style set could be loaded over this array using GuiLoadStyle(), +// but default gui style could always be recovered with GuiLoadStyleDefault() +// +// guiStyle size is by default: 16*(16 + 8) = 384*4 = 1536 bytes = 1.5 KB +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static unsigned int guiStyle[RAYGUI_MAX_CONTROLS*(RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE + RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED)] = { 0 }; + +static bool guiStyleLoaded = false; // Style loaded flag for lazy style initialization + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Standalone Mode Functions Declaration +// +// NOTE: raygui depend on some raylib input and drawing functions +// To use raygui as standalone library, below functions must be defined by the user +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#if defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) + +#define KEY_RIGHT 262 +#define KEY_LEFT 263 +#define KEY_DOWN 264 +#define KEY_UP 265 +#define KEY_BACKSPACE 259 +#define KEY_ENTER 257 + +#define MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON 0 + +// Input required functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static Vector2 GetMousePosition(void); +static float GetMouseWheelMove(void); +static bool IsMouseButtonDown(int button); +static bool IsMouseButtonPressed(int button); +static bool IsMouseButtonReleased(int button); + +static bool IsKeyDown(int key); +static bool IsKeyPressed(int key); +static int GetCharPressed(void); // -- GuiTextBox(), GuiValueBox() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Drawing required functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void DrawRectangle(int x, int y, int width, int height, Color color); // -- GuiDrawRectangle() +static void DrawRectangleGradientEx(Rectangle rec, Color col1, Color col2, Color col3, Color col4); // -- GuiColorPicker() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Text required functions +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static Font GetFontDefault(void); // -- GuiLoadStyleDefault() +static Font LoadFontEx(const char *fileName, int fontSize, int *codepoints, int codepointCount); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), load font + +static Texture2D LoadTextureFromImage(Image image); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load texture from embedded font atlas image +static void SetShapesTexture(Texture2D tex, Rectangle rec); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to set shapes rec to font white rec (optimization) + +static char *LoadFileText(const char *fileName); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load charset data +static void UnloadFileText(char *text); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to unload charset data + +static const char *GetDirectoryPath(const char *filePath); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to find charset/font file from text .rgs + +static int *LoadCodepoints(const char *text, int *count); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to load required font codepoints list +static void UnloadCodepoints(int *codepoints); // -- GuiLoadStyle(), required to unload codepoints list + +static unsigned char *DecompressData(const unsigned char *compData, int compDataSize, int *dataSize); // -- GuiLoadStyle() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// raylib functions already implemented in raygui +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static Color GetColor(int hexValue); // Returns a Color struct from hexadecimal value +static int ColorToInt(Color color); // Returns hexadecimal value for a Color +static bool CheckCollisionPointRec(Vector2 point, Rectangle rec); // Check if point is inside rectangle +static const char *TextFormat(const char *text, ...); // Formatting of text with variables to 'embed' +static const char **TextSplit(const char *text, char delimiter, int *count); // Split text into multiple strings +static int TextToInteger(const char *text); // Get integer value from text +static float TextToFloat(const char *text); // Get float value from text + +static int GetCodepointNext(const char *text, int *codepointSize); // Get next codepoint in a UTF-8 encoded text +static const char *CodepointToUTF8(int codepoint, int *byteSize); // Encode codepoint into UTF-8 text (char array size returned as parameter) + +static void DrawRectangleGradientV(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color color1, Color color2); // Draw rectangle vertical gradient +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +#endif // RAYGUI_STANDALONE + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Module Internal Functions Declaration +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void GuiLoadStyleFromMemory(const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize); // Load style from memory (binary only) + +static Rectangle GetTextBounds(int control, Rectangle bounds); // Get text bounds considering control bounds +static const char *GetTextIcon(const char *text, int *iconId); // Get text icon if provided and move text cursor + +static void GuiDrawText(const char *text, Rectangle textBounds, int alignment, Color tint); // Gui draw text using default font +static void GuiDrawRectangle(Rectangle rec, int borderWidth, Color borderColor, Color color); // Gui draw rectangle using default raygui style + +static const char **GuiTextSplit(const char *text, char delimiter, int *count, int *textRow); // Split controls text into multiple strings +static Vector3 ConvertHSVtoRGB(Vector3 hsv); // Convert color data from HSV to RGB +static Vector3 ConvertRGBtoHSV(Vector3 rgb); // Convert color data from RGB to HSV + +static int GuiScrollBar(Rectangle bounds, int value, int minValue, int maxValue); // Scroll bar control, used by GuiScrollPanel() +static void GuiTooltip(Rectangle controlRec); // Draw tooltip using control rec position + +static Color GuiFade(Color color, float alpha); // Fade color by an alpha factor + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Gui Setup Functions Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enable gui global state +// NOTE: We check for STATE_DISABLED to avoid messing custom global state setups +void GuiEnable(void) { if (guiState == STATE_DISABLED) guiState = STATE_NORMAL; } + +// Disable gui global state +// NOTE: We check for STATE_NORMAL to avoid messing custom global state setups +void GuiDisable(void) { if (guiState == STATE_NORMAL) guiState = STATE_DISABLED; } + +// Lock gui global state +void GuiLock(void) { guiLocked = true; } + +// Unlock gui global state +void GuiUnlock(void) { guiLocked = false; } + +// Check if gui is locked (global state) +bool GuiIsLocked(void) { return guiLocked; } + +// Set gui controls alpha global state +void GuiSetAlpha(float alpha) +{ + if (alpha < 0.0f) alpha = 0.0f; + else if (alpha > 1.0f) alpha = 1.0f; + + guiAlpha = alpha; +} + +// Set gui state (global state) +void GuiSetState(int state) { guiState = (GuiState)state; } + +// Get gui state (global state) +int GuiGetState(void) { return guiState; } + +// Set custom gui font +// NOTE: Font loading/unloading is external to raygui +void GuiSetFont(Font font) +{ + if (font.texture.id > 0) + { + // NOTE: If we try to setup a font but default style has not been + // lazily loaded before, it will be overwritten, so we need to force + // default style loading first + if (!guiStyleLoaded) GuiLoadStyleDefault(); + + guiFont = font; + } +} + +// Get custom gui font +Font GuiGetFont(void) +{ + return guiFont; +} + +// Set control style property value +void GuiSetStyle(int control, int property, int value) +{ + if (!guiStyleLoaded) GuiLoadStyleDefault(); + guiStyle[control*(RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE + RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED) + property] = value; + + // Default properties are propagated to all controls + if ((control == 0) && (property < RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE)) + { + for (int i = 1; i < RAYGUI_MAX_CONTROLS; i++) guiStyle[i*(RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE + RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED) + property] = value; + } +} + +// Get control style property value +int GuiGetStyle(int control, int property) +{ + if (!guiStyleLoaded) GuiLoadStyleDefault(); + return guiStyle[control*(RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE + RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_EXTENDED) + property]; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Gui Controls Functions Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Window Box control +int GuiWindowBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title) +{ + // Window title bar height (including borders) + // NOTE: This define is also used by GuiMessageBox() and GuiTextInputBox() + #if !defined(RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT) + #define RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT 24 + #endif + + #if !defined(RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT) + #define RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT 18 + #endif + + int result = 0; + //GuiState state = guiState; + + int statusBarHeight = RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT; + + Rectangle statusBar = { bounds.x, bounds.y, bounds.width, (float)statusBarHeight }; + if (bounds.height < statusBarHeight*2.0f) bounds.height = statusBarHeight*2.0f; + + const float vPadding = statusBarHeight/2.0f - RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT/2.0f; + Rectangle windowPanel = { bounds.x, bounds.y + (float)statusBarHeight - 1, bounds.width, bounds.height - (float)statusBarHeight + 1 }; + Rectangle closeButtonRec = { statusBar.x + statusBar.width - GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) - RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT - vPadding, + statusBar.y + vPadding, RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT, RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_CLOSEBUTTON_HEIGHT }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + // NOTE: Logic is directly managed by button + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiStatusBar(statusBar, title); // Draw window header as status bar + GuiPanel(windowPanel, NULL); // Draw window base + + // Draw window close button + int tempBorderWidth = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH); + int tempTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, 1); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + result = GuiButton(closeButtonRec, "x"); +#else + result = GuiButton(closeButtonRec, GuiIconText(ICON_CROSS_SMALL, NULL)); +#endif + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, tempBorderWidth); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, tempTextAlignment); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; // Window close button clicked: result = 1 +} + +// Group Box control with text name +int GuiGroupBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_GROUPBOX_LINE_THICK) + #define RAYGUI_GROUPBOX_LINE_THICK 1 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y, RAYGUI_GROUPBOX_LINE_THICK, bounds.height }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)LINE_COLOR))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height - 1, bounds.width, RAYGUI_GROUPBOX_LINE_THICK }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)LINE_COLOR))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + bounds.width - 1, bounds.y, RAYGUI_GROUPBOX_LINE_THICK, bounds.height }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)LINE_COLOR))); + + GuiLine(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2, bounds.width, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE) }, text); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Line control +int GuiLine(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_LINE_MARGIN_TEXT) + #define RAYGUI_LINE_MARGIN_TEXT 12 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_LINE_TEXT_PADDING) + #define RAYGUI_LINE_TEXT_PADDING 4 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + Color color = GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)LINE_COLOR)); + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (text == NULL) GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height/2, bounds.width, 1 }, 0, BLANK, color); + else + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text) + 2; + textBounds.height = bounds.height; + textBounds.x = bounds.x + RAYGUI_LINE_MARGIN_TEXT; + textBounds.y = bounds.y; + + // Draw line with embedded text label: "--- text --------------" + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height/2, RAYGUI_LINE_MARGIN_TEXT - RAYGUI_LINE_TEXT_PADDING, 1 }, 0, BLANK, color); + GuiDrawText(text, textBounds, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, color); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + 12 + textBounds.width + 4, bounds.y + bounds.height/2, bounds.width - textBounds.width - RAYGUI_LINE_MARGIN_TEXT - RAYGUI_LINE_TEXT_PADDING, 1 }, 0, BLANK, color); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Panel control +int GuiPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_PANEL_BORDER_WIDTH) + #define RAYGUI_PANEL_BORDER_WIDTH 1 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Text will be drawn as a header bar (if provided) + Rectangle statusBar = { bounds.x, bounds.y, bounds.width, (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT }; + if ((text != NULL) && (bounds.height < RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT*2.0f)) bounds.height = RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT*2.0f; + + if (text != NULL) + { + // Move panel bounds after the header bar + bounds.y += (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - 1; + bounds.height -= (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - 1; + } + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (text != NULL) GuiStatusBar(statusBar, text); // Draw panel header as status bar + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, RAYGUI_PANEL_BORDER_WIDTH, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)LINE_COLOR)), + GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state == STATE_DISABLED)? (int)BASE_COLOR_DISABLED : (int)BACKGROUND_COLOR))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Tab Bar control +// NOTE: Using GuiToggle() for the TABS +int GuiTabBar(Rectangle bounds, const char **text, int count, int *active) +{ + #define RAYGUI_TABBAR_ITEM_WIDTH 148 + + int result = -1; + //GuiState state = guiState; + + Rectangle tabBounds = { bounds.x, bounds.y, RAYGUI_TABBAR_ITEM_WIDTH, bounds.height }; + + if (*active < 0) *active = 0; + else if (*active > count - 1) *active = count - 1; + + int offsetX = 0; // Required in case tabs go out of screen + offsetX = (*active + 2)*RAYGUI_TABBAR_ITEM_WIDTH - GetScreenWidth(); + if (offsetX < 0) offsetX = 0; + + bool toggle = false; // Required for individual toggles + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + tabBounds.x = bounds.x + (RAYGUI_TABBAR_ITEM_WIDTH + 4)*i - offsetX; + + if (tabBounds.x < GetScreenWidth()) + { + // Draw tabs as toggle controls + int textAlignment = GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + int textPadding = GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_PADDING); + GuiSetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT); + GuiSetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_PADDING, 8); + + if (i == (*active)) + { + toggle = true; + GuiToggle(tabBounds, text[i], &toggle); + } + else + { + toggle = false; + GuiToggle(tabBounds, text[i], &toggle); + if (toggle) *active = i; + } + + // Close tab with middle mouse button pressed + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(GetMousePosition(), tabBounds) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_MIDDLE_BUTTON)) result = i; + + GuiSetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_PADDING, textPadding); + GuiSetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, textAlignment); + + // Draw tab close button + // NOTE: Only draw close button for current tab: if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePosition, tabBounds)) + int tempBorderWidth = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH); + int tempTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, 1); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + if (GuiButton(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ tabBounds.x + tabBounds.width - 14 - 5, tabBounds.y + 5, 14, 14 }, "x")) result = i; +#else + if (GuiButton(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ tabBounds.x + tabBounds.width - 14 - 5, tabBounds.y + 5, 14, 14 }, GuiIconText(ICON_CROSS_SMALL, NULL))) result = i; +#endif + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, tempBorderWidth); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, tempTextAlignment); + } + } + + // Draw tab-bar bottom line + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height - 1, bounds.width, 1 }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; // Return as result the current TAB closing requested +} + +// Scroll Panel control +int GuiScrollPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Rectangle content, Vector2 *scroll, Rectangle *view) +{ + #define RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH 40 + #define RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_HEIGHT 40 + #define RAYGUI_MIN_MOUSE_WHEEL_SPEED 20 + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + Rectangle temp = { 0 }; + if (view == NULL) view = &temp; + + Vector2 scrollPos = { 0.0f, 0.0f }; + if (scroll != NULL) scrollPos = *scroll; + + // Text will be drawn as a header bar (if provided) + Rectangle statusBar = { bounds.x, bounds.y, bounds.width, (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT }; + if (bounds.height < RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT*2.0f) bounds.height = RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT*2.0f; + + if (text != NULL) + { + // Move panel bounds after the header bar + bounds.y += (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - 1; + bounds.height -= (float)RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT + 1; + } + + bool hasHorizontalScrollBar = (content.width > bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH))? true : false; + bool hasVerticalScrollBar = (content.height > bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH))? true : false; + + // Recheck to account for the other scrollbar being visible + if (!hasHorizontalScrollBar) hasHorizontalScrollBar = (hasVerticalScrollBar && (content.width > (bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH))))? true : false; + if (!hasVerticalScrollBar) hasVerticalScrollBar = (hasHorizontalScrollBar && (content.height > (bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH))))? true : false; + + int horizontalScrollBarWidth = hasHorizontalScrollBar? GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) : 0; + int verticalScrollBarWidth = hasVerticalScrollBar? GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) : 0; + Rectangle horizontalScrollBar = { + (float)((GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (float)bounds.x + verticalScrollBarWidth : (float)bounds.x) + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)bounds.y + bounds.height - horizontalScrollBarWidth - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)bounds.width - verticalScrollBarWidth - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)horizontalScrollBarWidth + }; + Rectangle verticalScrollBar = { + (float)((GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (float)bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) : (float)bounds.x + bounds.width - verticalScrollBarWidth - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH)), + (float)bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)verticalScrollBarWidth, + (float)bounds.height - horizontalScrollBarWidth - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) + }; + + // Make sure scroll bars have a minimum width/height + if (horizontalScrollBar.width < RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH) horizontalScrollBar.width = RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_WIDTH; + if (verticalScrollBar.height < RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_HEIGHT) verticalScrollBar.height = RAYGUI_MIN_SCROLLBAR_HEIGHT; + + // Calculate view area (area without the scrollbars) + *view = (GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + verticalScrollBarWidth + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - verticalScrollBarWidth, bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - horizontalScrollBarWidth } : + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - verticalScrollBarWidth, bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - horizontalScrollBarWidth }; + + // Clip view area to the actual content size + if (view->width > content.width) view->width = content.width; + if (view->height > content.height) view->height = content.height; + + float horizontalMin = hasHorizontalScrollBar? ((GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (float)-verticalScrollBarWidth : 0) - (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) : (((float)GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (float)-verticalScrollBarWidth : 0) - (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + float horizontalMax = hasHorizontalScrollBar? content.width - bounds.width + (float)verticalScrollBarWidth + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - (((float)GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (float)verticalScrollBarWidth : 0) : (float)-GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + float verticalMin = hasVerticalScrollBar? 0.0f : -1.0f; + float verticalMax = hasVerticalScrollBar? content.height - bounds.height + (float)horizontalScrollBarWidth + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) : (float)-GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check button state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + +#if defined(SUPPORT_SCROLLBAR_KEY_INPUT) + if (hasHorizontalScrollBar) + { + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT)) scrollPos.x -= GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT)) scrollPos.x += GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + } + + if (hasVerticalScrollBar) + { + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_DOWN)) scrollPos.y -= GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_UP)) scrollPos.y += GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + } +#endif + float wheelMove = GetMouseWheelMove(); + + // Set scrolling speed with mouse wheel based on ratio between bounds and content + Vector2 mouseWheelSpeed = { content.width/bounds.width, content.height/bounds.height }; + if (mouseWheelSpeed.x < RAYGUI_MIN_MOUSE_WHEEL_SPEED) mouseWheelSpeed.x = RAYGUI_MIN_MOUSE_WHEEL_SPEED; + if (mouseWheelSpeed.y < RAYGUI_MIN_MOUSE_WHEEL_SPEED) mouseWheelSpeed.y = RAYGUI_MIN_MOUSE_WHEEL_SPEED; + + // Horizontal and vertical scrolling with mouse wheel + if (hasHorizontalScrollBar && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_SHIFT))) scrollPos.x += wheelMove*mouseWheelSpeed.x; + else scrollPos.y += wheelMove*mouseWheelSpeed.y; // Vertical scroll + } + } + + // Normalize scroll values + if (scrollPos.x > -horizontalMin) scrollPos.x = -horizontalMin; + if (scrollPos.x < -horizontalMax) scrollPos.x = -horizontalMax; + if (scrollPos.y > -verticalMin) scrollPos.y = -verticalMin; + if (scrollPos.y < -verticalMax) scrollPos.y = -verticalMax; + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (text != NULL) GuiStatusBar(statusBar, text); // Draw panel header as status bar + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BACKGROUND_COLOR))); // Draw background + + // Save size of the scrollbar slider + const int slider = GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE); + + // Draw horizontal scrollbar if visible + if (hasHorizontalScrollBar) + { + // Change scrollbar slider size to show the diff in size between the content width and the widget width + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, (int)(((bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - verticalScrollBarWidth)/(int)content.width)*((int)bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - verticalScrollBarWidth))); + scrollPos.x = (float)-GuiScrollBar(horizontalScrollBar, (int)-scrollPos.x, (int)horizontalMin, (int)horizontalMax); + } + else scrollPos.x = 0.0f; + + // Draw vertical scrollbar if visible + if (hasVerticalScrollBar) + { + // Change scrollbar slider size to show the diff in size between the content height and the widget height + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, (int)(((bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - horizontalScrollBarWidth)/(int)content.height)*((int)bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) - horizontalScrollBarWidth))); + scrollPos.y = (float)-GuiScrollBar(verticalScrollBar, (int)-scrollPos.y, (int)verticalMin, (int)verticalMax); + } + else scrollPos.y = 0.0f; + + // Draw detail corner rectangle if both scroll bars are visible + if (hasHorizontalScrollBar && hasVerticalScrollBar) + { + Rectangle corner = { (GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE) == SCROLLBAR_LEFT_SIDE)? (bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) + 2) : (horizontalScrollBar.x + horizontalScrollBar.width + 2), verticalScrollBar.y + verticalScrollBar.height + 2, (float)horizontalScrollBarWidth - 4, (float)verticalScrollBarWidth - 4 }; + GuiDrawRectangle(corner, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT + (state*3)))); + } + + // Draw scrollbar lines depending on current state + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER + (state*3))), BLANK); + + // Set scrollbar slider size back to the way it was before + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, slider); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if (scroll != NULL) *scroll = scrollPos; + + return result; +} + +// Label control +int GuiLabel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + //... + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(LABEL, bounds), GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Button control, returns true when clicked +int GuiButton(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check button state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) result = 1; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BASE + (state*3)))); + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(BUTTON, bounds), GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT + (state*3)))); + + if (state == STATE_FOCUSED) GuiTooltip(bounds); + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + return result; // Button pressed: result = 1 +} + +// Label button control +int GuiLabelButton(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + GuiState state = guiState; + bool pressed = false; + + // NOTE: We force bounds.width to be all text + float textWidth = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text); + if ((bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(LABEL, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_PADDING)) < textWidth) bounds.width = textWidth + 2*GuiGetStyle(LABEL, BORDER_WIDTH) + 2*GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_PADDING) + 2; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check checkbox state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) pressed = true; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(LABEL, bounds), GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return pressed; +} + +// Toggle Button control +int GuiToggle(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, bool *active) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + bool temp = false; + if (active == NULL) active = &temp; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check toggle button state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_NORMAL; + *active = !(*active); + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state == STATE_NORMAL) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, ((*active)? BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED : (BORDER + state*3)))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, ((*active)? BASE_COLOR_PRESSED : (BASE + state*3))))); + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(TOGGLE, bounds), GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, ((*active)? TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED : (TEXT + state*3))))); + } + else + { + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BORDER + state*3)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BASE + state*3))); + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(TOGGLE, bounds), GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT + state*3))); + } + + if (state == STATE_FOCUSED) GuiTooltip(bounds); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Toggle Group control +int GuiToggleGroup(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TOGGLEGROUP_MAX_ITEMS) + #define RAYGUI_TOGGLEGROUP_MAX_ITEMS 32 + #endif + + int result = 0; + float initBoundsX = bounds.x; + + int temp = 0; + if (active == NULL) active = &temp; + + bool toggle = false; // Required for individual toggles + + // Get substrings items from text (items pointers) + int rows[RAYGUI_TOGGLEGROUP_MAX_ITEMS] = { 0 }; + int itemCount = 0; + const char **items = GuiTextSplit(text, ';', &itemCount, rows); + + int prevRow = rows[0]; + + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount; i++) + { + if (prevRow != rows[i]) + { + bounds.x = initBoundsX; + bounds.y += (bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, GROUP_PADDING)); + prevRow = rows[i]; + } + + if (i == (*active)) + { + toggle = true; + GuiToggle(bounds, items[i], &toggle); + } + else + { + toggle = false; + GuiToggle(bounds, items[i], &toggle); + if (toggle) *active = i; + } + + bounds.x += (bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, GROUP_PADDING)); + } + + return result; +} + +// Toggle Slider control extended +int GuiToggleSlider(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + int temp = 0; + if (active == NULL) active = &temp; + + //bool toggle = false; // Required for individual toggles + + // Get substrings items from text (items pointers) + int itemCount = 0; + const char **items = NULL; + + if (text != NULL) items = GuiTextSplit(text, ';', &itemCount, NULL); + + Rectangle slider = { + 0, // Calculated later depending on the active toggle + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING), + (bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) - (itemCount + 1)*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING))/itemCount, + bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING) }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + (*active)++; + result = 1; + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + + if ((*active) && (state != STATE_FOCUSED)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + } + + if (*active >= itemCount) *active = 0; + slider.x = bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) + (*active + 1)*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING) + (*active)*slider.width; + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BORDER + (state*3))), + GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, BASE_COLOR_NORMAL))); + + // Draw internal slider + if (state == STATE_NORMAL) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + else if (state == STATE_FOCUSED) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BASE_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + else if (state == STATE_PRESSED) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + + // Draw text in slider + if (text != NULL) + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text); + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = slider.x + slider.width/2 - textBounds.width/2; + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + + GuiDrawText(items[*active], textBounds, GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TOGGLE, TEXT + (state*3))), guiAlpha)); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Check Box control, returns 1 when state changed +int GuiCheckBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, bool *checked) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + bool temp = false; + if (checked == NULL) checked = &temp; + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + + if (text != NULL) + { + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text) + 2; + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + if (GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT) textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + } + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + Rectangle totalBounds = { + (GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT)? textBounds.x : bounds.x, + bounds.y, + bounds.width + textBounds.width + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_PADDING), + bounds.height, + }; + + // Check checkbox state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, totalBounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + *checked = !(*checked); + result = 1; + } + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), BLANK); + + if (*checked) + { + Rectangle check = { bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, CHECK_PADDING), + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, CHECK_PADDING), + bounds.width - 2*(GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, CHECK_PADDING)), + bounds.height - 2*(GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, CHECK_PADDING)) }; + GuiDrawRectangle(check, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT + state*3))); + } + + GuiDrawText(text, textBounds, (GuiGetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT)? TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT : TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Combo Box control +int GuiComboBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + int temp = 0; + if (active == NULL) active = &temp; + + bounds.width -= (GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_SPACING)); + + Rectangle selector = { (float)bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_SPACING), + (float)bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_WIDTH), (float)bounds.height }; + + // Get substrings items from text (items pointers, lengths and count) + int itemCount = 0; + const char **items = GuiTextSplit(text, ';', &itemCount, NULL); + + if (*active < 0) *active = 0; + else if (*active > (itemCount - 1)) *active = itemCount - 1; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && (itemCount > 1) && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) || + CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, selector)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + *active += 1; + if (*active >= itemCount) *active = 0; // Cyclic combobox + } + + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Draw combo box main + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, BASE + (state*3)))); + GuiDrawText(items[*active], GetTextBounds(COMBOBOX, bounds), GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COMBOBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); + + // Draw selector using a custom button + // NOTE: BORDER_WIDTH and TEXT_ALIGNMENT forced values + int tempBorderWidth = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH); + int tempTextAlign = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, 1); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + + GuiButton(selector, TextFormat("%i/%i", *active + 1, itemCount)); + + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, tempTextAlign); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, tempBorderWidth); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Dropdown Box control +// NOTE: Returns mouse click +int GuiDropdownBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *active, bool editMode) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + int temp = 0; + if (active == NULL) active = &temp; + + int itemSelected = *active; + int itemFocused = -1; + + int direction = 0; // Dropdown box open direction: down (default) + if (GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ROLL_UP) == 1) direction = 1; // Up + + // Get substrings items from text (items pointers, lengths and count) + int itemCount = 0; + const char **items = GuiTextSplit(text, ';', &itemCount, NULL); + + Rectangle boundsOpen = bounds; + boundsOpen.height = (itemCount + 1)*(bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)); + if (direction == 1) boundsOpen.y -= itemCount*(bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)) + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING); + + Rectangle itemBounds = bounds; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && (editMode || !guiLocked) && (itemCount > 1) && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (editMode) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + // Check if mouse has been pressed or released outside limits + if (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, boundsOpen)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON) || IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) result = 1; + } + + // Check if already selected item has been pressed again + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) result = 1; + + // Check focused and selected item + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount; i++) + { + // Update item rectangle y position for next item + if (direction == 0) itemBounds.y += (bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)); + else itemBounds.y -= (bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)); + + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, itemBounds)) + { + itemFocused = i; + if (IsMouseButtonReleased(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + itemSelected = i; + result = 1; // Item selected + } + break; + } + } + + itemBounds = bounds; + } + else + { + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + result = 1; + state = STATE_PRESSED; + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (editMode) GuiPanel(boundsOpen, NULL); + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER + state*3)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BASE + state*3))); + GuiDrawText(items[itemSelected], GetTextBounds(DROPDOWNBOX, bounds), GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT + state*3))); + + if (editMode) + { + // Draw visible items + for (int i = 0; i < itemCount; i++) + { + // Update item rectangle y position for next item + if (direction == 0) itemBounds.y += (bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)); + else itemBounds.y -= (bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING)); + + if (i == itemSelected) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + GuiDrawText(items[i], GetTextBounds(DROPDOWNBOX, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + else if (i == itemFocused) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, BASE_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + GuiDrawText(items[i], GetTextBounds(DROPDOWNBOX, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + } + else GuiDrawText(items[i], GetTextBounds(DROPDOWNBOX, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_COLOR_NORMAL))); + } + } + + if (!GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ARROW_HIDDEN)) + { + // Draw arrows (using icon if available) +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + GuiDrawText("v", RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + bounds.width - GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, ARROW_PADDING), bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - 2, 10, 10 }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); +#else + GuiDrawText(direction? "#121#" : "#120#", RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + bounds.width - GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, ARROW_PADDING), bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - 6, 10, 10 }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); // ICON_ARROW_DOWN_FILL +#endif + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + *active = itemSelected; + + // TODO: Use result to return more internal states: mouse-press out-of-bounds, mouse-press over selected-item... + return result; // Mouse click: result = 1 +} + +// Text Box control +// NOTE: Returns true on ENTER pressed (useful for data validation) +int GuiTextBox(Rectangle bounds, char *text, int textSize, bool editMode) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_COOLDOWN) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_COOLDOWN 20 // Frames to wait for autocursor movement + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_DELAY) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_DELAY 1 // Frames delay for autocursor movement + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + bool multiline = false; // TODO: Consider multiline text input + int wrapMode = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_WRAP_MODE); + + Rectangle textBounds = GetTextBounds(TEXTBOX, bounds); + int textLength = (text != NULL)? (int)strlen(text) : 0; // Get current text length + int thisCursorIndex = textBoxCursorIndex; + if (thisCursorIndex > textLength) thisCursorIndex = textLength; + int textWidth = GuiGetTextWidth(text) - GuiGetTextWidth(text + thisCursorIndex); + int textIndexOffset = 0; // Text index offset to start drawing in the box + + // Cursor rectangle + // NOTE: Position X value should be updated + Rectangle cursor = { + textBounds.x + textWidth + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING), + textBounds.y + textBounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), + 2, + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)*2 + }; + + if (cursor.height >= bounds.height) cursor.height = bounds.height - GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH)*2; + if (cursor.y < (bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH))) cursor.y = bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH); + + // Mouse cursor rectangle + // NOTE: Initialized outside of screen + Rectangle mouseCursor = cursor; + mouseCursor.x = -1; + mouseCursor.width = 1; + + // Blink-cursor frame counter + //if (!autoCursorMode) blinkCursorFrameCounter++; + //else blinkCursorFrameCounter = 0; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + // WARNING: Text editing is only supported under certain conditions: + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && // Control not disabled + !GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_READONLY) && // TextBox not on read-only mode + !guiLocked && // Gui not locked + !guiControlExclusiveMode && // No gui slider on dragging + (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_NONE)) // No wrap mode + { + Vector2 mousePosition = GetMousePosition(); + + if (editMode) + { + // GLOBAL: Auto-cursor movement logic + // NOTE: Keystrokes are handled repeatedly when button is held down for some time + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT) || IsKeyDown(KEY_UP) || IsKeyDown(KEY_DOWN) || IsKeyDown(KEY_BACKSPACE) || IsKeyDown(KEY_DELETE)) autoCursorCounter++; + else autoCursorCounter = 0; + + bool autoCursorShouldTrigger = (autoCursorCounter > RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_COOLDOWN) && ((autoCursorCounter % RAYGUI_TEXTBOX_AUTO_CURSOR_DELAY) == 0); + + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + if (textBoxCursorIndex > textLength) textBoxCursorIndex = textLength; + + // If text does not fit in the textbox and current cursor position is out of bounds, + // we add an index offset to text for drawing only what requires depending on cursor + while (textWidth >= textBounds.width) + { + int nextCodepointSize = 0; + GetCodepointNext(text + textIndexOffset, &nextCodepointSize); + + textIndexOffset += nextCodepointSize; + + textWidth = GuiGetTextWidth(text + textIndexOffset) - GuiGetTextWidth(text + textBoxCursorIndex); + } + + int codepoint = GetCharPressed(); // Get Unicode codepoint + if (multiline && IsKeyPressed(KEY_ENTER)) codepoint = (int)'\n'; + + // Encode codepoint as UTF-8 + int codepointSize = 0; + const char *charEncoded = CodepointToUTF8(codepoint, &codepointSize); + + // Handle text paste action + if (IsKeyPressed(KEY_V) && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL))) + { + const char *pasteText = GetClipboardText(); + if (pasteText != NULL) + { + int pasteLength = 0; + int pasteCodepoint; + int pasteCodepointSize; + + // Count how many codepoints to copy, stopping at the first unwanted control character + while (true) + { + pasteCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(pasteText + pasteLength, &pasteCodepointSize); + if (textLength + pasteLength + pasteCodepointSize >= textSize) break; + if (!(multiline && (pasteCodepoint == (int)'\n')) && !(pasteCodepoint >= 32)) break; + pasteLength += pasteCodepointSize; + } + + if (pasteLength > 0) + { + // Move forward data from cursor position + for (int i = textLength + pasteLength; i > textBoxCursorIndex; i--) text[i] = text[i - pasteLength]; + + // Paste data in at cursor + for (int i = 0; i < pasteLength; i++) text[textBoxCursorIndex + i] = pasteText[i]; + + textBoxCursorIndex += pasteLength; + textLength += pasteLength; + text[textLength] = '\0'; + } + } + } + else if (((multiline && (codepoint == (int)'\n')) || (codepoint >= 32)) && ((textLength + codepointSize) < textSize)) + { + // Adding codepoint to text, at current cursor position + + // Move forward data from cursor position + for (int i = (textLength + codepointSize); i > textBoxCursorIndex; i--) text[i] = text[i - codepointSize]; + + // Add new codepoint in current cursor position + for (int i = 0; i < codepointSize; i++) text[textBoxCursorIndex + i] = charEncoded[i]; + + textBoxCursorIndex += codepointSize; + textLength += codepointSize; + + // Make sure text last character is EOL + text[textLength] = '\0'; + } + + // Move cursor to start + if ((textLength > 0) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_HOME)) textBoxCursorIndex = 0; + + // Move cursor to end + if ((textLength > textBoxCursorIndex) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_END)) textBoxCursorIndex = textLength; + + // Delete related codepoints from text, after current cursor position + if ((textLength > textBoxCursorIndex) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_DELETE) && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL))) + { + int offset = textBoxCursorIndex; + int accCodepointSize = 0; + int nextCodepointSize; + int nextCodepoint; + + // Check characters of the same type to delete (either ASCII punctuation or anything non-whitespace) + // Not using isalnum() since it only works on ASCII characters + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + bool puctuation = ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff); + while (offset < textLength) + { + if ((puctuation && !ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff)) || (!puctuation && (isspace(nextCodepoint & 0xff) || ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff)))) + break; + offset += nextCodepointSize; + accCodepointSize += nextCodepointSize; + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + } + + // Check whitespace to delete (ASCII only) + while (offset < textLength) + { + if (!isspace(nextCodepoint & 0xff)) break; + + offset += nextCodepointSize; + accCodepointSize += nextCodepointSize; + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + } + + // Move text after cursor forward (including final null terminator) + for (int i = offset; i <= textLength; i++) text[i - accCodepointSize] = text[i]; + + textLength -= accCodepointSize; + } + + else if ((textLength > textBoxCursorIndex) && (IsKeyPressed(KEY_DELETE) || (IsKeyDown(KEY_DELETE) && autoCursorShouldTrigger))) + { + // Delete single codepoint from text, after current cursor position + + int nextCodepointSize = 0; + GetCodepointNext(text + textBoxCursorIndex, &nextCodepointSize); + + // Move text after cursor forward (including final null terminator) + for (int i = textBoxCursorIndex + nextCodepointSize; i <= textLength; i++) text[i - nextCodepointSize] = text[i]; + + textLength -= nextCodepointSize; + } + + // Delete related codepoints from text, before current cursor position + if ((textBoxCursorIndex > 0) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_BACKSPACE) && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL))) + { + int offset = textBoxCursorIndex; + int accCodepointSize = 0; + int prevCodepointSize = 0; + int prevCodepoint = 0; + + // Check whitespace to delete (ASCII only) + while (offset > 0) + { + prevCodepoint = GetCodepointPrevious(text + offset, &prevCodepointSize); + if (!isspace(prevCodepoint & 0xff)) break; + + offset -= prevCodepointSize; + accCodepointSize += prevCodepointSize; + } + + // Check characters of the same type to delete (either ASCII punctuation or anything non-whitespace) + // Not using isalnum() since it only works on ASCII characters + bool puctuation = ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff); + while (offset > 0) + { + prevCodepoint = GetCodepointPrevious(text + offset, &prevCodepointSize); + if ((puctuation && !ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff)) || (!puctuation && (isspace(prevCodepoint & 0xff) || ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff)))) break; + + offset -= prevCodepointSize; + accCodepointSize += prevCodepointSize; + } + + // Move text after cursor forward (including final null terminator) + for (int i = textBoxCursorIndex; i <= textLength; i++) text[i - accCodepointSize] = text[i]; + + textLength -= accCodepointSize; + textBoxCursorIndex -= accCodepointSize; + } + + else if ((textBoxCursorIndex > 0) && (IsKeyPressed(KEY_BACKSPACE) || (IsKeyDown(KEY_BACKSPACE) && autoCursorShouldTrigger))) + { + // Delete single codepoint from text, before current cursor position + + int prevCodepointSize = 0; + + GetCodepointPrevious(text + textBoxCursorIndex, &prevCodepointSize); + + // Move text after cursor forward (including final null terminator) + for (int i = textBoxCursorIndex; i <= textLength; i++) text[i - prevCodepointSize] = text[i]; + + textLength -= prevCodepointSize; + textBoxCursorIndex -= prevCodepointSize; + } + + // Move cursor position with keys + if ((textBoxCursorIndex > 0) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_LEFT) && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL))) + { + int offset = textBoxCursorIndex; + //int accCodepointSize = 0; + int prevCodepointSize = 0; + int prevCodepoint = 0; + + // Check whitespace to skip (ASCII only) + while (offset > 0) + { + prevCodepoint = GetCodepointPrevious(text + offset, &prevCodepointSize); + if (!isspace(prevCodepoint & 0xff)) break; + + offset -= prevCodepointSize; + //accCodepointSize += prevCodepointSize; + } + + // Check characters of the same type to skip (either ASCII punctuation or anything non-whitespace) + // Not using isalnum() since it only works on ASCII characters + bool puctuation = ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff); + while (offset > 0) + { + prevCodepoint = GetCodepointPrevious(text + offset, &prevCodepointSize); + if ((puctuation && !ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff)) || (!puctuation && (isspace(prevCodepoint & 0xff) || ispunct(prevCodepoint & 0xff)))) break; + + offset -= prevCodepointSize; + //accCodepointSize += prevCodepointSize; + } + + textBoxCursorIndex = offset; + } + else if ((textBoxCursorIndex > 0) && (IsKeyPressed(KEY_LEFT) || (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT) && autoCursorShouldTrigger))) + { + int prevCodepointSize = 0; + GetCodepointPrevious(text + textBoxCursorIndex, &prevCodepointSize); + + textBoxCursorIndex -= prevCodepointSize; + } + else if ((textLength > textBoxCursorIndex) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_RIGHT) && (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT_CONTROL) || IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL))) + { + int offset = textBoxCursorIndex; + //int accCodepointSize = 0; + int nextCodepointSize; + int nextCodepoint; + + // Check characters of the same type to skip (either ASCII punctuation or anything non-whitespace) + // Not using isalnum() since it only works on ASCII characters + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + bool puctuation = ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff); + while (offset < textLength) + { + if ((puctuation && !ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff)) || (!puctuation && (isspace(nextCodepoint & 0xff) || ispunct(nextCodepoint & 0xff)))) break; + + offset += nextCodepointSize; + //accCodepointSize += nextCodepointSize; + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + } + + // Check whitespace to skip (ASCII only) + while (offset < textLength) + { + if (!isspace(nextCodepoint & 0xff)) break; + + offset += nextCodepointSize; + //accCodepointSize += nextCodepointSize; + nextCodepoint = GetCodepointNext(text + offset, &nextCodepointSize); + } + + textBoxCursorIndex = offset; + } + else if ((textLength > textBoxCursorIndex) && (IsKeyPressed(KEY_RIGHT) || (IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT) && autoCursorShouldTrigger))) + { + int nextCodepointSize = 0; + GetCodepointNext(text + textBoxCursorIndex, &nextCodepointSize); + + textBoxCursorIndex += nextCodepointSize; + } + + // Move cursor position with mouse + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePosition, textBounds)) // Mouse hover text + { + float scaleFactor = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/(float)guiFont.baseSize; + int codepointIndex = 0; + float glyphWidth = 0.0f; + float widthToMouseX = 0; + int mouseCursorIndex = 0; + + for (int i = textIndexOffset; i < textLength; i += codepointSize) + { + codepoint = GetCodepointNext(&text[i], &codepointSize); + codepointIndex = GetGlyphIndex(guiFont, codepoint); + + if (guiFont.glyphs[codepointIndex].advanceX == 0) glyphWidth = ((float)guiFont.recs[codepointIndex].width*scaleFactor); + else glyphWidth = ((float)guiFont.glyphs[codepointIndex].advanceX*scaleFactor); + + if (mousePosition.x <= (textBounds.x + (widthToMouseX + glyphWidth/2))) + { + mouseCursor.x = textBounds.x + widthToMouseX; + mouseCursorIndex = i; + break; + } + + widthToMouseX += (glyphWidth + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + } + + // Check if mouse cursor is at the last position + int textEndWidth = GuiGetTextWidth(text + textIndexOffset); + if (GetMousePosition().x >= (textBounds.x + textEndWidth - glyphWidth/2)) + { + mouseCursor.x = textBounds.x + textEndWidth; + mouseCursorIndex = textLength; + } + + // Place cursor at required index on mouse click + if ((mouseCursor.x >= 0) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + cursor.x = mouseCursor.x; + textBoxCursorIndex = mouseCursorIndex; + } + } + else mouseCursor.x = -1; + + // Recalculate cursor position.y depending on textBoxCursorIndex + cursor.x = bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_PADDING) + GuiGetTextWidth(text + textIndexOffset) - GuiGetTextWidth(text + textBoxCursorIndex) + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING); + //if (multiline) cursor.y = GetTextLines() + + // Finish text editing on ENTER or mouse click outside bounds + if ((!multiline && IsKeyPressed(KEY_ENTER)) || + (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePosition, bounds) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON))) + { + textBoxCursorIndex = 0; // GLOBAL: Reset the shared cursor index + autoCursorCounter = 0; // GLOBAL: Reset counter for repeated keystrokes + result = 1; + } + } + else + { + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePosition, bounds)) + { + state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + textBoxCursorIndex = textLength; // GLOBAL: Place cursor index to the end of current text + autoCursorCounter = 0; // GLOBAL: Reset counter for repeated keystrokes + result = 1; + } + } + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state == STATE_PRESSED) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + else if (state == STATE_DISABLED) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED))); + } + else GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), BLANK); + + // Draw text considering index offset if required + // NOTE: Text index offset depends on cursor position + GuiDrawText(text + textIndexOffset, textBounds, GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); + + // Draw cursor + if (editMode && !GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_READONLY)) + { + //if (autoCursorMode || ((blinkCursorFrameCounter/40)%2 == 0)) + GuiDrawRectangle(cursor, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED))); + + // Draw mouse position cursor (if required) + if (mouseCursor.x >= 0) GuiDrawRectangle(mouseCursor, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + else if (state == STATE_FOCUSED) GuiTooltip(bounds); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; // Mouse button pressed: result = 1 +} + +/* +// Text Box control with multiple lines and word-wrap +// NOTE: This text-box is readonly, no editing supported by default +bool GuiTextBoxMulti(Rectangle bounds, char *text, int textSize, bool editMode) +{ + bool pressed = false; + + GuiSetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_READONLY, 1); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_WRAP_MODE, TEXT_WRAP_WORD); // WARNING: If wrap mode enabled, text editing is not supported + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, TEXT_ALIGN_TOP); + + // TODO: Implement methods to calculate cursor position properly + pressed = GuiTextBox(bounds, text, textSize, editMode); + + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, TEXT_ALIGN_MIDDLE); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_WRAP_MODE, TEXT_WRAP_NONE); + GuiSetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_READONLY, 0); + + return pressed; +} +*/ + +// Spinner control, returns selected value +int GuiSpinner(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *value, int minValue, int maxValue, bool editMode) +{ + int result = 1; + GuiState state = guiState; + + int tempValue = *value; + + Rectangle valueBoxBounds = { + bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_SPACING), + bounds.y, + bounds.width - 2*(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_SPACING)), bounds.height }; + Rectangle leftButtonBound = { (float)bounds.x, (float)bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH), (float)bounds.height }; + Rectangle rightButtonBound = { (float)bounds.x + bounds.width - GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH), (float)bounds.y, + (float)GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH), (float)bounds.height }; + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + if (text != NULL) + { + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text) + 2; + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + if (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT) textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + } + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check spinner state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + if (GuiButton(leftButtonBound, "<")) tempValue--; + if (GuiButton(rightButtonBound, ">")) tempValue++; +#else + if (GuiButton(leftButtonBound, GuiIconText(ICON_ARROW_LEFT_FILL, NULL))) tempValue--; + if (GuiButton(rightButtonBound, GuiIconText(ICON_ARROW_RIGHT_FILL, NULL))) tempValue++; +#endif + + if (!editMode) + { + if (tempValue < minValue) tempValue = minValue; + if (tempValue > maxValue) tempValue = maxValue; + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + result = GuiValueBox(valueBoxBounds, NULL, &tempValue, minValue, maxValue, editMode); + + // Draw value selector custom buttons + // NOTE: BORDER_WIDTH and TEXT_ALIGNMENT forced values + int tempBorderWidth = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH); + int tempTextAlign = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_WIDTH)); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, tempTextAlign); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, tempBorderWidth); + + // Draw text label if provided + GuiDrawText(text, textBounds, (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT)? TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT : TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + *value = tempValue; + return result; +} + +// Value Box control, updates input text with numbers +// NOTE: Requires static variables: frameCounter +int GuiValueBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *value, int minValue, int maxValue, bool editMode) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS) + #define RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS 32 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + char textValue[RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS + 1] = { 0 }; + snprintf(textValue, RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS + 1, "%i", *value); + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + if (text != NULL) + { + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text) + 2; + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + if (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT) textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + } + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + bool valueHasChanged = false; + + if (editMode) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + int keyCount = (int)strlen(textValue); + + // Add or remove minus symbol + if (IsKeyPressed(KEY_MINUS)) + { + if (textValue[0] == '-') + { + for (int i = 0 ; i < keyCount; i++) textValue[i] = textValue[i + 1]; + + keyCount--; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + else if (keyCount < RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS) + { + if (keyCount == 0) + { + textValue[0] = '0'; + textValue[1] = '\0'; + keyCount++; + } + + for (int i = keyCount ; i > -1; i--) textValue[i + 1] = textValue[i]; + + textValue[0] = '-'; + keyCount++; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + } + + // Add new digit to text value + if ((keyCount >= 0) && (keyCount < RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS) && (GuiGetTextWidth(textValue) < bounds.width)) + { + int key = GetCharPressed(); + + // Only allow keys in range [48..57] + if ((key >= 48) && (key <= 57)) + { + textValue[keyCount] = (char)key; + keyCount++; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + } + + // Delete text + if ((keyCount > 0) && IsKeyPressed(KEY_BACKSPACE)) + { + keyCount--; + textValue[keyCount] = '\0'; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + + if (valueHasChanged) *value = TextToInteger(textValue); + + // NOTE: We are not clamp values until user input finishes + //if (*value > maxValue) *value = maxValue; + //else if (*value < minValue) *value = minValue; + + if ((IsKeyPressed(KEY_ENTER) || IsKeyPressed(KEY_KP_ENTER)) || (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON))) + { + if (*value > maxValue) *value = maxValue; + else if (*value < minValue) *value = minValue; + + result = 1; + } + } + else + { + if (*value > maxValue) *value = maxValue; + else if (*value < minValue) *value = minValue; + + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + state = STATE_FOCUSED; + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) result = 1; + } + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + Color baseColor = BLANK; + if (state == STATE_PRESSED) baseColor = GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED)); + else if (state == STATE_DISABLED) baseColor = GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)); + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), baseColor); + GuiDrawText(textValue, GetTextBounds(VALUEBOX, bounds), TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); + + // Draw cursor rectangle + if (editMode) + { + // NOTE: ValueBox internal text is always centered + Rectangle cursor = { bounds.x + GuiGetTextWidth(textValue)/2 + bounds.width/2 + 1, + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH) + 2, + 2, bounds.height - GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH)*2 - 4 }; + if (cursor.height > bounds.height) cursor.height = bounds.height - GuiGetStyle(TEXTBOX, BORDER_WIDTH)*2; + GuiDrawRectangle(cursor, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + + // Draw text label if provided + GuiDrawText(text, textBounds, (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT)? TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT : TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Floating point Value Box control, updates input val_str with numbers +// NOTE: Requires static variables: frameCounter +int GuiValueBoxFloat(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, char *textValue, float *value, bool editMode) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS) + #define RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS 32 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + //char textValue[RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS + 1] = "\0"; + //snprintf(textValue, sizeof(textValue), "%2.2f", *value); + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + if (text != NULL) + { + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(text) + 2; + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + if (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT) textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING); + } + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + bool valueHasChanged = false; + + if (editMode) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + int keyCount = (int)strlen(textValue); + + // Add or remove minus symbol + if (IsKeyPressed(KEY_MINUS)) + { + if (textValue[0] == '-') + { + for (int i = 0; i < keyCount; i++) textValue[i] = textValue[i + 1]; + + keyCount--; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + else if (keyCount < (RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS - 1)) + { + if (keyCount == 0) + { + textValue[0] = '0'; + textValue[1] = '\0'; + keyCount++; + } + + for (int i = keyCount; i > -1; i--) textValue[i + 1] = textValue[i]; + + textValue[0] = '-'; + keyCount++; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + } + + // Only allow keys in range [48..57] + if (keyCount < RAYGUI_VALUEBOX_MAX_CHARS) + { + if (GuiGetTextWidth(textValue) < bounds.width) + { + int key = GetCharPressed(); + if (((key >= 48) && (key <= 57)) || + (key == '.') || + ((keyCount == 0) && (key == '+')) || // NOTE: Sign can only be in first position + ((keyCount == 0) && (key == '-'))) + { + textValue[keyCount] = (char)key; + keyCount++; + + valueHasChanged = true; + } + } + } + + // Pressed backspace + if (IsKeyPressed(KEY_BACKSPACE)) + { + if (keyCount > 0) + { + keyCount--; + textValue[keyCount] = '\0'; + valueHasChanged = true; + } + } + + if (valueHasChanged) *value = TextToFloat(textValue); + + if ((IsKeyPressed(KEY_ENTER) || IsKeyPressed(KEY_KP_ENTER)) || (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) && IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON))) result = 1; + } + else + { + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + state = STATE_FOCUSED; + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) result = 1; + } + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + Color baseColor = BLANK; + if (state == STATE_PRESSED) baseColor = GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED)); + else if (state == STATE_DISABLED) baseColor = GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)); + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER + (state*3))), baseColor); + GuiDrawText(textValue, GetTextBounds(VALUEBOX, bounds), TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); + + // Draw cursor + if (editMode) + { + // NOTE: ValueBox internal text is always centered + Rectangle cursor = {bounds.x + GuiGetTextWidth(textValue)/2 + bounds.width/2 + 1, + bounds.y + 2*GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_WIDTH), 4, + bounds.height - 4*GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_WIDTH)}; + GuiDrawRectangle(cursor, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + + // Draw text label if provided + GuiDrawText(text, textBounds, + (GuiGetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT)? TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT : TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, + GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Slider control with pro parameters +// NOTE: Other GuiSlider*() controls use this one +int GuiSlider(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + float temp = (maxValue - minValue)/2.0f; + if (value == NULL) value = &temp; + float oldValue = *value; + + int sliderWidth = GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_WIDTH); + + Rectangle slider = { bounds.x, bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING), + 0, bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING) }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (guiControlExclusiveMode) // Allows to keep dragging outside of bounds + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + if (CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(bounds, guiControlExclusiveRec)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + // Get equivalent value and slider position from mousePosition.x + *value = (maxValue - minValue)*((mousePoint.x - bounds.x - sliderWidth/2)/(bounds.width - sliderWidth)) + minValue; + } + } + else + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = false; + guiControlExclusiveRec = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + } + } + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + guiControlExclusiveMode = true; + guiControlExclusiveRec = bounds; // Store bounds as an identifier when dragging starts + + if (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, slider)) + { + // Get equivalent value and slider position from mousePosition.x + *value = (maxValue - minValue)*((mousePoint.x - bounds.x - sliderWidth/2)/(bounds.width - sliderWidth)) + minValue; + } + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + + if (*value > maxValue) *value = maxValue; + else if (*value < minValue) *value = minValue; + } + + // Control value change check + if (oldValue == *value) result = 0; + else result = 1; + + // Slider bar limits check + float sliderValue = (((*value - minValue)/(maxValue - minValue))*(bounds.width - sliderWidth - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH))); + if (sliderWidth > 0) // Slider + { + slider.x += sliderValue; + slider.width = (float)sliderWidth; + if (slider.x <= (bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH))) slider.x = bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH); + else if ((slider.x + slider.width) >= (bounds.x + bounds.width)) slider.x = bounds.x + bounds.width - slider.width - GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH); + } + else if (sliderWidth == 0) // SliderBar + { + slider.x += GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH); + slider.width = sliderValue; + if (slider.width > bounds.width) slider.width = bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, (state != STATE_DISABLED)? BASE_COLOR_NORMAL : BASE_COLOR_DISABLED))); + + // Draw slider internal bar (depends on state) + if (state == STATE_NORMAL) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + else if (state == STATE_FOCUSED) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + else if (state == STATE_PRESSED) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED))); + else if (state == STATE_DISABLED) GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_COLOR_DISABLED))); + + // Draw left/right text if provided + if (textLeft != NULL) + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(textLeft); + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + + GuiDrawText(textLeft, textBounds, TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + } + + if (textRight != NULL) + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(textRight); + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + + GuiDrawText(textRight, textBounds, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Slider Bar control extended, returns selected value +int GuiSliderBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue) +{ + int result = 0; + int preSliderWidth = GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_WIDTH); + GuiSetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_WIDTH, 0); + result = GuiSlider(bounds, textLeft, textRight, value, minValue, maxValue); + GuiSetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_WIDTH, preSliderWidth); + + return result; +} + +// Progress Bar control extended, shows current progress value +int GuiProgressBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *textLeft, const char *textRight, float *value, float minValue, float maxValue) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + float temp = (maxValue - minValue)/2.0f; + if (value == NULL) value = &temp; + + // Progress bar + Rectangle progress = { bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, PROGRESS_PADDING), 0, + bounds.height - GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, PROGRESS_PADDING) -1 }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (*value > maxValue) *value = maxValue; + + // WARNING: Working with floats could lead to rounding issues + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED)) progress.width = ((float)*value/(maxValue - minValue))*(bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH)); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state == STATE_DISABLED) + { + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER + (state*3))), BLANK); + } + else + { + if (*value > minValue) + { + // Draw progress bar with colored border, more visual + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y, (int)progress.width + (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + 1, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.height - 2 }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height - 1, (int)progress.width + (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + } + else GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x, bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.height+GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH)-1 }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL))); + + if (*value >= maxValue) GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + progress.width + (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.height+GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH)-1}, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + else + { + // Draw borders not yet reached by value + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + (int)progress.width + (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y, bounds.width - (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) - (int)progress.width - 1, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + (int)progress.width + (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y + bounds.height - 1, bounds.width - (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) - (int)progress.width - 1, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL))); + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + bounds.width - (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.height+GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH)-1 }, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL))); + } + + // Draw slider internal progress bar (depends on state) + GuiDrawRectangle(progress, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + + // Draw left/right text if provided + if (textLeft != NULL) + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(textLeft); + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x - textBounds.width - GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + + GuiDrawText(textLeft, textBounds, TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + } + + if (textRight != NULL) + { + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.width = (float)GuiGetTextWidth(textRight); + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height/2 - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + + GuiDrawText(textRight, textBounds, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT + (state*3)))); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Status Bar control +int GuiStatusBar(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, BORDER + (state*3))), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, BASE + (state*3)))); + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(STATUSBAR, bounds), GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, TEXT + (state*3)))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Dummy rectangle control, intended for placeholding +int GuiDummyRec(Rectangle bounds, const char *text) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check button state + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) state = STATE_PRESSED; + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, (state != STATE_DISABLED)? BASE_COLOR_NORMAL : BASE_COLOR_DISABLED))); + GuiDrawText(text, GetTextBounds(DEFAULT, bounds), TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, (state != STATE_DISABLED)? TEXT_COLOR_NORMAL : TEXT_COLOR_DISABLED))); + //------------------------------------------------------------------ + + return result; +} + +// List View control +int GuiListView(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, int *scrollIndex, int *active) +{ + int result = 0; + int itemCount = 0; + const char **items = NULL; + + if (text != NULL) items = GuiTextSplit(text, ';', &itemCount, NULL); + + result = GuiListViewEx(bounds, items, itemCount, scrollIndex, active, NULL); + + return result; +} + +// List View control with extended parameters +int GuiListViewEx(Rectangle bounds, const char **text, int count, int *scrollIndex, int *active, int *focus) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + int itemFocused = (focus == NULL)? -1 : *focus; + int itemSelected = (active == NULL)? -1 : *active; + + // Check if we need a scroll bar + bool useScrollBar = false; + if ((GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT) + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING))*count > bounds.height) useScrollBar = true; + + // Define base item rectangle [0] + Rectangle itemBounds = { 0 }; + itemBounds.x = bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING); + itemBounds.y = bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING) + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + itemBounds.width = bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING) - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + itemBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT); + if (useScrollBar) itemBounds.width -= GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH); + + // Get items on the list + int visibleItems = (int)bounds.height/(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT) + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING)); + if (visibleItems > count) visibleItems = count; + + int startIndex = (scrollIndex == NULL)? 0 : *scrollIndex; + if ((startIndex < 0) || (startIndex > (count - visibleItems))) startIndex = 0; + int endIndex = startIndex + visibleItems; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + // Check mouse inside list view + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + // Check focused and selected item + for (int i = 0; i < visibleItems; i++) + { + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, itemBounds)) + { + itemFocused = startIndex + i; + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + if (itemSelected == (startIndex + i)) itemSelected = -1; + else itemSelected = startIndex + i; + } + break; + } + + // Update item rectangle y position for next item + itemBounds.y += (GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT) + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING)); + } + + if (useScrollBar) + { + int wheelMove = (int)GetMouseWheelMove(); + startIndex -= wheelMove; + + if (startIndex < 0) startIndex = 0; + else if (startIndex > (count - visibleItems)) startIndex = count - visibleItems; + + endIndex = startIndex + visibleItems; + if (endIndex > count) endIndex = count; + } + } + else itemFocused = -1; + + // Reset item rectangle y to [0] + itemBounds.y = bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING) + GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH); + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER + state*3)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BACKGROUND_COLOR))); // Draw background + + // Draw visible items + for (int i = 0; ((i < visibleItems) && (text != NULL)); i++) + { + if (GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_NORMAL)) GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL)), BLANK); + + if (state == STATE_DISABLED) + { + if ((startIndex + i) == itemSelected) GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED))); + + GuiDrawText(text[startIndex + i], GetTextBounds(DEFAULT, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_COLOR_DISABLED))); + } + else + { + if (((startIndex + i) == itemSelected) && (active != NULL)) + { + // Draw item selected + GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED))); + GuiDrawText(text[startIndex + i], GetTextBounds(DEFAULT, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED))); + } + else if (((startIndex + i) == itemFocused)) // && (focus != NULL)) // NOTE: We want items focused, despite not returned! + { + // Draw item focused + GuiDrawRectangle(itemBounds, GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BASE_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + GuiDrawText(text[startIndex + i], GetTextBounds(DEFAULT, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_COLOR_FOCUSED))); + } + else + { + // Draw item normal (no rectangle) + GuiDrawText(text[startIndex + i], GetTextBounds(DEFAULT, itemBounds), GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_ALIGNMENT), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, TEXT_COLOR_NORMAL))); + } + } + + // Update item rectangle y position for next item + itemBounds.y += (GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT) + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING)); + } + + if (useScrollBar) + { + Rectangle scrollBarBounds = { + bounds.x + bounds.width - GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_WIDTH) - GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH), + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH), + bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH) + }; + + // Calculate percentage of visible items and apply same percentage to scrollbar + float percentVisible = (float)(endIndex - startIndex)/count; + float sliderSize = bounds.height*percentVisible; + + int prevSliderSize = GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE); // Save default slider size + int prevScrollSpeed = GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); // Save default scroll speed + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, (int)sliderSize); // Change slider size + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED, count - visibleItems); // Change scroll speed + + startIndex = GuiScrollBar(scrollBarBounds, startIndex, 0, count - visibleItems); + + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED, prevScrollSpeed); // Reset scroll speed to default + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, prevSliderSize); // Reset slider size to default + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + if (active != NULL) *active = itemSelected; + if (focus != NULL) *focus = itemFocused; + if (scrollIndex != NULL) *scrollIndex = startIndex; + + return result; +} + +// Color Panel control - Color (RGBA) variant +int GuiColorPanel(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Color *color) +{ + int result = 0; + + Vector3 vcolor = { (float)color->r/255.0f, (float)color->g/255.0f, (float)color->b/255.0f }; + Vector3 hsv = ConvertRGBtoHSV(vcolor); + Vector3 prevHsv = hsv; // workaround to see if GuiColorPanelHSV modifies the hsv + + GuiColorPanelHSV(bounds, text, &hsv); + + // Check if the hsv was changed, only then change the color + // This is required, because the Color->HSV->Color conversion has precision errors + // Thus the assignment from HSV to Color should only be made, if the HSV has a new user-entered value + // Otherwise GuiColorPanel would often modify it's color without user input + // TODO: GuiColorPanelHSV could return 1 if the slider was dragged, to simplify this check + if (hsv.x != prevHsv.x || hsv.y != prevHsv.y || hsv.z != prevHsv.z) + { + Vector3 rgb = ConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv); + + // NOTE: Vector3ToColor() only available on raylib 1.8.1 + *color = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgb.x), + (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgb.y), + (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgb.z), + color->a }; + } + return result; +} + +// Color Bar Alpha control +// NOTE: Returns alpha value normalized [0..1] +int GuiColorBarAlpha(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float *alpha) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE) + #define RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE 10 + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + Rectangle selector = { (float)bounds.x + (*alpha)*bounds.width - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT)/2, + (float)bounds.y - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW), + (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT), + (float)bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW)*2 }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (guiControlExclusiveMode) // Allows to keep dragging outside of bounds + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + if (CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(bounds, guiControlExclusiveRec)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + *alpha = (mousePoint.x - bounds.x)/bounds.width; + if (*alpha <= 0.0f) *alpha = 0.0f; + if (*alpha >= 1.0f) *alpha = 1.0f; + } + } + else + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = false; + guiControlExclusiveRec = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + } + } + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) || CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, selector)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + guiControlExclusiveMode = true; + guiControlExclusiveRec = bounds; // Store bounds as an identifier when dragging starts + + *alpha = (mousePoint.x - bounds.x)/bounds.width; + if (*alpha <= 0.0f) *alpha = 0.0f; + if (*alpha >= 1.0f) *alpha = 1.0f; + //selector.x = bounds.x + (int)(((alpha - 0)/(100 - 0))*(bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER_WIDTH))) - selector.width/2; + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Draw alpha bar: checked background + if (state != STATE_DISABLED) + { + int checksX = (int)bounds.width/RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE; + int checksY = (int)bounds.height/RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE; + + for (int x = 0; x < checksX; x++) + { + for (int y = 0; y < checksY; y++) + { + Rectangle check = { bounds.x + x*RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE, bounds.y + y*RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE, RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE, RAYGUI_COLORBARALPHA_CHECKED_SIZE }; + GuiDrawRectangle(check, 0, BLANK, ((x + y)%2)? Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.4f) : Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.4f)); + } + } + + DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 255, 255, 0 }, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 255, 255, 0 }, Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + } + else DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.1f), Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.1f), Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), guiAlpha), Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), guiAlpha)); + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER + state*3)), BLANK); + + // Draw alpha bar: selector + GuiDrawRectangle(selector, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER + state*3))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Color Bar Hue control +// Returns hue value normalized [0..1] +// NOTE: Other similar bars (for reference): +// Color GuiColorBarSat() [WHITE->color] +// Color GuiColorBarValue() [BLACK->color], HSV/HSL +// float GuiColorBarLuminance() [BLACK->WHITE] +int GuiColorBarHue(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float *hue) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + Rectangle selector = { (float)bounds.x - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW), (float)bounds.y + (*hue)/360.0f*bounds.height - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT)/2, (float)bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW)*2, (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT) }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (guiControlExclusiveMode) // Allows to keep dragging outside of bounds + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + if (CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(bounds, guiControlExclusiveRec)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + *hue = (mousePoint.y - bounds.y)*360/bounds.height; + if (*hue <= 0.0f) *hue = 0.0f; + if (*hue >= 359.0f) *hue = 359.0f; + } + } + else + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = false; + guiControlExclusiveRec = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + } + } + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds) || CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, selector)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + guiControlExclusiveMode = true; + guiControlExclusiveRec = bounds; // Store bounds as an identifier when dragging starts + + *hue = (mousePoint.y - bounds.y)*360/bounds.height; + if (*hue <= 0.0f) *hue = 0.0f; + if (*hue >= 359.0f) *hue = 359.0f; + + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + /*if (IsKeyDown(KEY_UP)) + { + hue -= 2.0f; + if (hue <= 0.0f) hue = 0.0f; + } + else if (IsKeyDown(KEY_DOWN)) + { + hue += 2.0f; + if (hue >= 360.0f) hue = 360.0f; + }*/ + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state != STATE_DISABLED) + { + // Draw hue bar:color bars + // TODO: Use directly DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, color1, color2, color2, color1); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y), (int)bounds.width, (int)ceilf(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 0, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 255, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y + bounds.height/6), (int)bounds.width, (int)ceilf(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 255, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 255, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y + 2*(bounds.height/6)), (int)bounds.width, (int)ceilf(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 255, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 255, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y + 3*(bounds.height/6)), (int)bounds.width, (int)ceilf(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 255, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y + 4*(bounds.height/6)), (int)bounds.width, (int)ceilf(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 0, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)(bounds.y + 5*(bounds.height/6)), (int)bounds.width, (int)(bounds.height/6), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 0, 255, 255 }, guiAlpha), Fade(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 0, 0, 255 }, guiAlpha)); + } + else DrawRectangleGradientV((int)bounds.x, (int)bounds.y, (int)bounds.width, (int)bounds.height, Fade(Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.1f), guiAlpha), Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), guiAlpha)); + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER + state*3)), BLANK); + + // Draw hue bar: selector + GuiDrawRectangle(selector, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER + state*3))); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Color Picker control +// NOTE: It's divided in multiple controls: +// Color GuiColorPanel(Rectangle bounds, Color color) +// float GuiColorBarAlpha(Rectangle bounds, float alpha) +// float GuiColorBarHue(Rectangle bounds, float value) +// NOTE: bounds define GuiColorPanel() size +// NOTE: this picker converts RGB to HSV, which can cause the Hue control to jump. If you have this problem, consider using the HSV variant instead +int GuiColorPicker(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Color *color) +{ + int result = 0; + + Color temp = { 200, 0, 0, 255 }; + if (color == NULL) color = &temp; + + GuiColorPanel(bounds, NULL, color); + + Rectangle boundsHue = { (float)bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_PADDING), (float)bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_WIDTH), (float)bounds.height }; + //Rectangle boundsAlpha = { bounds.x, bounds.y + bounds.height + GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BARS_PADDING), bounds.width, GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BARS_THICK) }; + + // NOTE: this conversion can cause low hue-resolution, if the r, g and b value are very similar, which causes the hue bar to shift around when only the GuiColorPanel is used + Vector3 hsv = ConvertRGBtoHSV(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Vector3){ (*color).r/255.0f, (*color).g/255.0f, (*color).b/255.0f }); + + GuiColorBarHue(boundsHue, NULL, &hsv.x); + + //color.a = (unsigned char)(GuiColorBarAlpha(boundsAlpha, (float)color.a/255.0f)*255.0f); + Vector3 rgb = ConvertHSVtoRGB(hsv); + + *color = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Color){ (unsigned char)roundf(rgb.x*255.0f), (unsigned char)roundf(rgb.y*255.0f), (unsigned char)roundf(rgb.z*255.0f), (*color).a }; + + return result; +} + +// Color Picker control that avoids conversion to RGB and back to HSV on each call, thus avoiding jittering +// The user can call ConvertHSVtoRGB() to convert *colorHsv value to RGB +// NOTE: It's divided in multiple controls: +// int GuiColorPanelHSV(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Vector3 *colorHsv) +// int GuiColorBarAlpha(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float *alpha) +// float GuiColorBarHue(Rectangle bounds, float value) +// NOTE: bounds define GuiColorPanelHSV() size +int GuiColorPickerHSV(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Vector3 *colorHsv) +{ + int result = 0; + + Vector3 tempHsv = { 0 }; + + if (colorHsv == NULL) + { + const Vector3 tempColor = { 200.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f }; + tempHsv = ConvertRGBtoHSV(tempColor); + colorHsv = &tempHsv; + } + + GuiColorPanelHSV(bounds, NULL, colorHsv); + + const Rectangle boundsHue = { (float)bounds.x + bounds.width + GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_PADDING), (float)bounds.y, (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_WIDTH), (float)bounds.height }; + + GuiColorBarHue(boundsHue, NULL, &colorHsv->x); + + return result; +} + +// Color Panel control - HSV variant +int GuiColorPanelHSV(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, Vector3 *colorHsv) +{ + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + Vector2 pickerSelector = { 0 }; + + const Color colWhite = { 255, 255, 255, 255 }; + const Color colBlack = { 0, 0, 0, 255 }; + + pickerSelector.x = bounds.x + (float)colorHsv->y*bounds.width; // HSV: Saturation + pickerSelector.y = bounds.y + (1.0f - (float)colorHsv->z)*bounds.height; // HSV: Value + + Vector3 maxHue = { colorHsv->x, 1.0f, 1.0f }; + Vector3 rgbHue = ConvertHSVtoRGB(maxHue); + Color maxHueCol = { (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgbHue.x), + (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgbHue.y), + (unsigned char)(255.0f*rgbHue.z), 255 }; + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (guiControlExclusiveMode) // Allows to keep dragging outside of bounds + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + if (CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(bounds, guiControlExclusiveRec)) + { + pickerSelector = mousePoint; + + if (pickerSelector.x < bounds.x) pickerSelector.x = bounds.x; + if (pickerSelector.x > bounds.x + bounds.width) pickerSelector.x = bounds.x + bounds.width; + if (pickerSelector.y < bounds.y) pickerSelector.y = bounds.y; + if (pickerSelector.y > bounds.y + bounds.height) pickerSelector.y = bounds.y + bounds.height; + + // Calculate color from picker + Vector2 colorPick = { pickerSelector.x - bounds.x, pickerSelector.y - bounds.y }; + + colorPick.x /= (float)bounds.width; // Get normalized value on x + colorPick.y /= (float)bounds.height; // Get normalized value on y + + colorHsv->y = colorPick.x; + colorHsv->z = 1.0f - colorPick.y; + + } + } + else + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = false; + guiControlExclusiveRec = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + } + } + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + guiControlExclusiveMode = true; + guiControlExclusiveRec = bounds; + pickerSelector = mousePoint; + + // Calculate color from picker + Vector2 colorPick = { pickerSelector.x - bounds.x, pickerSelector.y - bounds.y }; + + colorPick.x /= (float)bounds.width; // Get normalized value on x + colorPick.y /= (float)bounds.height; // Get normalized value on y + + colorHsv->y = colorPick.x; + colorHsv->z = 1.0f - colorPick.y; + } + else state = STATE_FOCUSED; + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state != STATE_DISABLED) + { + DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, Fade(colWhite, guiAlpha), Fade(colWhite, guiAlpha), Fade(maxHueCol, guiAlpha), Fade(maxHueCol, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, Fade(colBlack, 0), Fade(colBlack, guiAlpha), Fade(colBlack, guiAlpha), Fade(colBlack, 0)); + + // Draw color picker: selector + Rectangle selector = { pickerSelector.x - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE)/2, pickerSelector.y - GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE)/2, (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE), (float)GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE) }; + GuiDrawRectangle(selector, 0, BLANK, colWhite); + } + else + { + DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, Fade(Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.1f), guiAlpha), Fade(Fade(colBlack, 0.6f), guiAlpha), Fade(Fade(colBlack, 0.6f), guiAlpha), Fade(Fade(GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED)), 0.6f), guiAlpha)); + } + + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(COLORPICKER, BORDER + state*3)), BLANK); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Message Box control +int GuiMessageBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title, const char *message, const char *buttons) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT) + #define RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT 24 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING) + #define RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING 12 + #endif + + int result = -1; // Returns clicked button from buttons list, 0 refers to closed window button + + int buttonCount = 0; + const char **buttonsText = GuiTextSplit(buttons, ';', &buttonCount, NULL); + Rectangle buttonBounds = { 0 }; + buttonBounds.x = bounds.x + RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + buttonBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height - RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT - RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + buttonBounds.width = (bounds.width - RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING*(buttonCount + 1))/buttonCount; + buttonBounds.height = RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT; + + //int textWidth = GuiGetTextWidth(message) + 2; + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + textBounds.x = bounds.x + RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + textBounds.y = bounds.y + RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT + RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + textBounds.width = bounds.width - RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING*2; + textBounds.height = bounds.height - RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - 3*RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING - RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT; + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (GuiWindowBox(bounds, title)) result = 0; + + int prevTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + GuiLabel(textBounds, message); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, prevTextAlignment); + + prevTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + + for (int i = 0; i < buttonCount; i++) + { + if (GuiButton(buttonBounds, buttonsText[i])) result = i + 1; + buttonBounds.x += (buttonBounds.width + RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING); + } + + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, prevTextAlignment); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; +} + +// Text Input Box control, ask for text +int GuiTextInputBox(Rectangle bounds, const char *title, const char *message, const char *buttons, char *text, int textMaxSize, bool *secretViewActive) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT 24 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING 12 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT 26 + #endif + + // Used to enable text edit mode + // WARNING: No more than one GuiTextInputBox() should be open at the same time + static bool textEditMode = false; + + int result = -1; + + int buttonCount = 0; + const char **buttonsText = GuiTextSplit(buttons, ';', &buttonCount, NULL); + Rectangle buttonBounds = { 0 }; + buttonBounds.x = bounds.x + RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + buttonBounds.y = bounds.y + bounds.height - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + buttonBounds.width = (bounds.width - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING*(buttonCount + 1))/buttonCount; + buttonBounds.height = RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT; + + int messageInputHeight = (int)bounds.height - RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - GuiGetStyle(STATUSBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_HEIGHT - 2*RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + + Rectangle textBounds = { 0 }; + if (message != NULL) + { + int textSize = GuiGetTextWidth(message) + 2; + + textBounds.x = bounds.x + bounds.width/2 - textSize/2; + textBounds.y = bounds.y + RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT + messageInputHeight/4 - (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2; + textBounds.width = (float)textSize; + textBounds.height = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + } + + Rectangle textBoxBounds = { 0 }; + textBoxBounds.x = bounds.x + RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + textBoxBounds.y = bounds.y + RAYGUI_WINDOWBOX_STATUSBAR_HEIGHT - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT/2; + if (message == NULL) textBoxBounds.y = bounds.y + 24 + RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING; + else textBoxBounds.y += (messageInputHeight/2 + messageInputHeight/4); + textBoxBounds.width = bounds.width - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_BUTTON_PADDING*2; + textBoxBounds.height = RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT; + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (GuiWindowBox(bounds, title)) result = 0; + + // Draw message if available + if (message != NULL) + { + int prevTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + GuiLabel(textBounds, message); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, prevTextAlignment); + } + + if (secretViewActive != NULL) + { + static char stars[] = "****************"; + if (GuiTextBox(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ textBoxBounds.x, textBoxBounds.y, textBoxBounds.width - 4 - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT, textBoxBounds.height }, + ((*secretViewActive == 1) || textEditMode)? text : stars, textMaxSize, textEditMode)) textEditMode = !textEditMode; + + GuiToggle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ textBoxBounds.x + textBoxBounds.width - RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT, textBoxBounds.y, RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT, RAYGUI_TEXTINPUTBOX_HEIGHT }, (*secretViewActive == 1)? "#44#" : "#45#", secretViewActive); + } + else + { + if (GuiTextBox(textBoxBounds, text, textMaxSize, textEditMode)) textEditMode = !textEditMode; + } + + int prevBtnTextAlignment = GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + + for (int i = 0; i < buttonCount; i++) + { + if (GuiButton(buttonBounds, buttonsText[i])) result = i + 1; + buttonBounds.x += (buttonBounds.width + RAYGUI_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_PADDING); + } + + if (result >= 0) textEditMode = false; + + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, prevBtnTextAlignment); + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return result; // Result is the pressed button index +} + +// Grid control +// NOTE: Returns grid mouse-hover selected cell +// About drawing lines at subpixel spacing, simple put, not easy solution: +// Ref: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/4435450/2d-opengl-drawing-lines-that-dont-exactly-fit-pixel-raster +int GuiGrid(Rectangle bounds, const char *text, float spacing, int subdivs, Vector2 *mouseCell) +{ + // Grid lines alpha amount + #if !defined(RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA) + #define RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA 0.15f + #endif + + int result = 0; + GuiState state = guiState; + + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + Vector2 currentMouseCell = { -1, -1 }; + + float spaceWidth = spacing/(float)subdivs; + int linesV = (int)(bounds.width/spaceWidth) + 1; + int linesH = (int)(bounds.height/spaceWidth) + 1; + + int color = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, LINE_COLOR); + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + // NOTE: Cell values must be the upper left of the cell the mouse is in + currentMouseCell.x = floorf((mousePoint.x - bounds.x)/spacing); + currentMouseCell.y = floorf((mousePoint.y - bounds.y)/spacing); + } + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if (state == STATE_DISABLED) color = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED); + + if (subdivs > 0) + { + // Draw vertical grid lines + for (int i = 0; i < linesV; i++) + { + Rectangle lineV = { bounds.x + spacing*i/subdivs, bounds.y, 1, bounds.height + 1 }; + GuiDrawRectangle(lineV, 0, BLANK, ((i%subdivs) == 0)? GuiFade(GetColor(color), RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA*4) : GuiFade(GetColor(color), RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA)); + } + + // Draw horizontal grid lines + for (int i = 0; i < linesH; i++) + { + Rectangle lineH = { bounds.x, bounds.y + spacing*i/subdivs, bounds.width + 1, 1 }; + GuiDrawRectangle(lineH, 0, BLANK, ((i%subdivs) == 0)? GuiFade(GetColor(color), RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA*4) : GuiFade(GetColor(color), RAYGUI_GRID_ALPHA)); + } + } + + if (mouseCell != NULL) *mouseCell = currentMouseCell; + return result; +} + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Tooltip management functions +// NOTE: Tooltips requires some global variables: tooltipPtr +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enable gui tooltips (global state) +void GuiEnableTooltip(void) { guiTooltip = true; } + +// Disable gui tooltips (global state) +void GuiDisableTooltip(void) { guiTooltip = false; } + +// Set tooltip string +void GuiSetTooltip(const char *tooltip) { guiTooltipPtr = tooltip; } + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Styles loading functions +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Load raygui style file (.rgs) +// NOTE: By default a binary file is expected, that file could contain a custom font, +// in that case, custom font image atlas is GRAY+ALPHA and pixel data can be compressed (DEFLATE) +void GuiLoadStyle(const char *fileName) +{ + #define MAX_LINE_BUFFER_SIZE 256 + + bool tryBinary = false; + if (!guiStyleLoaded) GuiLoadStyleDefault(); + + // Try reading the files as text file first + FILE *rgsFile = fopen(fileName, "rt"); + + if (rgsFile != NULL) + { + char buffer[MAX_LINE_BUFFER_SIZE] = { 0 }; + fgets(buffer, MAX_LINE_BUFFER_SIZE, rgsFile); + + if (buffer[0] == '#') + { + int controlId = 0; + int propertyId = 0; + unsigned int propertyValue = 0; + + while (!feof(rgsFile)) + { + switch (buffer[0]) + { + case 'p': + { + // Style property: p + + sscanf(buffer, "p %d %d 0x%x", &controlId, &propertyId, &propertyValue); + GuiSetStyle(controlId, propertyId, (int)propertyValue); + + } break; + case 'f': + { + // Style font: f + + int fontSize = 0; + char charmapFileName[256] = { 0 }; + char fontFileName[256] = { 0 }; + sscanf(buffer, "f %d %s %[^\r\n]s", &fontSize, charmapFileName, fontFileName); + + Font font = { 0 }; + int *codepoints = NULL; + int codepointCount = 0; + + if (charmapFileName[0] != '0') + { + // Load text data from file + // NOTE: Expected an UTF-8 array of codepoints, no separation + char *textData = LoadFileText(TextFormat("%s/%s", GetDirectoryPath(fileName), charmapFileName)); + codepoints = LoadCodepoints(textData, &codepointCount); + UnloadFileText(textData); + } + + if (fontFileName[0] != '\0') + { + // In case a font is already loaded and it is not default internal font, unload it + if (font.texture.id != GetFontDefault().texture.id) UnloadTexture(font.texture); + + if (codepointCount > 0) font = LoadFontEx(TextFormat("%s/%s", GetDirectoryPath(fileName), fontFileName), fontSize, codepoints, codepointCount); + else font = LoadFontEx(TextFormat("%s/%s", GetDirectoryPath(fileName), fontFileName), fontSize, NULL, 0); // Default to 95 standard codepoints + } + + // If font texture not properly loaded, revert to default font and size/spacing + if (font.texture.id == 0) + { + font = GetFontDefault(); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE, 10); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING, 1); + } + + UnloadCodepoints(codepoints); + + if ((font.texture.id > 0) && (font.glyphCount > 0)) GuiSetFont(font); + + } break; + default: break; + } + + fgets(buffer, MAX_LINE_BUFFER_SIZE, rgsFile); + } + } + else tryBinary = true; + + fclose(rgsFile); + } + + if (tryBinary) + { + rgsFile = fopen(fileName, "rb"); + + if (rgsFile != NULL) + { + fseek(rgsFile, 0, SEEK_END); + int fileDataSize = ftell(rgsFile); + fseek(rgsFile, 0, SEEK_SET); + + if (fileDataSize > 0) + { + unsigned char *fileData = (unsigned char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(fileDataSize, sizeof(unsigned char)); + fread(fileData, sizeof(unsigned char), fileDataSize, rgsFile); + + GuiLoadStyleFromMemory(fileData, fileDataSize); + + RAYGUI_FREE(fileData); + } + + fclose(rgsFile); + } + } +} + +// Load style default over global style +void GuiLoadStyleDefault(void) +{ + // We set this variable first to avoid cyclic function calls + // when calling GuiSetStyle() and GuiGetStyle() + guiStyleLoaded = true; + + // Initialize default LIGHT style property values + // WARNING: Default value are applied to all controls on set but + // they can be overwritten later on for every custom control + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_NORMAL, 0x838383ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BASE_COLOR_NORMAL, 0xc9c9c9ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_COLOR_NORMAL, 0x686868ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_FOCUSED, 0x5bb2d9ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BASE_COLOR_FOCUSED, 0xc9effeff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_COLOR_FOCUSED, 0x6c9bbcff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_PRESSED, 0x0492c7ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BASE_COLOR_PRESSED, 0x97e8ffff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_COLOR_PRESSED, 0x368bafff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED, 0xb5c1c2ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BASE_COLOR_DISABLED, 0xe6e9e9ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_COLOR_DISABLED, 0xaeb7b8ff); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_WIDTH, 1); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + + // Initialize default extended property values + // NOTE: By default, extended property values are initialized to 0 + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE, 10); // DEFAULT, shared by all controls + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING, 1); // DEFAULT, shared by all controls + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, LINE_COLOR, 0x90abb5ff); // DEFAULT specific property + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, BACKGROUND_COLOR, 0xf5f5f5ff); // DEFAULT specific property + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_LINE_SPACING, 15); // DEFAULT, 15 pixels between lines + GuiSetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL, TEXT_ALIGN_MIDDLE); // DEFAULT, text aligned vertically to middle of text-bounds + + // Initialize control-specific property values + // NOTE: Those properties are in default list but require specific values by control type + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT); + GuiSetStyle(BUTTON, BORDER_WIDTH, 2); + GuiSetStyle(SLIDER, TEXT_PADDING, 4); + GuiSetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, TEXT_PADDING, 4); + GuiSetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_PADDING, 4); + GuiSetStyle(CHECKBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT); + GuiSetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + GuiSetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_PADDING, 4); + GuiSetStyle(TEXTBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT); + GuiSetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(VALUEBOX, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT); + GuiSetStyle(STATUSBAR, TEXT_PADDING, 8); + GuiSetStyle(STATUSBAR, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT); + + // Initialize extended property values + // NOTE: By default, extended property values are initialized to 0 + GuiSetStyle(TOGGLE, GROUP_PADDING, 2); + GuiSetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_WIDTH, 16); + GuiSetStyle(SLIDER, SLIDER_PADDING, 1); + GuiSetStyle(PROGRESSBAR, PROGRESS_PADDING, 1); + GuiSetStyle(CHECKBOX, CHECK_PADDING, 1); + GuiSetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_WIDTH, 32); + GuiSetStyle(COMBOBOX, COMBO_BUTTON_SPACING, 2); + GuiSetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, ARROW_PADDING, 16); + GuiSetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, DROPDOWN_ITEMS_SPACING, 2); + GuiSetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_WIDTH, 24); + GuiSetStyle(VALUEBOX, SPINNER_BUTTON_SPACING, 2); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH, 0); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, ARROWS_VISIBLE, 0); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, ARROWS_SIZE, 6); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE, 16); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED, 12); + GuiSetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_HEIGHT, 28); + GuiSetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_SPACING, 2); + GuiSetStyle(LISTVIEW, LIST_ITEMS_BORDER_WIDTH, 1); + GuiSetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_WIDTH, 12); + GuiSetStyle(LISTVIEW, SCROLLBAR_SIDE, SCROLLBAR_RIGHT_SIDE); + GuiSetStyle(COLORPICKER, COLOR_SELECTOR_SIZE, 8); + GuiSetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_WIDTH, 16); + GuiSetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_PADDING, 8); + GuiSetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_HEIGHT, 8); + GuiSetStyle(COLORPICKER, HUEBAR_SELECTOR_OVERFLOW, 2); + + if (guiFont.texture.id != GetFontDefault().texture.id) + { + // Unload previous font texture + UnloadTexture(guiFont.texture); + RAYGUI_FREE(guiFont.recs); + RAYGUI_FREE(guiFont.glyphs); + guiFont.recs = NULL; + guiFont.glyphs = NULL; + + // Setup default raylib font + guiFont = GetFontDefault(); + + // NOTE: Default raylib font character 95 is a white square + Rectangle whiteChar = guiFont.recs[95]; + + // NOTE: We set up a 1px padding on char rectangle to avoid pixel bleeding on MSAA filtering + SetShapesTexture(guiFont.texture, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ whiteChar.x + 1, whiteChar.y + 1, whiteChar.width - 2, whiteChar.height - 2 }); + } +} + +// Get text with icon id prepended +// NOTE: Useful to add icons by name id (enum) instead of +// a number that can change between ricon versions +const char *GuiIconText(int iconId, const char *text) +{ +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + return NULL; +#else + static char buffer[1024] = { 0 }; + static char iconBuffer[16] = { 0 }; + + if (text != NULL) + { + memset(buffer, 0, 1024); + snprintf(buffer, 1024, "#%03i#", iconId); + + for (int i = 5; i < 1024; i++) + { + buffer[i] = text[i - 5]; + if (text[i - 5] == '\0') break; + } + + return buffer; + } + else + { + snprintf(iconBuffer, 16, "#%03i#", iconId); + + return iconBuffer; + } +#endif +} + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) +// Get full icons data pointer +unsigned int *GuiGetIcons(void) { return guiIconsPtr; } + +// Load raygui icons file (.rgi) +// NOTE: In case nameIds are required, they can be requested with loadIconsName, +// they are returned as a guiIconsName[iconCount][RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH], +// WARNING: guiIconsName[]][] memory should be manually freed! +char **GuiLoadIcons(const char *fileName, bool loadIconsName) +{ + // Style File Structure (.rgi) + // ------------------------------------------------------ + // Offset | Size | Type | Description + // ------------------------------------------------------ + // 0 | 4 | char | Signature: "rGI " + // 4 | 2 | short | Version: 100 + // 6 | 2 | short | reserved + + // 8 | 2 | short | Num icons (N) + // 10 | 2 | short | Icons size (Options: 16, 32, 64) (S) + + // Icons name id (32 bytes per name id) + // foreach (icon) + // { + // 12+32*i | 32 | char | Icon NameId + // } + + // Icons data: One bit per pixel, stored as unsigned int array (depends on icon size) + // S*S pixels/32bit per unsigned int = K unsigned int per icon + // foreach (icon) + // { + // ... | K | unsigned int | Icon Data + // } + + FILE *rgiFile = fopen(fileName, "rb"); + + char **guiIconsName = NULL; + + if (rgiFile != NULL) + { + char signature[5] = { 0 }; + short version = 0; + short reserved = 0; + short iconCount = 0; + short iconSize = 0; + + fread(signature, 1, 4, rgiFile); + fread(&version, sizeof(short), 1, rgiFile); + fread(&reserved, sizeof(short), 1, rgiFile); + fread(&iconCount, sizeof(short), 1, rgiFile); + fread(&iconSize, sizeof(short), 1, rgiFile); + + if ((signature[0] == 'r') && + (signature[1] == 'G') && + (signature[2] == 'I') && + (signature[3] == ' ')) + { + if (loadIconsName) + { + guiIconsName = (char **)RAYGUI_CALLOC(iconCount, sizeof(char *)); + for (int i = 0; i < iconCount; i++) + { + guiIconsName[i] = (char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH, sizeof(char)); + fread(guiIconsName[i], 1, RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH, rgiFile); + } + } + else fseek(rgiFile, iconCount*RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH, SEEK_CUR); + + // Read icons data directly over internal icons array + fread(guiIconsPtr, sizeof(unsigned int), (int)iconCount*((int)iconSize*(int)iconSize/32), rgiFile); + } + + fclose(rgiFile); + } + + return guiIconsName; +} + +// Load icons from memory +// WARNING: Binary files only +char **GuiLoadIconsFromMemory(const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize, bool loadIconsName) +{ + unsigned char *fileDataPtr = (unsigned char *)fileData; + char **guiIconsName = NULL; + + char signature[5] = { 0 }; + short version = 0; + short reserved = 0; + short iconCount = 0; + short iconSize = 0; + + memcpy(signature, fileDataPtr, 4); + memcpy(&version, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&reserved, fileDataPtr + 4 + 2, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&iconCount, fileDataPtr + 4 + 2 + 2, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&iconSize, fileDataPtr + 4 + 2 + 2 + 2, sizeof(short)); + fileDataPtr += 12; + + if ((signature[0] == 'r') && + (signature[1] == 'G') && + (signature[2] == 'I') && + (signature[3] == ' ')) + { + if (loadIconsName) + { + guiIconsName = (char **)RAYGUI_CALLOC(iconCount, sizeof(char *)); + for (int i = 0; i < iconCount; i++) + { + guiIconsName[i] = (char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH, sizeof(char)); + memcpy(guiIconsName[i], fileDataPtr, RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH); + fileDataPtr += RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH; + } + } + else + { + // Skip icon name data if not required + fileDataPtr += iconCount*RAYGUI_ICON_MAX_NAME_LENGTH; + } + + int iconDataSize = iconCount*((int)iconSize*(int)iconSize/32)*(int)sizeof(unsigned int); + guiIconsPtr = (unsigned int *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(iconDataSize, 1); + + memcpy(guiIconsPtr, fileDataPtr, iconDataSize); + } + + return guiIconsName; +} + +// Draw selected icon using rectangles pixel-by-pixel +void GuiDrawIcon(int iconId, int posX, int posY, int pixelSize, Color color) +{ + #define BIT_CHECK(a,b) ((a) & (1u<<(b))) + + for (int i = 0, y = 0; i < RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE/32; i++) + { + for (int k = 0; k < 32; k++) + { + if (BIT_CHECK(guiIconsPtr[iconId*RAYGUI_ICON_DATA_ELEMENTS + i], k)) + { + #if !defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) + GuiDrawRectangle(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ (float)posX + (k%RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE)*pixelSize, (float)posY + y*pixelSize, (float)pixelSize, (float)pixelSize }, 0, BLANK, color); + #endif + } + + if ((k == 15) || (k == 31)) y++; + } + } +} + +// Set icon drawing size +void GuiSetIconScale(int scale) +{ + if (scale >= 1) guiIconScale = scale; +} + +// Get text width considering gui style and icon size (if required) +int GuiGetTextWidth(const char *text) +{ + #if !defined(ICON_TEXT_PADDING) + #define ICON_TEXT_PADDING 4 + #endif + + Vector2 textSize = { 0 }; + int textIconOffset = 0; + + if ((text != NULL) && (text[0] != '\0')) + { + if (text[0] == '#') + { + for (int i = 1; (i < 5) && (text[i] != '\0'); i++) + { + if (text[i] == '#') + { + textIconOffset = i; + break; + } + } + } + + text += textIconOffset; + + // Make sure guiFont is set, GuiGetStyle() initializes it lazynessly + float fontSize = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE); + + // Custom MeasureText() implementation + if ((guiFont.texture.id > 0) && (text != NULL)) + { + // Get size in bytes of text, considering end of line and line break + int size = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < MAX_LINE_BUFFER_SIZE; i++) + { + if ((text[i] != '\0') && (text[i] != '\n')) size++; + else break; + } + + float scaleFactor = fontSize/(float)guiFont.baseSize; + textSize.y = (float)guiFont.baseSize*scaleFactor; + float glyphWidth = 0.0f; + + for (int i = 0, codepointSize = 0; i < size; i += codepointSize) + { + int codepoint = GetCodepointNext(&text[i], &codepointSize); + int codepointIndex = GetGlyphIndex(guiFont, codepoint); + + if (guiFont.glyphs[codepointIndex].advanceX == 0) glyphWidth = ((float)guiFont.recs[codepointIndex].width*scaleFactor); + else glyphWidth = ((float)guiFont.glyphs[codepointIndex].advanceX*scaleFactor); + + textSize.x += (glyphWidth + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + } + } + + if (textIconOffset > 0) textSize.x += (RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE + ICON_TEXT_PADDING); + } + + return (int)textSize.x; +} + +#endif // !RAYGUI_NO_ICONS + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Module Internal Functions Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Load style from memory +// WARNING: Binary files only +static void GuiLoadStyleFromMemory(const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize) +{ + unsigned char *fileDataPtr = (unsigned char *)fileData; + + char signature[5] = { 0 }; + short version = 0; + short reserved = 0; + int propertyCount = 0; + + memcpy(signature, fileDataPtr, 4); + memcpy(&version, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&reserved, fileDataPtr + 4 + 2, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&propertyCount, fileDataPtr + 4 + 2 + 2, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 12; + + if ((signature[0] == 'r') && + (signature[1] == 'G') && + (signature[2] == 'S') && + (signature[3] == ' ')) + { + short controlId = 0; + short propertyId = 0; + unsigned int propertyValue = 0; + + for (int i = 0; i < propertyCount; i++) + { + memcpy(&controlId, fileDataPtr, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&propertyId, fileDataPtr + 2, sizeof(short)); + memcpy(&propertyValue, fileDataPtr + 2 + 2, sizeof(unsigned int)); + fileDataPtr += 8; + + if (controlId == 0) // DEFAULT control + { + // If a DEFAULT property is loaded, it is propagated to all controls + // NOTE: All DEFAULT properties should be defined first in the file + GuiSetStyle(0, (int)propertyId, propertyValue); + + if (propertyId < RAYGUI_MAX_PROPS_BASE) for (int j = 1; j < RAYGUI_MAX_CONTROLS; j++) GuiSetStyle(j, (int)propertyId, propertyValue); + } + else GuiSetStyle((int)controlId, (int)propertyId, propertyValue); + } + + // Font loading is highly dependant on raylib API to load font data and image + +#if !defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) + // Load custom font if available + int fontDataSize = 0; + memcpy(&fontDataSize, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 4; + + if (fontDataSize > 0) + { + Font font = { 0 }; + int fontType = 0; // 0-Normal, 1-SDF + + memcpy(&font.baseSize, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphCount, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&fontType, fileDataPtr + 4 + 4, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 12; + + // Load font white rectangle + Rectangle fontWhiteRec = { 0 }; + memcpy(&fontWhiteRec, fileDataPtr, sizeof(Rectangle)); + fileDataPtr += 16; + + // Load font image parameters + int fontImageUncompSize = 0; + int fontImageCompSize = 0; + memcpy(&fontImageUncompSize, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&fontImageCompSize, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 8; + + Image imFont = { 0 }; + imFont.mipmaps = 1; + memcpy(&imFont.width, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&imFont.height, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&imFont.format, fileDataPtr + 4 + 4, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 12; + + if ((fontImageCompSize > 0) && (fontImageCompSize != fontImageUncompSize)) + { + // Compressed font atlas image data (DEFLATE), it requires DecompressData() + int dataUncompSize = 0; + unsigned char *compData = (unsigned char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(fontImageCompSize, sizeof(unsigned char)); + memcpy(compData, fileDataPtr, fontImageCompSize); + fileDataPtr += fontImageCompSize; + + imFont.data = DecompressData(compData, fontImageCompSize, &dataUncompSize); + + // Security check, dataUncompSize must match the provided fontImageUncompSize + if (dataUncompSize != fontImageUncompSize) RAYGUI_LOG("WARNING: Uncompressed font atlas image data could be corrupted"); + + RAYGUI_FREE(compData); + } + else + { + // Font atlas image data is not compressed + imFont.data = (unsigned char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(fontImageUncompSize, sizeof(unsigned char)); + memcpy(imFont.data, fileDataPtr, fontImageUncompSize); + fileDataPtr += fontImageUncompSize; + } + + if (font.texture.id != GetFontDefault().texture.id) UnloadTexture(font.texture); + font.texture = LoadTextureFromImage(imFont); + + RAYGUI_FREE(imFont.data); + + // Validate font atlas texture was loaded correctly + if (font.texture.id != 0) + { + // Load font recs data + int recsDataSize = font.glyphCount*sizeof(Rectangle); + int recsDataCompressedSize = 0; + + // WARNING: Version 400 adds the compression size parameter + if (version >= 400) + { + // RGS files version 400 support compressed recs data + memcpy(&recsDataCompressedSize, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += sizeof(int); + } + + if ((recsDataCompressedSize > 0) && (recsDataCompressedSize != recsDataSize)) + { + // Recs data is compressed, uncompress it + unsigned char *recsDataCompressed = (unsigned char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(recsDataCompressedSize, sizeof(unsigned char)); + + memcpy(recsDataCompressed, fileDataPtr, recsDataCompressedSize); + fileDataPtr += recsDataCompressedSize; + + int recsDataUncompSize = 0; + font.recs = (Rectangle *)DecompressData(recsDataCompressed, recsDataCompressedSize, &recsDataUncompSize); + + // Security check, data uncompressed size must match the expected original data size + if (recsDataUncompSize != recsDataSize) RAYGUI_LOG("WARNING: Uncompressed font recs data could be corrupted"); + + RAYGUI_FREE(recsDataCompressed); + } + else + { + // Recs data is uncompressed + font.recs = (Rectangle *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(font.glyphCount, sizeof(Rectangle)); + for (int i = 0; i < font.glyphCount; i++) + { + memcpy(&font.recs[i], fileDataPtr, sizeof(Rectangle)); + fileDataPtr += sizeof(Rectangle); + } + } + + // Load font glyphs info data + int glyphsDataSize = font.glyphCount*16; // 16 bytes data per glyph + int glyphsDataCompressedSize = 0; + + // WARNING: Version 400 adds the compression size parameter + if (version >= 400) + { + // RGS files version 400 support compressed glyphs data + memcpy(&glyphsDataCompressedSize, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += sizeof(int); + } + + // Allocate required glyphs space to fill with data + font.glyphs = (GlyphInfo *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(font.glyphCount, sizeof(GlyphInfo)); + + if ((glyphsDataCompressedSize > 0) && (glyphsDataCompressedSize != glyphsDataSize)) + { + // Glyphs data is compressed, uncompress it + unsigned char *glypsDataCompressed = (unsigned char *)RAYGUI_CALLOC(glyphsDataCompressedSize, sizeof(unsigned char)); + + memcpy(glypsDataCompressed, fileDataPtr, glyphsDataCompressedSize); + fileDataPtr += glyphsDataCompressedSize; + + int glyphsDataUncompSize = 0; + unsigned char *glyphsDataUncomp = DecompressData(glypsDataCompressed, glyphsDataCompressedSize, &glyphsDataUncompSize); + + // Security check, data uncompressed size must match the expected original data size + if (glyphsDataUncompSize != glyphsDataSize) RAYGUI_LOG("WARNING: Uncompressed font glyphs data could be corrupted"); + + unsigned char *glyphsDataUncompPtr = glyphsDataUncomp; + + for (int i = 0; i < font.glyphCount; i++) + { + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].value, glyphsDataUncompPtr, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].offsetX, glyphsDataUncompPtr + 4, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].offsetY, glyphsDataUncompPtr + 8, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].advanceX, glyphsDataUncompPtr + 12, sizeof(int)); + glyphsDataUncompPtr += 16; + } + + RAYGUI_FREE(glypsDataCompressed); + RAYGUI_FREE(glyphsDataUncomp); + } + else + { + // Glyphs data is uncompressed + for (int i = 0; i < font.glyphCount; i++) + { + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].value, fileDataPtr, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].offsetX, fileDataPtr + 4, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].offsetY, fileDataPtr + 8, sizeof(int)); + memcpy(&font.glyphs[i].advanceX, fileDataPtr + 12, sizeof(int)); + fileDataPtr += 16; + } + } + } + else font = GetFontDefault(); // Fallback in case of errors loading font atlas texture + + GuiSetFont(font); + + // Set font texture source rectangle to be used as white texture to draw shapes + // NOTE: It makes possible to draw shapes and text (full UI) in a single draw call + if ((fontWhiteRec.x > 0) && + (fontWhiteRec.y > 0) && + (fontWhiteRec.width > 0) && + (fontWhiteRec.height > 0)) SetShapesTexture(font.texture, fontWhiteRec); + } +#endif + } +} + +// Get text bounds considering control bounds +static Rectangle GetTextBounds(int control, Rectangle bounds) +{ + Rectangle textBounds = bounds; + + textBounds.x = bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(control, BORDER_WIDTH); + textBounds.y = bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(control, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.width = bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(control, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_PADDING); + textBounds.height = bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(control, BORDER_WIDTH) - 2*GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_PADDING); // NOTE: Text is processed line per line! + + // Depending on control, TEXT_PADDING and TEXT_ALIGNMENT properties could affect the text-bounds + switch (control) + { + case COMBOBOX: + case DROPDOWNBOX: + case LISTVIEW: + // TODO: Special cases (no label): COMBOBOX, DROPDOWNBOX, LISTVIEW + case SLIDER: + case CHECKBOX: + case VALUEBOX: + case CONTROL11: + // TODO: More special cases (label on side): SLIDER, CHECKBOX, VALUEBOX, SPINNER + default: + { + // TODO: WARNING: TEXT_ALIGNMENT is already considered in GuiDrawText() + if (GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_ALIGNMENT) == TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT) textBounds.x -= GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_PADDING); + else textBounds.x += GuiGetStyle(control, TEXT_PADDING); + } + break; + } + + return textBounds; +} + +// Get text icon if provided and move text cursor +// NOTE: We support up to 999 values for iconId +static const char *GetTextIcon(const char *text, int *iconId) +{ +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + *iconId = -1; + if (text[0] == '#') // Maybe we have an icon! + { + char iconValue[4] = { 0 }; // Maximum length for icon value: 3 digits + '\0' + + int pos = 1; + while ((pos < 4) && (text[pos] >= '0') && (text[pos] <= '9')) + { + iconValue[pos - 1] = text[pos]; + pos++; + } + + if (text[pos] == '#') + { + *iconId = TextToInteger(iconValue); + + // Move text pointer after icon + // WARNING: If only icon provided, it could point to EOL character: '\0' + if (*iconId >= 0) text += (pos + 1); + } + } +#endif + + return text; +} + +// Get text divided into lines (by line-breaks '\n') +// WARNING: It returns pointers to new lines but it does not add NULL ('\0') terminator! +static const char **GetTextLines(const char *text, int *count) +{ + #define RAYGUI_MAX_TEXT_LINES 128 + + static const char *lines[RAYGUI_MAX_TEXT_LINES] = { 0 }; + for (int i = 0; i < RAYGUI_MAX_TEXT_LINES; i++) lines[i] = NULL; // Init NULL pointers to substrings + + int textSize = (int)strlen(text); + + lines[0] = text; + *count = 1; + + for (int i = 0, k = 0; (i < textSize) && (*count < RAYGUI_MAX_TEXT_LINES); i++) + { + if (text[i] == '\n') + { + k++; + lines[k] = &text[i + 1]; // WARNING: next value is valid? + *count += 1; + } + } + + return lines; +} + +// Get text width to next space for provided string +static float GetNextSpaceWidth(const char *text, int *nextSpaceIndex) +{ + float width = 0; + int codepointByteCount = 0; + int codepoint = 0; + int index = 0; + float glyphWidth = 0; + float scaleFactor = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/guiFont.baseSize; + + for (int i = 0; text[i] != '\0'; i++) + { + if (text[i] != ' ') + { + codepoint = GetCodepoint(&text[i], &codepointByteCount); + index = GetGlyphIndex(guiFont, codepoint); + glyphWidth = (guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX == 0)? guiFont.recs[index].width*scaleFactor : guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX*scaleFactor; + width += (glyphWidth + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + } + else + { + *nextSpaceIndex = i; + break; + } + } + + return width; +} + +// Gui draw text using default font +static void GuiDrawText(const char *text, Rectangle textBounds, int alignment, Color tint) +{ + #define TEXT_VALIGN_PIXEL_OFFSET(h) ((int)h%2) // Vertical alignment for pixel perfect + + #if !defined(ICON_TEXT_PADDING) + #define ICON_TEXT_PADDING 4 + #endif + + if ((text == NULL) || (text[0] == '\0')) return; // Security check + + // PROCEDURE: + // - Text is processed line per line + // - For every line, horizontal alignment is defined + // - For all text, vertical alignment is defined (multiline text only) + // - For every line, wordwrap mode is checked (useful for GuitextBox(), read-only) + + // Get text lines (using '\n' as delimiter) to be processed individually + // WARNING: We can't use GuiTextSplit() function because it can be already used + // before the GuiDrawText() call and its buffer is static, it would be overriden :( + int lineCount = 0; + const char **lines = GetTextLines(text, &lineCount); + + // Text style variables + //int alignment = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + int alignmentVertical = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_ALIGNMENT_VERTICAL); + int wrapMode = GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_WRAP_MODE); // Wrap-mode only available in read-only mode, no for text editing + + // TODO: WARNING: This totalHeight is not valid for vertical alignment in case of word-wrap + float totalHeight = (float)(lineCount*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE) + (lineCount - 1)*GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/2); + float posOffsetY = 0.0f; + + for (int i = 0; i < lineCount; i++) + { + int iconId = 0; + lines[i] = GetTextIcon(lines[i], &iconId); // Check text for icon and move cursor + + // Get text position depending on alignment and iconId + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + Vector2 textBoundsPosition = { textBounds.x, textBounds.y }; + float textBoundsWidthOffset = 0.0f; + + // NOTE: We get text size after icon has been processed + // WARNING: GuiGetTextWidth() also processes text icon to get width! -> Really needed? + int textSizeX = GuiGetTextWidth(lines[i]); + + // If text requires an icon, add size to measure + if (iconId >= 0) + { + textSizeX += RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*guiIconScale; + + // WARNING: If only icon provided, text could be pointing to EOF character: '\0' +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + if ((lines[i] != NULL) && (lines[i][0] != '\0')) textSizeX += ICON_TEXT_PADDING; +#endif + } + + // Check guiTextAlign global variables + switch (alignment) + { + case TEXT_ALIGN_LEFT: textBoundsPosition.x = textBounds.x; break; + case TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER: textBoundsPosition.x = textBounds.x + textBounds.width/2 - textSizeX/2; break; + case TEXT_ALIGN_RIGHT: textBoundsPosition.x = textBounds.x + textBounds.width - textSizeX; break; + default: break; + } + + if (textSizeX > textBounds.width && (lines[i] != NULL) && (lines[i][0] != '\0')) textBoundsPosition.x = textBounds.x; + + switch (alignmentVertical) + { + // Only valid in case of wordWrap = 0; + case TEXT_ALIGN_TOP: textBoundsPosition.y = textBounds.y + posOffsetY; break; + case TEXT_ALIGN_MIDDLE: textBoundsPosition.y = textBounds.y + posOffsetY + textBounds.height/2 - totalHeight/2 + TEXT_VALIGN_PIXEL_OFFSET(textBounds.height); break; + case TEXT_ALIGN_BOTTOM: textBoundsPosition.y = textBounds.y + posOffsetY + textBounds.height - totalHeight + TEXT_VALIGN_PIXEL_OFFSET(textBounds.height); break; + default: break; + } + + // NOTE: Make sure we get pixel-perfect coordinates, + // In case of decimals we got weird text positioning + textBoundsPosition.x = (float)((int)textBoundsPosition.x); + textBoundsPosition.y = (float)((int)textBoundsPosition.y); + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw text (with icon if available) + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#if !defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + if (iconId >= 0) + { + // NOTE: We consider icon height, probably different than text size + GuiDrawIcon(iconId, (int)textBoundsPosition.x, (int)(textBounds.y + textBounds.height/2 - RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*guiIconScale/2 + TEXT_VALIGN_PIXEL_OFFSET(textBounds.height)), guiIconScale, tint); + textBoundsPosition.x += (float)(RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*guiIconScale + ICON_TEXT_PADDING); + textBoundsWidthOffset = (float)(RAYGUI_ICON_SIZE*guiIconScale + ICON_TEXT_PADDING); + } +#endif + // Get size in bytes of text, + // considering end of line and line break + int lineSize = 0; + for (int c = 0; (lines[i][c] != '\0') && (lines[i][c] != '\n') && (lines[i][c] != '\r'); c++, lineSize++){ } + float scaleFactor = (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE)/guiFont.baseSize; + + int lastSpaceIndex = 0; + bool tempWrapCharMode = false; + + int textOffsetY = 0; + float textOffsetX = 0.0f; + float glyphWidth = 0; + + int ellipsisWidth = GuiGetTextWidth("..."); + bool textOverflow = false; + for (int c = 0, codepointSize = 0; c < lineSize; c += codepointSize) + { + int codepoint = GetCodepointNext(&lines[i][c], &codepointSize); + int index = GetGlyphIndex(guiFont, codepoint); + + // NOTE: Normally we exit the decoding sequence as soon as a bad byte is found (and return 0x3f) + // but we need to draw all of the bad bytes using the '?' symbol moving one byte + if (codepoint == 0x3f) codepointSize = 1; // TODO: Review not recognized codepoints size + + // Get glyph width to check if it goes out of bounds + if (guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX == 0) glyphWidth = ((float)guiFont.recs[index].width*scaleFactor); + else glyphWidth = (float)guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX*scaleFactor; + + // Wrap mode text measuring, to validate if + // it can be drawn or a new line is required + if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_CHAR) + { + // Jump to next line if current character reach end of the box limits + if ((textOffsetX + glyphWidth) > textBounds.width - textBoundsWidthOffset) + { + textOffsetX = 0.0f; + textOffsetY += GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_LINE_SPACING); + + if (tempWrapCharMode) // Wrap at char level when too long words + { + wrapMode = TEXT_WRAP_WORD; + tempWrapCharMode = false; + } + } + } + else if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_WORD) + { + if (codepoint == 32) lastSpaceIndex = c; + + // Get width to next space in line + int nextSpaceIndex = 0; + float nextSpaceWidth = GetNextSpaceWidth(lines[i] + c, &nextSpaceIndex); + + int nextSpaceIndex2 = 0; + float nextWordSize = GetNextSpaceWidth(lines[i] + lastSpaceIndex + 1, &nextSpaceIndex2); + + if (nextWordSize > textBounds.width - textBoundsWidthOffset) + { + // Considering the case the next word is longer than bounds + tempWrapCharMode = true; + wrapMode = TEXT_WRAP_CHAR; + } + else if ((textOffsetX + nextSpaceWidth) > textBounds.width - textBoundsWidthOffset) + { + textOffsetX = 0.0f; + textOffsetY += GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_LINE_SPACING); + } + } + + if (codepoint == '\n') break; // WARNING: Lines are already processed manually, no need to keep drawing after this codepoint + else + { + // TODO: There are multiple types of spaces in Unicode, + // maybe it's a good idea to add support for more: http://jkorpela.fi/chars/spaces.html + if ((codepoint != ' ') && (codepoint != '\t')) // Do not draw codepoints with no glyph + { + if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_NONE) + { + // Draw only required text glyphs fitting the textBounds.width + if (textSizeX > textBounds.width) + { + if (textOffsetX <= (textBounds.width - glyphWidth - textBoundsWidthOffset - ellipsisWidth)) + { + DrawTextCodepoint(guiFont, codepoint, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Vector2){ textBoundsPosition.x + textOffsetX, textBoundsPosition.y + textOffsetY }, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), GuiFade(tint, guiAlpha)); + } + else if (!textOverflow) + { + textOverflow = true; + + for (int j = 0; j < ellipsisWidth; j += ellipsisWidth/3) + { + DrawTextCodepoint(guiFont, '.', RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Vector2){ textBoundsPosition.x + textOffsetX + j, textBoundsPosition.y + textOffsetY }, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), GuiFade(tint, guiAlpha)); + } + } + } + else + { + DrawTextCodepoint(guiFont, codepoint, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Vector2){ textBoundsPosition.x + textOffsetX, textBoundsPosition.y + textOffsetY }, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), GuiFade(tint, guiAlpha)); + } + } + else if ((wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_CHAR) || (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_WORD)) + { + // Draw only glyphs inside the bounds + if ((textBoundsPosition.y + textOffsetY) <= (textBounds.y + textBounds.height - GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE))) + { + DrawTextCodepoint(guiFont, codepoint, RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Vector2){ textBoundsPosition.x + textOffsetX, textBoundsPosition.y + textOffsetY }, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), GuiFade(tint, guiAlpha)); + } + } + } + + if (guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX == 0) textOffsetX += ((float)guiFont.recs[index].width*scaleFactor + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + else textOffsetX += ((float)guiFont.glyphs[index].advanceX*scaleFactor + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + } + } + + if (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_NONE) posOffsetY += (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_LINE_SPACING); + else if ((wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_CHAR) || (wrapMode == TEXT_WRAP_WORD)) posOffsetY += (textOffsetY + (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_LINE_SPACING)); + //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + } + +#if defined(RAYGUI_DEBUG_TEXT_BOUNDS) + GuiDrawRectangle(textBounds, 0, WHITE, Fade(BLUE, 0.4f)); +#endif +} + +// Gui draw rectangle using default raygui plain style with borders +static void GuiDrawRectangle(Rectangle rec, int borderWidth, Color borderColor, Color color) +{ + if (color.a > 0) + { + // Draw rectangle filled with color + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x, (int)rec.y, (int)rec.width, (int)rec.height, GuiFade(color, guiAlpha)); + } + + if (borderWidth > 0) + { + // Draw rectangle border lines with color + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x, (int)rec.y, (int)rec.width, borderWidth, GuiFade(borderColor, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x, (int)rec.y + borderWidth, borderWidth, (int)rec.height - 2*borderWidth, GuiFade(borderColor, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x + (int)rec.width - borderWidth, (int)rec.y + borderWidth, borderWidth, (int)rec.height - 2*borderWidth, GuiFade(borderColor, guiAlpha)); + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x, (int)rec.y + (int)rec.height - borderWidth, (int)rec.width, borderWidth, GuiFade(borderColor, guiAlpha)); + } + +#if defined(RAYGUI_DEBUG_RECS_BOUNDS) + DrawRectangle((int)rec.x, (int)rec.y, (int)rec.width, (int)rec.height, Fade(RED, 0.4f)); +#endif +} + +// Draw tooltip using control bounds +static void GuiTooltip(Rectangle controlRec) +{ + if (!guiLocked && guiTooltip && (guiTooltipPtr != NULL) && !guiControlExclusiveMode) + { + Vector2 textSize = MeasureTextEx(GuiGetFont(), guiTooltipPtr, (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE), (float)GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SPACING)); + + if ((controlRec.x + textSize.x + 16) > GetScreenWidth()) controlRec.x -= (textSize.x + 16 - controlRec.width); + + GuiPanel(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ controlRec.x, controlRec.y + controlRec.height + 4, textSize.x + 16, GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE) + 8.0f }, NULL); + + int textPadding = GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_PADDING); + int textAlignment = GuiGetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_PADDING, 0); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER); + GuiLabel(RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ controlRec.x, controlRec.y + controlRec.height + 4, textSize.x + 16, GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, TEXT_SIZE) + 8.0f }, guiTooltipPtr); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_ALIGNMENT, textAlignment); + GuiSetStyle(LABEL, TEXT_PADDING, textPadding); + } +} + +// Split controls text into multiple strings +// Also check for multiple columns (required by GuiToggleGroup()) +static const char **GuiTextSplit(const char *text, char delimiter, int *count, int *textRow) +{ + // NOTE: Current implementation returns a copy of the provided string with '\0' (string end delimiter) + // inserted between strings defined by "delimiter" parameter. No memory is dynamically allocated, + // all used memory is static... it has some limitations: + // 1. Maximum number of possible split strings is set by RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS + // 2. Maximum size of text to split is RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE + // NOTE: Those definitions could be externally provided if required + + // TODO: HACK: GuiTextSplit() - Review how textRows are returned to user + // textRow is an externally provided array of integers that stores row number for every splitted string + + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS 128 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE 1024 + #endif + + static const char *result[RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS] = { NULL }; // String pointers array (points to buffer data) + static char buffer[RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE] = { 0 }; // Buffer data (text input copy with '\0' added) + memset(buffer, 0, RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE); + + result[0] = buffer; + int counter = 1; + + if (textRow != NULL) textRow[0] = 0; + + // Count how many substrings we have on text and point to every one + for (int i = 0; i < RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE; i++) + { + buffer[i] = text[i]; + if (buffer[i] == '\0') break; + else if ((buffer[i] == delimiter) || (buffer[i] == '\n')) + { + result[counter] = buffer + i + 1; + + if (textRow != NULL) + { + if (buffer[i] == '\n') textRow[counter] = textRow[counter - 1] + 1; + else textRow[counter] = textRow[counter - 1]; + } + + buffer[i] = '\0'; // Set an end of string at this point + + counter++; + if (counter >= RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS) break; + } + } + + *count = counter; + + return result; +} + +// Convert color data from RGB to HSV +// NOTE: Color data should be passed normalized +static Vector3 ConvertRGBtoHSV(Vector3 rgb) +{ + Vector3 hsv = { 0 }; + float min = 0.0f; + float max = 0.0f; + float delta = 0.0f; + + min = (rgb.x < rgb.y)? rgb.x : rgb.y; + min = (min < rgb.z)? min : rgb.z; + + max = (rgb.x > rgb.y)? rgb.x : rgb.y; + max = (max > rgb.z)? max : rgb.z; + + hsv.z = max; // Value + delta = max - min; + + if (delta < 0.00001f) + { + hsv.y = 0.0f; + hsv.x = 0.0f; // Undefined, maybe NAN? + return hsv; + } + + if (max > 0.0f) + { + // NOTE: If max is 0, this divide would cause a crash + hsv.y = (delta/max); // Saturation + } + else + { + // NOTE: If max is 0, then r = g = b = 0, s = 0, h is undefined + hsv.y = 0.0f; + hsv.x = 0.0f; // Undefined, maybe NAN? + return hsv; + } + + // NOTE: Comparing float values could not work properly + if (rgb.x >= max) hsv.x = (rgb.y - rgb.z)/delta; // Between yellow & magenta + else + { + if (rgb.y >= max) hsv.x = 2.0f + (rgb.z - rgb.x)/delta; // Between cyan & yellow + else hsv.x = 4.0f + (rgb.x - rgb.y)/delta; // Between magenta & cyan + } + + hsv.x *= 60.0f; // Convert to degrees + + if (hsv.x < 0.0f) hsv.x += 360.0f; + + return hsv; +} + +// Convert color data from HSV to RGB +// NOTE: Color data should be passed normalized +static Vector3 ConvertHSVtoRGB(Vector3 hsv) +{ + Vector3 rgb = { 0 }; + float hh = 0.0f, p = 0.0f, q = 0.0f, t = 0.0f, ff = 0.0f; + long i = 0; + + // NOTE: Comparing float values could not work properly + if (hsv.y <= 0.0f) + { + rgb.x = hsv.z; + rgb.y = hsv.z; + rgb.z = hsv.z; + return rgb; + } + + hh = hsv.x; + if (hh >= 360.0f) hh = 0.0f; + hh /= 60.0f; + + i = (long)hh; + ff = hh - i; + p = hsv.z*(1.0f - hsv.y); + q = hsv.z*(1.0f - (hsv.y*ff)); + t = hsv.z*(1.0f - (hsv.y*(1.0f - ff))); + + switch (i) + { + case 0: + { + rgb.x = hsv.z; + rgb.y = t; + rgb.z = p; + } break; + case 1: + { + rgb.x = q; + rgb.y = hsv.z; + rgb.z = p; + } break; + case 2: + { + rgb.x = p; + rgb.y = hsv.z; + rgb.z = t; + } break; + case 3: + { + rgb.x = p; + rgb.y = q; + rgb.z = hsv.z; + } break; + case 4: + { + rgb.x = t; + rgb.y = p; + rgb.z = hsv.z; + } break; + case 5: + default: + { + rgb.x = hsv.z; + rgb.y = p; + rgb.z = q; + } break; + } + + return rgb; +} + +// Scroll bar control (used by GuiScrollPanel()) +static int GuiScrollBar(Rectangle bounds, int value, int minValue, int maxValue) +{ + GuiState state = guiState; + + // Is the scrollbar horizontal or vertical? + bool isVertical = (bounds.width > bounds.height)? false : true; + + // The size (width or height depending on scrollbar type) of the spinner buttons + const int spinnerSize = GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, ARROWS_VISIBLE)? + (isVertical? (int)bounds.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) : + (int)bounds.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH)) : 0; + + // Arrow buttons [<] [>] [∧] [∨] + Rectangle arrowUpLeft = { 0 }; + Rectangle arrowDownRight = { 0 }; + + // Actual area of the scrollbar excluding the arrow buttons + Rectangle scrollbar = { 0 }; + + // Slider bar that moves --[///]----- + Rectangle slider = { 0 }; + + // Normalize value + if (value > maxValue) value = maxValue; + if (value < minValue) value = minValue; + + int valueRange = maxValue - minValue; + if (valueRange <= 0) valueRange = 1; + + int sliderSize = GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_SIZE); + if (sliderSize < 1) sliderSize = 1; // TODO: Consider a minimum slider size + + // Calculate rectangles for all of the components + arrowUpLeft = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ + (float)bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), + (float)spinnerSize, (float)spinnerSize }; + + if (isVertical) + { + arrowDownRight = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ (float)bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)bounds.y + bounds.height - spinnerSize - GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)spinnerSize, (float)spinnerSize }; + scrollbar = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_PADDING), arrowUpLeft.y + arrowUpLeft.height, bounds.width - 2*(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_PADDING)), bounds.height - arrowUpLeft.height - arrowDownRight.height - 2*GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) }; + + // Make sure the slider won't get outside of the scrollbar + sliderSize = (sliderSize >= scrollbar.height)? ((int)scrollbar.height - 2) : sliderSize; + slider = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ + bounds.x + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING), + scrollbar.y + (int)(((float)(value - minValue)/valueRange)*(scrollbar.height - sliderSize)), + bounds.width - 2*(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING)), + (float)sliderSize }; + } + else // horizontal + { + arrowDownRight = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ (float)bounds.x + bounds.width - spinnerSize - GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), (float)spinnerSize, (float)spinnerSize }; + scrollbar = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ arrowUpLeft.x + arrowUpLeft.width, bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_PADDING), bounds.width - arrowUpLeft.width - arrowDownRight.width - 2*GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), bounds.height - 2*(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_PADDING)) }; + + // Make sure the slider won't get outside of the scrollbar + sliderSize = (sliderSize >= scrollbar.width)? ((int)scrollbar.width - 2) : sliderSize; + slider = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ + scrollbar.x + (int)(((float)(value - minValue)/valueRange)*(scrollbar.width - sliderSize)), + bounds.y + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING), + (float)sliderSize, + bounds.height - 2*(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH) + GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SLIDER_PADDING)) }; + } + + // Update control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + if ((state != STATE_DISABLED) && !guiLocked) + { + Vector2 mousePoint = GetMousePosition(); + + if (guiControlExclusiveMode) // Allows to keep dragging outside of bounds + { + if (IsMouseButtonDown(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON) && + !CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, arrowUpLeft) && + !CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, arrowDownRight)) + { + if (CHECK_BOUNDS_ID(bounds, guiControlExclusiveRec)) + { + state = STATE_PRESSED; + + if (isVertical) value = (int)(((float)(mousePoint.y - scrollbar.y - slider.height/2)*valueRange)/(scrollbar.height - slider.height) + minValue); + else value = (int)(((float)(mousePoint.x - scrollbar.x - slider.width/2)*valueRange)/(scrollbar.width - slider.width) + minValue); + } + } + else + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = false; + guiControlExclusiveRec = RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ 0, 0, 0, 0 }; + } + } + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, bounds)) + { + state = STATE_FOCUSED; + + // Handle mouse wheel + int wheel = (int)GetMouseWheelMove(); + if (wheel != 0) value += wheel; + + // Handle mouse button down + if (IsMouseButtonPressed(MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON)) + { + guiControlExclusiveMode = true; + guiControlExclusiveRec = bounds; // Store bounds as an identifier when dragging starts + + // Check arrows click + if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, arrowUpLeft)) value -= valueRange/GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + else if (CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, arrowDownRight)) value += valueRange/GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, SCROLL_SPEED); + else if (!CheckCollisionPointRec(mousePoint, slider)) + { + // If click on scrollbar position but not on slider, place slider directly on that position + if (isVertical) value = (int)(((float)(mousePoint.y - scrollbar.y - slider.height/2)*valueRange)/(scrollbar.height - slider.height) + minValue); + else value = (int)(((float)(mousePoint.x - scrollbar.x - slider.width/2)*valueRange)/(scrollbar.width - slider.width) + minValue); + } + + state = STATE_PRESSED; + } + + // Keyboard control on mouse hover scrollbar + /* + if (isVertical) + { + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_DOWN)) value += 5; + else if (IsKeyDown(KEY_UP)) value -= 5; + } + else + { + if (IsKeyDown(KEY_RIGHT)) value += 5; + else if (IsKeyDown(KEY_LEFT)) value -= 5; + } + */ + } + + // Normalize value + if (value > maxValue) value = maxValue; + if (value < minValue) value = minValue; + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + // Draw control + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + GuiDrawRectangle(bounds, GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, BORDER_WIDTH), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(LISTVIEW, BORDER + state*3)), GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DEFAULT, BORDER_COLOR_DISABLED))); // Draw the background + + GuiDrawRectangle(scrollbar, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(BUTTON, BASE_COLOR_NORMAL))); // Draw the scrollbar active area background + GuiDrawRectangle(slider, 0, BLANK, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SLIDER, BORDER + state*3))); // Draw the slider bar + + // Draw arrows (using icon if available) + if (GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, ARROWS_VISIBLE)) + { +#if defined(RAYGUI_NO_ICONS) + GuiDrawText(isVertical? "^" : "<", + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ arrowUpLeft.x, arrowUpLeft.y, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); + GuiDrawText(isVertical? "v" : ">", + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ arrowDownRight.x, arrowDownRight.y, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(DROPDOWNBOX, TEXT + (state*3)))); +#else + GuiDrawText(isVertical? "#121#" : "#118#", + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ arrowUpLeft.x, arrowUpLeft.y, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, TEXT + state*3))); // ICON_ARROW_UP_FILL / ICON_ARROW_LEFT_FILL + GuiDrawText(isVertical? "#120#" : "#119#", + RAYGUI_CLITERAL(Rectangle){ arrowDownRight.x, arrowDownRight.y, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height, isVertical? bounds.width : bounds.height }, + TEXT_ALIGN_CENTER, GetColor(GuiGetStyle(SCROLLBAR, TEXT + state*3))); // ICON_ARROW_DOWN_FILL / ICON_ARROW_RIGHT_FILL +#endif + } + //-------------------------------------------------------------------- + + return value; +} + +// Color fade-in or fade-out, alpha goes from 0.0f to 1.0f +// WARNING: It multiplies current alpha by alpha scale factor +static Color GuiFade(Color color, float alpha) +{ + if (alpha < 0.0f) alpha = 0.0f; + else if (alpha > 1.0f) alpha = 1.0f; + + Color result = { color.r, color.g, color.b, (unsigned char)(color.a*alpha) }; + + return result; +} + +#if defined(RAYGUI_STANDALONE) +// Returns a Color struct from hexadecimal value +static Color GetColor(int hexValue) +{ + Color color; + + color.r = (unsigned char)(hexValue >> 24) & 0xff; + color.g = (unsigned char)(hexValue >> 16) & 0xff; + color.b = (unsigned char)(hexValue >> 8) & 0xff; + color.a = (unsigned char)hexValue & 0xff; + + return color; +} + +// Returns hexadecimal value for a Color +static int ColorToInt(Color color) +{ + return (((int)color.r << 24) | ((int)color.g << 16) | ((int)color.b << 8) | (int)color.a); +} + +// Check if point is inside rectangle +static bool CheckCollisionPointRec(Vector2 point, Rectangle rec) +{ + bool collision = false; + + if ((point.x >= rec.x) && (point.x <= (rec.x + rec.width)) && + (point.y >= rec.y) && (point.y <= (rec.y + rec.height))) collision = true; + + return collision; +} + +// Formatting of text with variables to 'embed' +static const char *TextFormat(const char *text, ...) +{ + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTFORMAT_MAX_SIZE) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTFORMAT_MAX_SIZE 256 + #endif + + static char buffer[RAYGUI_TEXTFORMAT_MAX_SIZE]; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, text); + vsnprintf(buffer, RAYGUI_TEXTFORMAT_MAX_SIZE, text, args); + va_end(args); + + return buffer; +} + +// Draw rectangle with vertical gradient fill color +// NOTE: This function is only used by GuiColorPicker() +static void DrawRectangleGradientV(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color color1, Color color2) +{ + Rectangle bounds = { (float)posX, (float)posY, (float)width, (float)height }; + DrawRectangleGradientEx(bounds, color1, color2, color2, color1); +} + +// Split string into multiple strings +const char **TextSplit(const char *text, char delimiter, int *count) +{ + // NOTE: Current implementation returns a copy of the provided string with '\0' (string end delimiter) + // inserted between strings defined by "delimiter" parameter. No memory is dynamically allocated, + // all used memory is static... it has some limitations: + // 1. Maximum number of possible split strings is set by RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS + // 2. Maximum size of text to split is RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE + + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS 128 + #endif + #if !defined(RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE) + #define RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE 1024 + #endif + + static const char *result[RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS] = { NULL }; + static char buffer[RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE] = { 0 }; + memset(buffer, 0, RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE); + + result[0] = buffer; + int counter = 0; + + if (text != NULL) + { + counter = 1; + + // Count how many substrings we have on text and point to every one + for (int i = 0; i < RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_TEXT_SIZE; i++) + { + buffer[i] = text[i]; + if (buffer[i] == '\0') break; + else if (buffer[i] == delimiter) + { + buffer[i] = '\0'; // Set an end of string at this point + result[counter] = buffer + i + 1; + counter++; + + if (counter == RAYGUI_TEXTSPLIT_MAX_ITEMS) break; + } + } + } + + *count = counter; + return result; +} + +// Get integer value from text +// NOTE: This function replaces atoi() [stdlib.h] +static int TextToInteger(const char *text) +{ + int value = 0; + int sign = 1; + + if ((text[0] == '+') || (text[0] == '-')) + { + if (text[0] == '-') sign = -1; + text++; + } + + for (int i = 0; ((text[i] >= '0') && (text[i] <= '9')); i++) value = value*10 + (int)(text[i] - '0'); + + return value*sign; +} + +// Get float value from text +// NOTE: This function replaces atof() [stdlib.h] +// WARNING: Only '.' character is understood as decimal point +static float TextToFloat(const char *text) +{ + float value = 0.0f; + float sign = 1.0f; + + if ((text[0] == '+') || (text[0] == '-')) + { + if (text[0] == '-') sign = -1.0f; + text++; + } + + int i = 0; + for (; ((text[i] >= '0') && (text[i] <= '9')); i++) value = value*10.0f + (float)(text[i] - '0'); + + if (text[i++] != '.') value *= sign; + else + { + float divisor = 10.0f; + for (; ((text[i] >= '0') && (text[i] <= '9')); i++) + { + value += ((float)(text[i] - '0'))/divisor; + divisor = divisor*10.0f; + } + } + + return value; +} + +// Encode codepoint into UTF-8 text (char array size returned as parameter) +static const char *CodepointToUTF8(int codepoint, int *byteSize) +{ + static char utf8[6] = { 0 }; + int size = 0; + + if (codepoint <= 0x7f) + { + utf8[0] = (char)codepoint; + size = 1; + } + else if (codepoint <= 0x7ff) + { + utf8[0] = (char)(((codepoint >> 6) & 0x1f) | 0xc0); + utf8[1] = (char)((codepoint & 0x3f) | 0x80); + size = 2; + } + else if (codepoint <= 0xffff) + { + utf8[0] = (char)(((codepoint >> 12) & 0x0f) | 0xe0); + utf8[1] = (char)(((codepoint >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + utf8[2] = (char)((codepoint & 0x3f) | 0x80); + size = 3; + } + else if (codepoint <= 0x10ffff) + { + utf8[0] = (char)(((codepoint >> 18) & 0x07) | 0xf0); + utf8[1] = (char)(((codepoint >> 12) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + utf8[2] = (char)(((codepoint >> 6) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + utf8[3] = (char)((codepoint & 0x3f) | 0x80); + size = 4; + } + + *byteSize = size; + + return utf8; +} + +// Get next codepoint in a UTF-8 encoded text, scanning until '\0' is found +// When a invalid UTF-8 byte is encountered we exit as soon as possible and a '?'(0x3f) codepoint is returned +// Total number of bytes processed are returned as a parameter +// NOTE: the standard says U+FFFD should be returned in case of errors +// but that character is not supported by the default font in raylib +static int GetCodepointNext(const char *text, int *codepointSize) +{ + const char *ptr = text; + int codepoint = 0x3f; // Codepoint (defaults to '?') + *codepointSize = 1; + + // Get current codepoint and bytes processed + if (0xf0 == (0xf8 & ptr[0])) + { + // 4 byte UTF-8 codepoint + if (((ptr[1] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80) || ((ptr[2] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80) || ((ptr[3] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80)) { return codepoint; } //10xxxxxx checks + codepoint = ((0x07 & ptr[0]) << 18) | ((0x3f & ptr[1]) << 12) | ((0x3f & ptr[2]) << 6) | (0x3f & ptr[3]); + *codepointSize = 4; + } + else if (0xe0 == (0xf0 & ptr[0])) + { + // 3 byte UTF-8 codepoint + if (((ptr[1] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80) || ((ptr[2] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80)) { return codepoint; } //10xxxxxx checks + codepoint = ((0x0f & ptr[0]) << 12) | ((0x3f & ptr[1]) << 6) | (0x3f & ptr[2]); + *codepointSize = 3; + } + else if (0xc0 == (0xe0 & ptr[0])) + { + // 2 byte UTF-8 codepoint + if ((ptr[1] & 0xC0) ^ 0x80) { return codepoint; } //10xxxxxx checks + codepoint = ((0x1f & ptr[0]) << 6) | (0x3f & ptr[1]); + *codepointSize = 2; + } + else if (0x00 == (0x80 & ptr[0])) + { + // 1 byte UTF-8 codepoint + codepoint = ptr[0]; + *codepointSize = 1; + } + + return codepoint; +} +#endif // RAYGUI_STANDALONE + +#endif // RAYGUI_IMPLEMENTATION \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/raylib.h b/src/raylib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c638b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/raylib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1727 @@ +/********************************************************************************************** +* +* raylib v5.6-dev - A simple and easy-to-use library to enjoy videogames programming (www.raylib.com) +* +* FEATURES: +* - NO external dependencies, all required libraries included with raylib +* - Multiplatform: Windows, Linux, FreeBSD, OpenBSD, NetBSD, DragonFly, +* MacOS, Haiku, Android, Raspberry Pi, DRM native, HTML5 +* - Written in plain C code (C99) in PascalCase/camelCase notation +* - Hardware accelerated with OpenGL (1.1, 2.1, 3.3, 4.3, ES2, ES3 - choose at compile) +* - Unique OpenGL abstraction layer (usable as standalone module): [rlgl] +* - Multiple Fonts formats supported (TTF, OTF, FNT, BDF, Sprite fonts) +* - Outstanding texture formats support, including compressed formats (DXT, ETC, ASTC) +* - Full 3d support for 3d Shapes, Models, Billboards, Heightmaps and more! +* - Flexible Materials system, supporting classic maps and PBR maps +* - Animated 3D models supported (skeletal bones animation) (IQM, M3D, GLTF) +* - Shaders support, including Model shaders and Postprocessing shaders +* - Powerful math module for Vector, Matrix and Quaternion operations: [raymath] +* - Audio loading and playing with streaming support (WAV, OGG, MP3, FLAC, QOA, XM, MOD) +* - VR stereo rendering with configurable HMD device parameters +* - Bindings to multiple programming languages available! +* +* NOTES: +* - One default Font is loaded on InitWindow()->LoadFontDefault() [core, text] +* - One default Texture2D is loaded on rlglInit(), 1x1 white pixel R8G8B8A8 [rlgl] (OpenGL 3.3 or ES2) +* - One default Shader is loaded on rlglInit()->rlLoadShaderDefault() [rlgl] (OpenGL 3.3 or ES2) +* - One default RenderBatch is loaded on rlglInit()->rlLoadRenderBatch() [rlgl] (OpenGL 3.3 or ES2) +* +* DEPENDENCIES (included): +* [rcore][GLFW] rglfw (Camilla Löwy - github.com/glfw/glfw) for window/context management and input +* [rcore][RGFW] rgfw (ColleagueRiley - github.com/ColleagueRiley/RGFW) for window/context management and input +* [rlgl] glad/glad_gles2 (David Herberth - github.com/Dav1dde/glad) for OpenGL 3.3 extensions loading +* [raudio] miniaudio (David Reid - github.com/mackron/miniaudio) for audio device/context management +* +* OPTIONAL DEPENDENCIES (included): +* [rcore] sinfl (Micha Mettke) for DEFLATE decompression algorithm +* [rcore] sdefl (Micha Mettke) for DEFLATE compression algorithm +* [rcore] rprand (Ramon Santamaria) for pseudo-random numbers generation +* [rtextures] qoi (Dominic Szablewski - https://phoboslab.org) for QOI image manage +* [rtextures] stb_image (Sean Barret) for images loading (BMP, TGA, PNG, JPEG, HDR...) +* [rtextures] stb_image_write (Sean Barret) for image writing (BMP, TGA, PNG, JPG) +* [rtextures] stb_image_resize2 (Sean Barret) for image resizing algorithms +* [rtextures] stb_perlin (Sean Barret) for Perlin Noise image generation +* [rtext] stb_truetype (Sean Barret) for ttf fonts loading +* [rtext] stb_rect_pack (Sean Barret) for rectangles packing +* [rmodels] par_shapes (Philip Rideout) for parametric 3d shapes generation +* [rmodels] tinyobj_loader_c (Syoyo Fujita) for models loading (OBJ, MTL) +* [rmodels] cgltf (Johannes Kuhlmann) for models loading (glTF) +* [rmodels] m3d (bzt) for models loading (M3D, https://bztsrc.gitlab.io/model3d) +* [rmodels] vox_loader (Johann Nadalutti) for models loading (VOX) +* [raudio] dr_wav (David Reid) for WAV audio file loading +* [raudio] dr_flac (David Reid) for FLAC audio file loading +* [raudio] dr_mp3 (David Reid) for MP3 audio file loading +* [raudio] stb_vorbis (Sean Barret) for OGG audio loading +* [raudio] jar_xm (Joshua Reisenauer) for XM audio module loading +* [raudio] jar_mod (Joshua Reisenauer) for MOD audio module loading +* [raudio] qoa (Dominic Szablewski - https://phoboslab.org) for QOA audio manage +* +* +* LICENSE: zlib/libpng +* +* raylib is licensed under an unmodified zlib/libpng license, which is an OSI-certified, +* BSD-like license that allows static linking with closed source software: +* +* Copyright (c) 2013-2025 Ramon Santamaria (@raysan5) +* +* This software is provided "as-is", without any express or implied warranty. In no event +* will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this software. +* +* Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial +* applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions: +* +* 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you +* wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment +* in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required. +* +* 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented +* as being the original software. +* +* 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution. +* +**********************************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef RAYLIB_H +#define RAYLIB_H + +#include // Required for: va_list - Only used by TraceLogCallback + +#define RAYLIB_VERSION_MAJOR 5 +#define RAYLIB_VERSION_MINOR 6 +#define RAYLIB_VERSION_PATCH 0 +#define RAYLIB_VERSION "5.6-dev" + +// Function specifiers in case library is build/used as a shared library +// NOTE: Microsoft specifiers to tell compiler that symbols are imported/exported from a .dll +// NOTE: visibility("default") attribute makes symbols "visible" when compiled with -fvisibility=hidden +#if defined(_WIN32) + #if defined(__TINYC__) + #define __declspec(x) __attribute__((x)) + #endif + #if defined(BUILD_LIBTYPE_SHARED) + #define RLAPI __declspec(dllexport) // Building the library as a Win32 shared library (.dll) + #elif defined(USE_LIBTYPE_SHARED) + #define RLAPI __declspec(dllimport) // Using the library as a Win32 shared library (.dll) + #endif +#else + #if defined(BUILD_LIBTYPE_SHARED) + #define RLAPI __attribute__((visibility("default"))) // Building as a Unix shared library (.so/.dylib) + #endif +#endif + +#ifndef RLAPI + #define RLAPI // Functions defined as 'extern' by default (implicit specifiers) +#endif + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Defines and Macros +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#ifndef PI + #define PI 3.14159265358979323846f +#endif +#ifndef DEG2RAD + #define DEG2RAD (PI/180.0f) +#endif +#ifndef RAD2DEG + #define RAD2DEG (180.0f/PI) +#endif + +// Allow custom memory allocators +// NOTE: Require recompiling raylib sources +#ifndef RL_MALLOC + #define RL_MALLOC(sz) malloc(sz) +#endif +#ifndef RL_CALLOC + #define RL_CALLOC(n,sz) calloc(n,sz) +#endif +#ifndef RL_REALLOC + #define RL_REALLOC(ptr,sz) realloc(ptr,sz) +#endif +#ifndef RL_FREE + #define RL_FREE(ptr) free(ptr) +#endif + +// NOTE: MSVC C++ compiler does not support compound literals (C99 feature) +// Plain structures in C++ (without constructors) can be initialized with { } +// This is called aggregate initialization (C++11 feature) +#if defined(__cplusplus) + #define CLITERAL(type) type +#else + #define CLITERAL(type) (type) +#endif + +// Some compilers (mostly macos clang) default to C++98, +// where aggregate initialization can't be used +// So, give a more clear error stating how to fix this +#if !defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(__cplusplus) && __cplusplus < 201103L) + #error "C++11 or later is required. Add -std=c++11" +#endif + +// NOTE: Set some defines with some data types declared by raylib +// Other modules (raymath, rlgl) also require some of those types, so, +// to be able to use those other modules as standalone (not depending on raylib) +// this defines are very useful for internal check and avoid type (re)definitions +#define RL_COLOR_TYPE +#define RL_RECTANGLE_TYPE +#define RL_VECTOR2_TYPE +#define RL_VECTOR3_TYPE +#define RL_VECTOR4_TYPE +#define RL_QUATERNION_TYPE +#define RL_MATRIX_TYPE + +// Some Basic Colors +// NOTE: Custom raylib color palette for amazing visuals on WHITE background +#define LIGHTGRAY CLITERAL(Color){ 200, 200, 200, 255 } // Light Gray +#define GRAY CLITERAL(Color){ 130, 130, 130, 255 } // Gray +#define DARKGRAY CLITERAL(Color){ 80, 80, 80, 255 } // Dark Gray +#define YELLOW CLITERAL(Color){ 253, 249, 0, 255 } // Yellow +#define GOLD CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 203, 0, 255 } // Gold +#define ORANGE CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 161, 0, 255 } // Orange +#define PINK CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 109, 194, 255 } // Pink +#define RED CLITERAL(Color){ 230, 41, 55, 255 } // Red +#define MAROON CLITERAL(Color){ 190, 33, 55, 255 } // Maroon +#define GREEN CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 228, 48, 255 } // Green +#define LIME CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 158, 47, 255 } // Lime +#define DARKGREEN CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 117, 44, 255 } // Dark Green +#define SKYBLUE CLITERAL(Color){ 102, 191, 255, 255 } // Sky Blue +#define BLUE CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 121, 241, 255 } // Blue +#define DARKBLUE CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 82, 172, 255 } // Dark Blue +#define PURPLE CLITERAL(Color){ 200, 122, 255, 255 } // Purple +#define VIOLET CLITERAL(Color){ 135, 60, 190, 255 } // Violet +#define DARKPURPLE CLITERAL(Color){ 112, 31, 126, 255 } // Dark Purple +#define BEIGE CLITERAL(Color){ 211, 176, 131, 255 } // Beige +#define BROWN CLITERAL(Color){ 127, 106, 79, 255 } // Brown +#define DARKBROWN CLITERAL(Color){ 76, 63, 47, 255 } // Dark Brown + +#define WHITE CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 255, 255, 255 } // White +#define BLACK CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 0, 255 } // Black +#define BLANK CLITERAL(Color){ 0, 0, 0, 0 } // Blank (Transparent) +#define MAGENTA CLITERAL(Color){ 255, 0, 255, 255 } // Magenta +#define RAYWHITE CLITERAL(Color){ 245, 245, 245, 255 } // My own White (raylib logo) + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Types and Structures Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Boolean type +#if (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1800) + #include +#elif !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(bool) + typedef enum bool { false = 0, true = !false } bool; + #define RL_BOOL_TYPE +#endif + +// Vector2, 2 components +typedef struct Vector2 { + float x; // Vector x component + float y; // Vector y component +} Vector2; + +// Vector3, 3 components +typedef struct Vector3 { + float x; // Vector x component + float y; // Vector y component + float z; // Vector z component +} Vector3; + +// Vector4, 4 components +typedef struct Vector4 { + float x; // Vector x component + float y; // Vector y component + float z; // Vector z component + float w; // Vector w component +} Vector4; + +// Quaternion, 4 components (Vector4 alias) +typedef Vector4 Quaternion; + +// Matrix, 4x4 components, column major, OpenGL style, right-handed +typedef struct Matrix { + float m0, m4, m8, m12; // Matrix first row (4 components) + float m1, m5, m9, m13; // Matrix second row (4 components) + float m2, m6, m10, m14; // Matrix third row (4 components) + float m3, m7, m11, m15; // Matrix fourth row (4 components) +} Matrix; + +// Color, 4 components, R8G8B8A8 (32bit) +typedef struct Color { + unsigned char r; // Color red value + unsigned char g; // Color green value + unsigned char b; // Color blue value + unsigned char a; // Color alpha value +} Color; + +// Rectangle, 4 components +typedef struct Rectangle { + float x; // Rectangle top-left corner position x + float y; // Rectangle top-left corner position y + float width; // Rectangle width + float height; // Rectangle height +} Rectangle; + +// Image, pixel data stored in CPU memory (RAM) +typedef struct Image { + void *data; // Image raw data + int width; // Image base width + int height; // Image base height + int mipmaps; // Mipmap levels, 1 by default + int format; // Data format (PixelFormat type) +} Image; + +// Texture, tex data stored in GPU memory (VRAM) +typedef struct Texture { + unsigned int id; // OpenGL texture id + int width; // Texture base width + int height; // Texture base height + int mipmaps; // Mipmap levels, 1 by default + int format; // Data format (PixelFormat type) +} Texture; + +// Texture2D, same as Texture +typedef Texture Texture2D; + +// TextureCubemap, same as Texture +typedef Texture TextureCubemap; + +// RenderTexture, fbo for texture rendering +typedef struct RenderTexture { + unsigned int id; // OpenGL framebuffer object id + Texture texture; // Color buffer attachment texture + Texture depth; // Depth buffer attachment texture +} RenderTexture; + +// RenderTexture2D, same as RenderTexture +typedef RenderTexture RenderTexture2D; + +// NPatchInfo, n-patch layout info +typedef struct NPatchInfo { + Rectangle source; // Texture source rectangle + int left; // Left border offset + int top; // Top border offset + int right; // Right border offset + int bottom; // Bottom border offset + int layout; // Layout of the n-patch: 3x3, 1x3 or 3x1 +} NPatchInfo; + +// GlyphInfo, font characters glyphs info +typedef struct GlyphInfo { + int value; // Character value (Unicode) + int offsetX; // Character offset X when drawing + int offsetY; // Character offset Y when drawing + int advanceX; // Character advance position X + Image image; // Character image data +} GlyphInfo; + +// Font, font texture and GlyphInfo array data +typedef struct Font { + int baseSize; // Base size (default chars height) + int glyphCount; // Number of glyph characters + int glyphPadding; // Padding around the glyph characters + Texture2D texture; // Texture atlas containing the glyphs + Rectangle *recs; // Rectangles in texture for the glyphs + GlyphInfo *glyphs; // Glyphs info data +} Font; + +// Camera, defines position/orientation in 3d space +typedef struct Camera3D { + Vector3 position; // Camera position + Vector3 target; // Camera target it looks-at + Vector3 up; // Camera up vector (rotation over its axis) + float fovy; // Camera field-of-view aperture in Y (degrees) in perspective, used as near plane height in world units in orthographic + int projection; // Camera projection: CAMERA_PERSPECTIVE or CAMERA_ORTHOGRAPHIC +} Camera3D; + +typedef Camera3D Camera; // Camera type fallback, defaults to Camera3D + +// Camera2D, defines position/orientation in 2d space +typedef struct Camera2D { + Vector2 offset; // Camera offset (displacement from target) + Vector2 target; // Camera target (rotation and zoom origin) + float rotation; // Camera rotation in degrees + float zoom; // Camera zoom (scaling), should be 1.0f by default +} Camera2D; + +// Mesh, vertex data and vao/vbo +typedef struct Mesh { + int vertexCount; // Number of vertices stored in arrays + int triangleCount; // Number of triangles stored (indexed or not) + + // Vertex attributes data + float *vertices; // Vertex position (XYZ - 3 components per vertex) (shader-location = 0) + float *texcoords; // Vertex texture coordinates (UV - 2 components per vertex) (shader-location = 1) + float *texcoords2; // Vertex texture second coordinates (UV - 2 components per vertex) (shader-location = 5) + float *normals; // Vertex normals (XYZ - 3 components per vertex) (shader-location = 2) + float *tangents; // Vertex tangents (XYZW - 4 components per vertex) (shader-location = 4) + unsigned char *colors; // Vertex colors (RGBA - 4 components per vertex) (shader-location = 3) + unsigned short *indices; // Vertex indices (in case vertex data comes indexed) + + // Animation vertex data + float *animVertices; // Animated vertex positions (after bones transformations) + float *animNormals; // Animated normals (after bones transformations) + unsigned char *boneIds; // Vertex bone ids, max 255 bone ids, up to 4 bones influence by vertex (skinning) (shader-location = 6) + float *boneWeights; // Vertex bone weight, up to 4 bones influence by vertex (skinning) (shader-location = 7) + Matrix *boneMatrices; // Bones animated transformation matrices + int boneCount; // Number of bones + + // OpenGL identifiers + unsigned int vaoId; // OpenGL Vertex Array Object id + unsigned int *vboId; // OpenGL Vertex Buffer Objects id (default vertex data) +} Mesh; + +// Shader +typedef struct Shader { + unsigned int id; // Shader program id + int *locs; // Shader locations array (RL_MAX_SHADER_LOCATIONS) +} Shader; + +// MaterialMap +typedef struct MaterialMap { + Texture2D texture; // Material map texture + Color color; // Material map color + float value; // Material map value +} MaterialMap; + +// Material, includes shader and maps +typedef struct Material { + Shader shader; // Material shader + MaterialMap *maps; // Material maps array (MAX_MATERIAL_MAPS) + float params[4]; // Material generic parameters (if required) +} Material; + +// Transform, vertex transformation data +typedef struct Transform { + Vector3 translation; // Translation + Quaternion rotation; // Rotation + Vector3 scale; // Scale +} Transform; + +// Bone, skeletal animation bone +typedef struct BoneInfo { + char name[32]; // Bone name + int parent; // Bone parent +} BoneInfo; + +// Model, meshes, materials and animation data +typedef struct Model { + Matrix transform; // Local transform matrix + + int meshCount; // Number of meshes + int materialCount; // Number of materials + Mesh *meshes; // Meshes array + Material *materials; // Materials array + int *meshMaterial; // Mesh material number + + // Animation data + int boneCount; // Number of bones + BoneInfo *bones; // Bones information (skeleton) + Transform *bindPose; // Bones base transformation (pose) +} Model; + +// ModelAnimation +typedef struct ModelAnimation { + int boneCount; // Number of bones + int frameCount; // Number of animation frames + BoneInfo *bones; // Bones information (skeleton) + Transform **framePoses; // Poses array by frame + char name[32]; // Animation name +} ModelAnimation; + +// Ray, ray for raycasting +typedef struct Ray { + Vector3 position; // Ray position (origin) + Vector3 direction; // Ray direction (normalized) +} Ray; + +// RayCollision, ray hit information +typedef struct RayCollision { + bool hit; // Did the ray hit something? + float distance; // Distance to the nearest hit + Vector3 point; // Point of the nearest hit + Vector3 normal; // Surface normal of hit +} RayCollision; + +// BoundingBox +typedef struct BoundingBox { + Vector3 min; // Minimum vertex box-corner + Vector3 max; // Maximum vertex box-corner +} BoundingBox; + +// Wave, audio wave data +typedef struct Wave { + unsigned int frameCount; // Total number of frames (considering channels) + unsigned int sampleRate; // Frequency (samples per second) + unsigned int sampleSize; // Bit depth (bits per sample): 8, 16, 32 (24 not supported) + unsigned int channels; // Number of channels (1-mono, 2-stereo, ...) + void *data; // Buffer data pointer +} Wave; + +// Opaque structs declaration +// NOTE: Actual structs are defined internally in raudio module +typedef struct rAudioBuffer rAudioBuffer; +typedef struct rAudioProcessor rAudioProcessor; + +// AudioStream, custom audio stream +typedef struct AudioStream { + rAudioBuffer *buffer; // Pointer to internal data used by the audio system + rAudioProcessor *processor; // Pointer to internal data processor, useful for audio effects + + unsigned int sampleRate; // Frequency (samples per second) + unsigned int sampleSize; // Bit depth (bits per sample): 8, 16, 32 (24 not supported) + unsigned int channels; // Number of channels (1-mono, 2-stereo, ...) +} AudioStream; + +// Sound +typedef struct Sound { + AudioStream stream; // Audio stream + unsigned int frameCount; // Total number of frames (considering channels) +} Sound; + +// Music, audio stream, anything longer than ~10 seconds should be streamed +typedef struct Music { + AudioStream stream; // Audio stream + unsigned int frameCount; // Total number of frames (considering channels) + bool looping; // Music looping enable + + int ctxType; // Type of music context (audio filetype) + void *ctxData; // Audio context data, depends on type +} Music; + +// VrDeviceInfo, Head-Mounted-Display device parameters +typedef struct VrDeviceInfo { + int hResolution; // Horizontal resolution in pixels + int vResolution; // Vertical resolution in pixels + float hScreenSize; // Horizontal size in meters + float vScreenSize; // Vertical size in meters + float eyeToScreenDistance; // Distance between eye and display in meters + float lensSeparationDistance; // Lens separation distance in meters + float interpupillaryDistance; // IPD (distance between pupils) in meters + float lensDistortionValues[4]; // Lens distortion constant parameters + float chromaAbCorrection[4]; // Chromatic aberration correction parameters +} VrDeviceInfo; + +// VrStereoConfig, VR stereo rendering configuration for simulator +typedef struct VrStereoConfig { + Matrix projection[2]; // VR projection matrices (per eye) + Matrix viewOffset[2]; // VR view offset matrices (per eye) + float leftLensCenter[2]; // VR left lens center + float rightLensCenter[2]; // VR right lens center + float leftScreenCenter[2]; // VR left screen center + float rightScreenCenter[2]; // VR right screen center + float scale[2]; // VR distortion scale + float scaleIn[2]; // VR distortion scale in +} VrStereoConfig; + +// File path list +typedef struct FilePathList { + unsigned int capacity; // Filepaths max entries + unsigned int count; // Filepaths entries count + char **paths; // Filepaths entries +} FilePathList; + +// Automation event +typedef struct AutomationEvent { + unsigned int frame; // Event frame + unsigned int type; // Event type (AutomationEventType) + int params[4]; // Event parameters (if required) +} AutomationEvent; + +// Automation event list +typedef struct AutomationEventList { + unsigned int capacity; // Events max entries (MAX_AUTOMATION_EVENTS) + unsigned int count; // Events entries count + AutomationEvent *events; // Events entries +} AutomationEventList; + +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Enumerators Definition +//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// System/Window config flags +// NOTE: Every bit registers one state (use it with bit masks) +// By default all flags are set to 0 +typedef enum { + FLAG_VSYNC_HINT = 0x00000040, // Set to try enabling V-Sync on GPU + FLAG_FULLSCREEN_MODE = 0x00000002, // Set to run program in fullscreen + FLAG_WINDOW_RESIZABLE = 0x00000004, // Set to allow resizable window + FLAG_WINDOW_UNDECORATED = 0x00000008, // Set to disable window decoration (frame and buttons) + FLAG_WINDOW_HIDDEN = 0x00000080, // Set to hide window + FLAG_WINDOW_MINIMIZED = 0x00000200, // Set to minimize window (iconify) + FLAG_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED = 0x00000400, // Set to maximize window (expanded to monitor) + FLAG_WINDOW_UNFOCUSED = 0x00000800, // Set to window non focused + FLAG_WINDOW_TOPMOST = 0x00001000, // Set to window always on top + FLAG_WINDOW_ALWAYS_RUN = 0x00000100, // Set to allow windows running while minimized + FLAG_WINDOW_TRANSPARENT = 0x00000010, // Set to allow transparent framebuffer + FLAG_WINDOW_HIGHDPI = 0x00002000, // Set to support HighDPI + FLAG_WINDOW_MOUSE_PASSTHROUGH = 0x00004000, // Set to support mouse passthrough, only supported when FLAG_WINDOW_UNDECORATED + FLAG_BORDERLESS_WINDOWED_MODE = 0x00008000, // Set to run program in borderless windowed mode + FLAG_MSAA_4X_HINT = 0x00000020, // Set to try enabling MSAA 4X + FLAG_INTERLACED_HINT = 0x00010000 // Set to try enabling interlaced video format (for V3D) +} ConfigFlags; + +// Trace log level +// NOTE: Organized by priority level +typedef enum { + LOG_ALL = 0, // Display all logs + LOG_TRACE, // Trace logging, intended for internal use only + LOG_DEBUG, // Debug logging, used for internal debugging, it should be disabled on release builds + LOG_INFO, // Info logging, used for program execution info + LOG_WARNING, // Warning logging, used on recoverable failures + LOG_ERROR, // Error logging, used on unrecoverable failures + LOG_FATAL, // Fatal logging, used to abort program: exit(EXIT_FAILURE) + LOG_NONE // Disable logging +} TraceLogLevel; + +// Keyboard keys (US keyboard layout) +// NOTE: Use GetKeyPressed() to allow redefining +// required keys for alternative layouts +typedef enum { + KEY_NULL = 0, // Key: NULL, used for no key pressed + // Alphanumeric keys + KEY_APOSTROPHE = 39, // Key: ' + KEY_COMMA = 44, // Key: , + KEY_MINUS = 45, // Key: - + KEY_PERIOD = 46, // Key: . + KEY_SLASH = 47, // Key: / + KEY_ZERO = 48, // Key: 0 + KEY_ONE = 49, // Key: 1 + KEY_TWO = 50, // Key: 2 + KEY_THREE = 51, // Key: 3 + KEY_FOUR = 52, // Key: 4 + KEY_FIVE = 53, // Key: 5 + KEY_SIX = 54, // Key: 6 + KEY_SEVEN = 55, // Key: 7 + KEY_EIGHT = 56, // Key: 8 + KEY_NINE = 57, // Key: 9 + KEY_SEMICOLON = 59, // Key: ; + KEY_EQUAL = 61, // Key: = + KEY_A = 65, // Key: A | a + KEY_B = 66, // Key: B | b + KEY_C = 67, // Key: C | c + KEY_D = 68, // Key: D | d + KEY_E = 69, // Key: E | e + KEY_F = 70, // Key: F | f + KEY_G = 71, // Key: G | g + KEY_H = 72, // Key: H | h + KEY_I = 73, // Key: I | i + KEY_J = 74, // Key: J | j + KEY_K = 75, // Key: K | k + KEY_L = 76, // Key: L | l + KEY_M = 77, // Key: M | m + KEY_N = 78, // Key: N | n + KEY_O = 79, // Key: O | o + KEY_P = 80, // Key: P | p + KEY_Q = 81, // Key: Q | q + KEY_R = 82, // Key: R | r + KEY_S = 83, // Key: S | s + KEY_T = 84, // Key: T | t + KEY_U = 85, // Key: U | u + KEY_V = 86, // Key: V | v + KEY_W = 87, // Key: W | w + KEY_X = 88, // Key: X | x + KEY_Y = 89, // Key: Y | y + KEY_Z = 90, // Key: Z | z + KEY_LEFT_BRACKET = 91, // Key: [ + KEY_BACKSLASH = 92, // Key: '\' + KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET = 93, // Key: ] + KEY_GRAVE = 96, // Key: ` + // Function keys + KEY_SPACE = 32, // Key: Space + KEY_ESCAPE = 256, // Key: Esc + KEY_ENTER = 257, // Key: Enter + KEY_TAB = 258, // Key: Tab + KEY_BACKSPACE = 259, // Key: Backspace + KEY_INSERT = 260, // Key: Ins + KEY_DELETE = 261, // Key: Del + KEY_RIGHT = 262, // Key: Cursor right + KEY_LEFT = 263, // Key: Cursor left + KEY_DOWN = 264, // Key: Cursor down + KEY_UP = 265, // Key: Cursor up + KEY_PAGE_UP = 266, // Key: Page up + KEY_PAGE_DOWN = 267, // Key: Page down + KEY_HOME = 268, // Key: Home + KEY_END = 269, // Key: End + KEY_CAPS_LOCK = 280, // Key: Caps lock + KEY_SCROLL_LOCK = 281, // Key: Scroll down + KEY_NUM_LOCK = 282, // Key: Num lock + KEY_PRINT_SCREEN = 283, // Key: Print screen + KEY_PAUSE = 284, // Key: Pause + KEY_F1 = 290, // Key: F1 + KEY_F2 = 291, // Key: F2 + KEY_F3 = 292, // Key: F3 + KEY_F4 = 293, // Key: F4 + KEY_F5 = 294, // Key: F5 + KEY_F6 = 295, // Key: F6 + KEY_F7 = 296, // Key: F7 + KEY_F8 = 297, // Key: F8 + KEY_F9 = 298, // Key: F9 + KEY_F10 = 299, // Key: F10 + KEY_F11 = 300, // Key: F11 + KEY_F12 = 301, // Key: F12 + KEY_LEFT_SHIFT = 340, // Key: Shift left + KEY_LEFT_CONTROL = 341, // Key: Control left + KEY_LEFT_ALT = 342, // Key: Alt left + KEY_LEFT_SUPER = 343, // Key: Super left + KEY_RIGHT_SHIFT = 344, // Key: Shift right + KEY_RIGHT_CONTROL = 345, // Key: Control right + KEY_RIGHT_ALT = 346, // Key: Alt right + KEY_RIGHT_SUPER = 347, // Key: Super right + KEY_KB_MENU = 348, // Key: KB menu + // Keypad keys + KEY_KP_0 = 320, // Key: Keypad 0 + KEY_KP_1 = 321, // Key: Keypad 1 + KEY_KP_2 = 322, // Key: Keypad 2 + KEY_KP_3 = 323, // Key: Keypad 3 + KEY_KP_4 = 324, // Key: Keypad 4 + KEY_KP_5 = 325, // Key: Keypad 5 + KEY_KP_6 = 326, // Key: Keypad 6 + KEY_KP_7 = 327, // Key: Keypad 7 + KEY_KP_8 = 328, // Key: Keypad 8 + KEY_KP_9 = 329, // Key: Keypad 9 + KEY_KP_DECIMAL = 330, // Key: Keypad . + KEY_KP_DIVIDE = 331, // Key: Keypad / + KEY_KP_MULTIPLY = 332, // Key: Keypad * + KEY_KP_SUBTRACT = 333, // Key: Keypad - + KEY_KP_ADD = 334, // Key: Keypad + + KEY_KP_ENTER = 335, // Key: Keypad Enter + KEY_KP_EQUAL = 336, // Key: Keypad = + // Android key buttons + KEY_BACK = 4, // Key: Android back button + KEY_MENU = 5, // Key: Android menu button + KEY_VOLUME_UP = 24, // Key: Android volume up button + KEY_VOLUME_DOWN = 25 // Key: Android volume down button +} KeyboardKey; + +// Add backwards compatibility support for deprecated names +#define MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT +#define MOUSE_RIGHT_BUTTON MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT +#define MOUSE_MIDDLE_BUTTON MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE + +// Mouse buttons +typedef enum { + MOUSE_BUTTON_LEFT = 0, // Mouse button left + MOUSE_BUTTON_RIGHT = 1, // Mouse button right + MOUSE_BUTTON_MIDDLE = 2, // Mouse button middle (pressed wheel) + MOUSE_BUTTON_SIDE = 3, // Mouse button side (advanced mouse device) + MOUSE_BUTTON_EXTRA = 4, // Mouse button extra (advanced mouse device) + MOUSE_BUTTON_FORWARD = 5, // Mouse button forward (advanced mouse device) + MOUSE_BUTTON_BACK = 6, // Mouse button back (advanced mouse device) +} MouseButton; + +// Mouse cursor +typedef enum { + MOUSE_CURSOR_DEFAULT = 0, // Default pointer shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_ARROW = 1, // Arrow shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_IBEAM = 2, // Text writing cursor shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR = 3, // Cross shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_POINTING_HAND = 4, // Pointing hand cursor + MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_EW = 5, // Horizontal resize/move arrow shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_NS = 6, // Vertical resize/move arrow shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_NWSE = 7, // Top-left to bottom-right diagonal resize/move arrow shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_NESW = 8, // The top-right to bottom-left diagonal resize/move arrow shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_ALL = 9, // The omnidirectional resize/move cursor shape + MOUSE_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED = 10 // The operation-not-allowed shape +} MouseCursor; + +// Gamepad buttons +typedef enum { + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_UNKNOWN = 0, // Unknown button, just for error checking + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_FACE_UP, // Gamepad left DPAD up button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_FACE_RIGHT, // Gamepad left DPAD right button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_FACE_DOWN, // Gamepad left DPAD down button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_FACE_LEFT, // Gamepad left DPAD left button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_FACE_UP, // Gamepad right button up (i.e. PS3: Triangle, Xbox: Y) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_FACE_RIGHT, // Gamepad right button right (i.e. PS3: Circle, Xbox: B) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_FACE_DOWN, // Gamepad right button down (i.e. PS3: Cross, Xbox: A) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_FACE_LEFT, // Gamepad right button left (i.e. PS3: Square, Xbox: X) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_TRIGGER_1, // Gamepad top/back trigger left (first), it could be a trailing button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_TRIGGER_2, // Gamepad top/back trigger left (second), it could be a trailing button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_TRIGGER_1, // Gamepad top/back trigger right (first), it could be a trailing button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_TRIGGER_2, // Gamepad top/back trigger right (second), it could be a trailing button + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_MIDDLE_LEFT, // Gamepad center buttons, left one (i.e. PS3: Select) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_MIDDLE, // Gamepad center buttons, middle one (i.e. PS3: PS, Xbox: XBOX) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_MIDDLE_RIGHT, // Gamepad center buttons, right one (i.e. PS3: Start) + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_LEFT_THUMB, // Gamepad joystick pressed button left + GAMEPAD_BUTTON_RIGHT_THUMB // Gamepad joystick pressed button right +} GamepadButton; + +// Gamepad axes +typedef enum { + GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_X = 0, // Gamepad left stick X axis + GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_Y = 1, // Gamepad left stick Y axis + GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_X = 2, // Gamepad right stick X axis + GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_Y = 3, // Gamepad right stick Y axis + GAMEPAD_AXIS_LEFT_TRIGGER = 4, // Gamepad back trigger left, pressure level: [1..-1] + GAMEPAD_AXIS_RIGHT_TRIGGER = 5 // Gamepad back trigger right, pressure level: [1..-1] +} GamepadAxis; + +// Material map index +typedef enum { + MATERIAL_MAP_ALBEDO = 0, // Albedo material (same as: MATERIAL_MAP_DIFFUSE) + MATERIAL_MAP_METALNESS, // Metalness material (same as: MATERIAL_MAP_SPECULAR) + MATERIAL_MAP_NORMAL, // Normal material + MATERIAL_MAP_ROUGHNESS, // Roughness material + MATERIAL_MAP_OCCLUSION, // Ambient occlusion material + MATERIAL_MAP_EMISSION, // Emission material + MATERIAL_MAP_HEIGHT, // Heightmap material + MATERIAL_MAP_CUBEMAP, // Cubemap material (NOTE: Uses GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) + MATERIAL_MAP_IRRADIANCE, // Irradiance material (NOTE: Uses GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) + MATERIAL_MAP_PREFILTER, // Prefilter material (NOTE: Uses GL_TEXTURE_CUBE_MAP) + MATERIAL_MAP_BRDF // Brdf material +} MaterialMapIndex; + +#define MATERIAL_MAP_DIFFUSE MATERIAL_MAP_ALBEDO +#define MATERIAL_MAP_SPECULAR MATERIAL_MAP_METALNESS + +// Shader location index +typedef enum { + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_POSITION = 0, // Shader location: vertex attribute: position + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_TEXCOORD01, // Shader location: vertex attribute: texcoord01 + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_TEXCOORD02, // Shader location: vertex attribute: texcoord02 + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_NORMAL, // Shader location: vertex attribute: normal + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_TANGENT, // Shader location: vertex attribute: tangent + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_COLOR, // Shader location: vertex attribute: color + SHADER_LOC_MATRIX_MVP, // Shader location: matrix uniform: model-view-projection + SHADER_LOC_MATRIX_VIEW, // Shader location: matrix uniform: view (camera transform) + SHADER_LOC_MATRIX_PROJECTION, // Shader location: matrix uniform: projection + SHADER_LOC_MATRIX_MODEL, // Shader location: matrix uniform: model (transform) + SHADER_LOC_MATRIX_NORMAL, // Shader location: matrix uniform: normal + SHADER_LOC_VECTOR_VIEW, // Shader location: vector uniform: view + SHADER_LOC_COLOR_DIFFUSE, // Shader location: vector uniform: diffuse color + SHADER_LOC_COLOR_SPECULAR, // Shader location: vector uniform: specular color + SHADER_LOC_COLOR_AMBIENT, // Shader location: vector uniform: ambient color + SHADER_LOC_MAP_ALBEDO, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: albedo (same as: SHADER_LOC_MAP_DIFFUSE) + SHADER_LOC_MAP_METALNESS, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: metalness (same as: SHADER_LOC_MAP_SPECULAR) + SHADER_LOC_MAP_NORMAL, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: normal + SHADER_LOC_MAP_ROUGHNESS, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: roughness + SHADER_LOC_MAP_OCCLUSION, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: occlusion + SHADER_LOC_MAP_EMISSION, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: emission + SHADER_LOC_MAP_HEIGHT, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: height + SHADER_LOC_MAP_CUBEMAP, // Shader location: samplerCube texture: cubemap + SHADER_LOC_MAP_IRRADIANCE, // Shader location: samplerCube texture: irradiance + SHADER_LOC_MAP_PREFILTER, // Shader location: samplerCube texture: prefilter + SHADER_LOC_MAP_BRDF, // Shader location: sampler2d texture: brdf + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_BONEIDS, // Shader location: vertex attribute: boneIds + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_BONEWEIGHTS, // Shader location: vertex attribute: boneWeights + SHADER_LOC_BONE_MATRICES, // Shader location: array of matrices uniform: boneMatrices + SHADER_LOC_VERTEX_INSTANCE_TX // Shader location: vertex attribute: instanceTransform +} ShaderLocationIndex; + +#define SHADER_LOC_MAP_DIFFUSE SHADER_LOC_MAP_ALBEDO +#define SHADER_LOC_MAP_SPECULAR SHADER_LOC_MAP_METALNESS + +// Shader uniform data type +typedef enum { + SHADER_UNIFORM_FLOAT = 0, // Shader uniform type: float + SHADER_UNIFORM_VEC2, // Shader uniform type: vec2 (2 float) + SHADER_UNIFORM_VEC3, // Shader uniform type: vec3 (3 float) + SHADER_UNIFORM_VEC4, // Shader uniform type: vec4 (4 float) + SHADER_UNIFORM_INT, // Shader uniform type: int + SHADER_UNIFORM_IVEC2, // Shader uniform type: ivec2 (2 int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_IVEC3, // Shader uniform type: ivec3 (3 int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_IVEC4, // Shader uniform type: ivec4 (4 int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_UINT, // Shader uniform type: unsigned int + SHADER_UNIFORM_UIVEC2, // Shader uniform type: uivec2 (2 unsigned int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_UIVEC3, // Shader uniform type: uivec3 (3 unsigned int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_UIVEC4, // Shader uniform type: uivec4 (4 unsigned int) + SHADER_UNIFORM_SAMPLER2D // Shader uniform type: sampler2d +} ShaderUniformDataType; + +// Shader attribute data types +typedef enum { + SHADER_ATTRIB_FLOAT = 0, // Shader attribute type: float + SHADER_ATTRIB_VEC2, // Shader attribute type: vec2 (2 float) + SHADER_ATTRIB_VEC3, // Shader attribute type: vec3 (3 float) + SHADER_ATTRIB_VEC4 // Shader attribute type: vec4 (4 float) +} ShaderAttributeDataType; + +// Pixel formats +// NOTE: Support depends on OpenGL version and platform +typedef enum { + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_GRAYSCALE = 1, // 8 bit per pixel (no alpha) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_GRAY_ALPHA, // 8*2 bpp (2 channels) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R5G6B5, // 16 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R8G8B8, // 24 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R5G5B5A1, // 16 bpp (1 bit alpha) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R4G4B4A4, // 16 bpp (4 bit alpha) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R8G8B8A8, // 32 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R32, // 32 bpp (1 channel - float) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R32G32B32, // 32*3 bpp (3 channels - float) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R32G32B32A32, // 32*4 bpp (4 channels - float) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R16, // 16 bpp (1 channel - half float) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R16G16B16, // 16*3 bpp (3 channels - half float) + PIXELFORMAT_UNCOMPRESSED_R16G16B16A16, // 16*4 bpp (4 channels - half float) + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_DXT1_RGB, // 4 bpp (no alpha) + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_DXT1_RGBA, // 4 bpp (1 bit alpha) + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_DXT3_RGBA, // 8 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_DXT5_RGBA, // 8 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_ETC1_RGB, // 4 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_ETC2_RGB, // 4 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_ETC2_EAC_RGBA, // 8 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_PVRT_RGB, // 4 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_PVRT_RGBA, // 4 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_ASTC_4x4_RGBA, // 8 bpp + PIXELFORMAT_COMPRESSED_ASTC_8x8_RGBA // 2 bpp +} PixelFormat; + +// Texture parameters: filter mode +// NOTE 1: Filtering considers mipmaps if available in the texture +// NOTE 2: Filter is accordingly set for minification and magnification +typedef enum { + TEXTURE_FILTER_POINT = 0, // No filter, just pixel approximation + TEXTURE_FILTER_BILINEAR, // Linear filtering + TEXTURE_FILTER_TRILINEAR, // Trilinear filtering (linear with mipmaps) + TEXTURE_FILTER_ANISOTROPIC_4X, // Anisotropic filtering 4x + TEXTURE_FILTER_ANISOTROPIC_8X, // Anisotropic filtering 8x + TEXTURE_FILTER_ANISOTROPIC_16X, // Anisotropic filtering 16x +} TextureFilter; + +// Texture parameters: wrap mode +typedef enum { + TEXTURE_WRAP_REPEAT = 0, // Repeats texture in tiled mode + TEXTURE_WRAP_CLAMP, // Clamps texture to edge pixel in tiled mode + TEXTURE_WRAP_MIRROR_REPEAT, // Mirrors and repeats the texture in tiled mode + TEXTURE_WRAP_MIRROR_CLAMP // Mirrors and clamps to border the texture in tiled mode +} TextureWrap; + +// Cubemap layouts +typedef enum { + CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_AUTO_DETECT = 0, // Automatically detect layout type + CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_LINE_VERTICAL, // Layout is defined by a vertical line with faces + CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_LINE_HORIZONTAL, // Layout is defined by a horizontal line with faces + CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_CROSS_THREE_BY_FOUR, // Layout is defined by a 3x4 cross with cubemap faces + CUBEMAP_LAYOUT_CROSS_FOUR_BY_THREE // Layout is defined by a 4x3 cross with cubemap faces +} CubemapLayout; + +// Font type, defines generation method +typedef enum { + FONT_DEFAULT = 0, // Default font generation, anti-aliased + FONT_BITMAP, // Bitmap font generation, no anti-aliasing + FONT_SDF // SDF font generation, requires external shader +} FontType; + +// Color blending modes (pre-defined) +typedef enum { + BLEND_ALPHA = 0, // Blend textures considering alpha (default) + BLEND_ADDITIVE, // Blend textures adding colors + BLEND_MULTIPLIED, // Blend textures multiplying colors + BLEND_ADD_COLORS, // Blend textures adding colors (alternative) + BLEND_SUBTRACT_COLORS, // Blend textures subtracting colors (alternative) + BLEND_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLY, // Blend premultiplied textures considering alpha + BLEND_CUSTOM, // Blend textures using custom src/dst factors (use rlSetBlendFactors()) + BLEND_CUSTOM_SEPARATE // Blend textures using custom rgb/alpha separate src/dst factors (use rlSetBlendFactorsSeparate()) +} BlendMode; + +// Gesture +// NOTE: Provided as bit-wise flags to enable only desired gestures +typedef enum { + GESTURE_NONE = 0, // No gesture + GESTURE_TAP = 1, // Tap gesture + GESTURE_DOUBLETAP = 2, // Double tap gesture + GESTURE_HOLD = 4, // Hold gesture + GESTURE_DRAG = 8, // Drag gesture + GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT = 16, // Swipe right gesture + GESTURE_SWIPE_LEFT = 32, // Swipe left gesture + GESTURE_SWIPE_UP = 64, // Swipe up gesture + GESTURE_SWIPE_DOWN = 128, // Swipe down gesture + GESTURE_PINCH_IN = 256, // Pinch in gesture + GESTURE_PINCH_OUT = 512 // Pinch out gesture +} Gesture; + +// Camera system modes +typedef enum { + CAMERA_CUSTOM = 0, // Camera custom, controlled by user (UpdateCamera() does nothing) + CAMERA_FREE, // Camera free mode + CAMERA_ORBITAL, // Camera orbital, around target, zoom supported + CAMERA_FIRST_PERSON, // Camera first person + CAMERA_THIRD_PERSON // Camera third person +} CameraMode; + +// Camera projection +typedef enum { + CAMERA_PERSPECTIVE = 0, // Perspective projection + CAMERA_ORTHOGRAPHIC // Orthographic projection +} CameraProjection; + +// N-patch layout +typedef enum { + NPATCH_NINE_PATCH = 0, // Npatch layout: 3x3 tiles + NPATCH_THREE_PATCH_VERTICAL, // Npatch layout: 1x3 tiles + NPATCH_THREE_PATCH_HORIZONTAL // Npatch layout: 3x1 tiles +} NPatchLayout; + +// Callbacks to hook some internal functions +// WARNING: These callbacks are intended for advanced users +typedef void (*TraceLogCallback)(int logLevel, const char *text, va_list args); // Logging: Redirect trace log messages +typedef unsigned char *(*LoadFileDataCallback)(const char *fileName, int *dataSize); // FileIO: Load binary data +typedef bool (*SaveFileDataCallback)(const char *fileName, void *data, int dataSize); // FileIO: Save binary data +typedef char *(*LoadFileTextCallback)(const char *fileName); // FileIO: Load text data +typedef bool (*SaveFileTextCallback)(const char *fileName, const char *text); // FileIO: Save text data + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Global Variables Definition +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// It's lonely here... + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Window and Graphics Device Functions (Module: core) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { // Prevents name mangling of functions +#endif + +// Window-related functions +RLAPI void InitWindow(int width, int height, const char *title); // Initialize window and OpenGL context +RLAPI void CloseWindow(void); // Close window and unload OpenGL context +RLAPI bool WindowShouldClose(void); // Check if application should close (KEY_ESCAPE pressed or windows close icon clicked) +RLAPI bool IsWindowReady(void); // Check if window has been initialized successfully +RLAPI bool IsWindowFullscreen(void); // Check if window is currently fullscreen +RLAPI bool IsWindowHidden(void); // Check if window is currently hidden +RLAPI bool IsWindowMinimized(void); // Check if window is currently minimized +RLAPI bool IsWindowMaximized(void); // Check if window is currently maximized +RLAPI bool IsWindowFocused(void); // Check if window is currently focused +RLAPI bool IsWindowResized(void); // Check if window has been resized last frame +RLAPI bool IsWindowState(unsigned int flag); // Check if one specific window flag is enabled +RLAPI void SetWindowState(unsigned int flags); // Set window configuration state using flags +RLAPI void ClearWindowState(unsigned int flags); // Clear window configuration state flags +RLAPI void ToggleFullscreen(void); // Toggle window state: fullscreen/windowed, resizes monitor to match window resolution +RLAPI void ToggleBorderlessWindowed(void); // Toggle window state: borderless windowed, resizes window to match monitor resolution +RLAPI void MaximizeWindow(void); // Set window state: maximized, if resizable +RLAPI void MinimizeWindow(void); // Set window state: minimized, if resizable +RLAPI void RestoreWindow(void); // Restore window from being minimized/maximized +RLAPI void SetWindowIcon(Image image); // Set icon for window (single image, RGBA 32bit) +RLAPI void SetWindowIcons(Image *images, int count); // Set icon for window (multiple images, RGBA 32bit) +RLAPI void SetWindowTitle(const char *title); // Set title for window +RLAPI void SetWindowPosition(int x, int y); // Set window position on screen +RLAPI void SetWindowMonitor(int monitor); // Set monitor for the current window +RLAPI void SetWindowMinSize(int width, int height); // Set window minimum dimensions (for FLAG_WINDOW_RESIZABLE) +RLAPI void SetWindowMaxSize(int width, int height); // Set window maximum dimensions (for FLAG_WINDOW_RESIZABLE) +RLAPI void SetWindowSize(int width, int height); // Set window dimensions +RLAPI void SetWindowOpacity(float opacity); // Set window opacity [0.0f..1.0f] +RLAPI void SetWindowFocused(void); // Set window focused +RLAPI void *GetWindowHandle(void); // Get native window handle +RLAPI int GetScreenWidth(void); // Get current screen width +RLAPI int GetScreenHeight(void); // Get current screen height +RLAPI int GetRenderWidth(void); // Get current render width (it considers HiDPI) +RLAPI int GetRenderHeight(void); // Get current render height (it considers HiDPI) +RLAPI int GetMonitorCount(void); // Get number of connected monitors +RLAPI int GetCurrentMonitor(void); // Get current monitor where window is placed +RLAPI Vector2 GetMonitorPosition(int monitor); // Get specified monitor position +RLAPI int GetMonitorWidth(int monitor); // Get specified monitor width (current video mode used by monitor) +RLAPI int GetMonitorHeight(int monitor); // Get specified monitor height (current video mode used by monitor) +RLAPI int GetMonitorPhysicalWidth(int monitor); // Get specified monitor physical width in millimetres +RLAPI int GetMonitorPhysicalHeight(int monitor); // Get specified monitor physical height in millimetres +RLAPI int GetMonitorRefreshRate(int monitor); // Get specified monitor refresh rate +RLAPI Vector2 GetWindowPosition(void); // Get window position XY on monitor +RLAPI Vector2 GetWindowScaleDPI(void); // Get window scale DPI factor +RLAPI const char *GetMonitorName(int monitor); // Get the human-readable, UTF-8 encoded name of the specified monitor +RLAPI void SetClipboardText(const char *text); // Set clipboard text content +RLAPI const char *GetClipboardText(void); // Get clipboard text content +RLAPI Image GetClipboardImage(void); // Get clipboard image content +RLAPI void EnableEventWaiting(void); // Enable waiting for events on EndDrawing(), no automatic event polling +RLAPI void DisableEventWaiting(void); // Disable waiting for events on EndDrawing(), automatic events polling + +// Cursor-related functions +RLAPI void ShowCursor(void); // Shows cursor +RLAPI void HideCursor(void); // Hides cursor +RLAPI bool IsCursorHidden(void); // Check if cursor is not visible +RLAPI void EnableCursor(void); // Enables cursor (unlock cursor) +RLAPI void DisableCursor(void); // Disables cursor (lock cursor) +RLAPI bool IsCursorOnScreen(void); // Check if cursor is on the screen + +// Drawing-related functions +RLAPI void ClearBackground(Color color); // Set background color (framebuffer clear color) +RLAPI void BeginDrawing(void); // Setup canvas (framebuffer) to start drawing +RLAPI void EndDrawing(void); // End canvas drawing and swap buffers (double buffering) +RLAPI void BeginMode2D(Camera2D camera); // Begin 2D mode with custom camera (2D) +RLAPI void EndMode2D(void); // Ends 2D mode with custom camera +RLAPI void BeginMode3D(Camera3D camera); // Begin 3D mode with custom camera (3D) +RLAPI void EndMode3D(void); // Ends 3D mode and returns to default 2D orthographic mode +RLAPI void BeginTextureMode(RenderTexture2D target); // Begin drawing to render texture +RLAPI void EndTextureMode(void); // Ends drawing to render texture +RLAPI void BeginShaderMode(Shader shader); // Begin custom shader drawing +RLAPI void EndShaderMode(void); // End custom shader drawing (use default shader) +RLAPI void BeginBlendMode(int mode); // Begin blending mode (alpha, additive, multiplied, subtract, custom) +RLAPI void EndBlendMode(void); // End blending mode (reset to default: alpha blending) +RLAPI void BeginScissorMode(int x, int y, int width, int height); // Begin scissor mode (define screen area for following drawing) +RLAPI void EndScissorMode(void); // End scissor mode +RLAPI void BeginVrStereoMode(VrStereoConfig config); // Begin stereo rendering (requires VR simulator) +RLAPI void EndVrStereoMode(void); // End stereo rendering (requires VR simulator) + +// VR stereo config functions for VR simulator +RLAPI VrStereoConfig LoadVrStereoConfig(VrDeviceInfo device); // Load VR stereo config for VR simulator device parameters +RLAPI void UnloadVrStereoConfig(VrStereoConfig config); // Unload VR stereo config + +// Shader management functions +// NOTE: Shader functionality is not available on OpenGL 1.1 +RLAPI Shader LoadShader(const char *vsFileName, const char *fsFileName); // Load shader from files and bind default locations +RLAPI Shader LoadShaderFromMemory(const char *vsCode, const char *fsCode); // Load shader from code strings and bind default locations +RLAPI bool IsShaderValid(Shader shader); // Check if a shader is valid (loaded on GPU) +RLAPI int GetShaderLocation(Shader shader, const char *uniformName); // Get shader uniform location +RLAPI int GetShaderLocationAttrib(Shader shader, const char *attribName); // Get shader attribute location +RLAPI void SetShaderValue(Shader shader, int locIndex, const void *value, int uniformType); // Set shader uniform value +RLAPI void SetShaderValueV(Shader shader, int locIndex, const void *value, int uniformType, int count); // Set shader uniform value vector +RLAPI void SetShaderValueMatrix(Shader shader, int locIndex, Matrix mat); // Set shader uniform value (matrix 4x4) +RLAPI void SetShaderValueTexture(Shader shader, int locIndex, Texture2D texture); // Set shader uniform value and bind the texture (sampler2d) +RLAPI void UnloadShader(Shader shader); // Unload shader from GPU memory (VRAM) + +// Screen-space-related functions +#define GetMouseRay GetScreenToWorldRay // Compatibility hack for previous raylib versions +RLAPI Ray GetScreenToWorldRay(Vector2 position, Camera camera); // Get a ray trace from screen position (i.e mouse) +RLAPI Ray GetScreenToWorldRayEx(Vector2 position, Camera camera, int width, int height); // Get a ray trace from screen position (i.e mouse) in a viewport +RLAPI Vector2 GetWorldToScreen(Vector3 position, Camera camera); // Get the screen space position for a 3d world space position +RLAPI Vector2 GetWorldToScreenEx(Vector3 position, Camera camera, int width, int height); // Get size position for a 3d world space position +RLAPI Vector2 GetWorldToScreen2D(Vector2 position, Camera2D camera); // Get the screen space position for a 2d camera world space position +RLAPI Vector2 GetScreenToWorld2D(Vector2 position, Camera2D camera); // Get the world space position for a 2d camera screen space position +RLAPI Matrix GetCameraMatrix(Camera camera); // Get camera transform matrix (view matrix) +RLAPI Matrix GetCameraMatrix2D(Camera2D camera); // Get camera 2d transform matrix + +// Timing-related functions +RLAPI void SetTargetFPS(int fps); // Set target FPS (maximum) +RLAPI float GetFrameTime(void); // Get time in seconds for last frame drawn (delta time) +RLAPI double GetTime(void); // Get elapsed time in seconds since InitWindow() +RLAPI int GetFPS(void); // Get current FPS + +// Custom frame control functions +// NOTE: Those functions are intended for advanced users that want full control over the frame processing +// By default EndDrawing() does this job: draws everything + SwapScreenBuffer() + manage frame timing + PollInputEvents() +// To avoid that behaviour and control frame processes manually, enable in config.h: SUPPORT_CUSTOM_FRAME_CONTROL +RLAPI void SwapScreenBuffer(void); // Swap back buffer with front buffer (screen drawing) +RLAPI void PollInputEvents(void); // Register all input events +RLAPI void WaitTime(double seconds); // Wait for some time (halt program execution) + +// Random values generation functions +RLAPI void SetRandomSeed(unsigned int seed); // Set the seed for the random number generator +RLAPI int GetRandomValue(int min, int max); // Get a random value between min and max (both included) +RLAPI int *LoadRandomSequence(unsigned int count, int min, int max); // Load random values sequence, no values repeated +RLAPI void UnloadRandomSequence(int *sequence); // Unload random values sequence + +// Misc. functions +RLAPI void TakeScreenshot(const char *fileName); // Takes a screenshot of current screen (filename extension defines format) +RLAPI void SetConfigFlags(unsigned int flags); // Setup init configuration flags (view FLAGS) +RLAPI void OpenURL(const char *url); // Open URL with default system browser (if available) + +// NOTE: Following functions implemented in module [utils] +//------------------------------------------------------------------ +RLAPI void TraceLog(int logLevel, const char *text, ...); // Show trace log messages (LOG_DEBUG, LOG_INFO, LOG_WARNING, LOG_ERROR...) +RLAPI void SetTraceLogLevel(int logLevel); // Set the current threshold (minimum) log level +RLAPI void *MemAlloc(unsigned int size); // Internal memory allocator +RLAPI void *MemRealloc(void *ptr, unsigned int size); // Internal memory reallocator +RLAPI void MemFree(void *ptr); // Internal memory free + +// Set custom callbacks +// WARNING: Callbacks setup is intended for advanced users +RLAPI void SetTraceLogCallback(TraceLogCallback callback); // Set custom trace log +RLAPI void SetLoadFileDataCallback(LoadFileDataCallback callback); // Set custom file binary data loader +RLAPI void SetSaveFileDataCallback(SaveFileDataCallback callback); // Set custom file binary data saver +RLAPI void SetLoadFileTextCallback(LoadFileTextCallback callback); // Set custom file text data loader +RLAPI void SetSaveFileTextCallback(SaveFileTextCallback callback); // Set custom file text data saver + +// Files management functions +RLAPI unsigned char *LoadFileData(const char *fileName, int *dataSize); // Load file data as byte array (read) +RLAPI void UnloadFileData(unsigned char *data); // Unload file data allocated by LoadFileData() +RLAPI bool SaveFileData(const char *fileName, void *data, int dataSize); // Save data to file from byte array (write), returns true on success +RLAPI bool ExportDataAsCode(const unsigned char *data, int dataSize, const char *fileName); // Export data to code (.h), returns true on success +RLAPI char *LoadFileText(const char *fileName); // Load text data from file (read), returns a '\0' terminated string +RLAPI void UnloadFileText(char *text); // Unload file text data allocated by LoadFileText() +RLAPI bool SaveFileText(const char *fileName, const char *text); // Save text data to file (write), string must be '\0' terminated, returns true on success +//------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// File system functions +RLAPI int FileRename(const char *fileName, const char *fileRename); // Rename file (if exists) +RLAPI int FileRemove(const char *fileName); // Remove file (if exists) +RLAPI int FileCopy(const char *srcPath, const char *dstPath); // Copy file from one path to another, dstPath created if it doesn't exist +RLAPI int FileMove(const char *srcPath, const char *dstPath); // Move file from one directory to another, dstPath created if it doesn't exist +RLAPI int FileTextReplace(const char *fileName, const char *search, const char *replacement); // Replace text in an existing file +RLAPI int FileTextFindIndex(const char *fileName, const char *search); // Find text in existing file +RLAPI bool FileExists(const char *fileName); // Check if file exists +RLAPI bool DirectoryExists(const char *dirPath); // Check if a directory path exists +RLAPI bool IsFileExtension(const char *fileName, const char *ext); // Check file extension (recommended include point: .png, .wav) +RLAPI int GetFileLength(const char *fileName); // Get file length in bytes (NOTE: GetFileSize() conflicts with windows.h) +RLAPI long GetFileModTime(const char *fileName); // Get file modification time (last write time) +RLAPI const char *GetFileExtension(const char *fileName); // Get pointer to extension for a filename string (includes dot: '.png') +RLAPI const char *GetFileName(const char *filePath); // Get pointer to filename for a path string +RLAPI const char *GetFileNameWithoutExt(const char *filePath); // Get filename string without extension (uses static string) +RLAPI const char *GetDirectoryPath(const char *filePath); // Get full path for a given fileName with path (uses static string) +RLAPI const char *GetPrevDirectoryPath(const char *dirPath); // Get previous directory path for a given path (uses static string) +RLAPI const char *GetWorkingDirectory(void); // Get current working directory (uses static string) +RLAPI const char *GetApplicationDirectory(void); // Get the directory of the running application (uses static string) +RLAPI int MakeDirectory(const char *dirPath); // Create directories (including full path requested), returns 0 on success +RLAPI bool ChangeDirectory(const char *dir); // Change working directory, return true on success +RLAPI bool IsPathFile(const char *path); // Check if a given path is a file or a directory +RLAPI bool IsFileNameValid(const char *fileName); // Check if fileName is valid for the platform/OS +RLAPI FilePathList LoadDirectoryFiles(const char *dirPath); // Load directory filepaths +RLAPI FilePathList LoadDirectoryFilesEx(const char *basePath, const char *filter, bool scanSubdirs); // Load directory filepaths with extension filtering and recursive directory scan. Use 'DIR' in the filter string to include directories in the result +RLAPI void UnloadDirectoryFiles(FilePathList files); // Unload filepaths +RLAPI bool IsFileDropped(void); // Check if a file has been dropped into window +RLAPI FilePathList LoadDroppedFiles(void); // Load dropped filepaths +RLAPI void UnloadDroppedFiles(FilePathList files); // Unload dropped filepaths + +// Compression/Encoding functionality +RLAPI unsigned char *CompressData(const unsigned char *data, int dataSize, int *compDataSize); // Compress data (DEFLATE algorithm), memory must be MemFree() +RLAPI unsigned char *DecompressData(const unsigned char *compData, int compDataSize, int *dataSize); // Decompress data (DEFLATE algorithm), memory must be MemFree() +RLAPI char *EncodeDataBase64(const unsigned char *data, int dataSize, int *outputSize); // Encode data to Base64 string (includes NULL terminator), memory must be MemFree() +RLAPI unsigned char *DecodeDataBase64(const char *text, int *outputSize); // Decode Base64 string (expected NULL terminated), memory must be MemFree() +RLAPI unsigned int ComputeCRC32(unsigned char *data, int dataSize); // Compute CRC32 hash code +RLAPI unsigned int *ComputeMD5(unsigned char *data, int dataSize); // Compute MD5 hash code, returns static int[4] (16 bytes) +RLAPI unsigned int *ComputeSHA1(unsigned char *data, int dataSize); // Compute SHA1 hash code, returns static int[5] (20 bytes) +RLAPI unsigned int *ComputeSHA256(unsigned char *data, int dataSize); // Compute SHA256 hash code, returns static int[8] (32 bytes) + +// Automation events functionality +RLAPI AutomationEventList LoadAutomationEventList(const char *fileName); // Load automation events list from file, NULL for empty list, capacity = MAX_AUTOMATION_EVENTS +RLAPI void UnloadAutomationEventList(AutomationEventList list); // Unload automation events list from file +RLAPI bool ExportAutomationEventList(AutomationEventList list, const char *fileName); // Export automation events list as text file +RLAPI void SetAutomationEventList(AutomationEventList *list); // Set automation event list to record to +RLAPI void SetAutomationEventBaseFrame(int frame); // Set automation event internal base frame to start recording +RLAPI void StartAutomationEventRecording(void); // Start recording automation events (AutomationEventList must be set) +RLAPI void StopAutomationEventRecording(void); // Stop recording automation events +RLAPI void PlayAutomationEvent(AutomationEvent event); // Play a recorded automation event + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Input Handling Functions (Module: core) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Input-related functions: keyboard +RLAPI bool IsKeyPressed(int key); // Check if a key has been pressed once +RLAPI bool IsKeyPressedRepeat(int key); // Check if a key has been pressed again +RLAPI bool IsKeyDown(int key); // Check if a key is being pressed +RLAPI bool IsKeyReleased(int key); // Check if a key has been released once +RLAPI bool IsKeyUp(int key); // Check if a key is NOT being pressed +RLAPI int GetKeyPressed(void); // Get key pressed (keycode), call it multiple times for keys queued, returns 0 when the queue is empty +RLAPI int GetCharPressed(void); // Get char pressed (unicode), call it multiple times for chars queued, returns 0 when the queue is empty +RLAPI const char *GetKeyName(int key); // Get name of a QWERTY key on the current keyboard layout (eg returns string 'q' for KEY_A on an AZERTY keyboard) +RLAPI void SetExitKey(int key); // Set a custom key to exit program (default is ESC) + +// Input-related functions: gamepads +RLAPI bool IsGamepadAvailable(int gamepad); // Check if a gamepad is available +RLAPI const char *GetGamepadName(int gamepad); // Get gamepad internal name id +RLAPI bool IsGamepadButtonPressed(int gamepad, int button); // Check if a gamepad button has been pressed once +RLAPI bool IsGamepadButtonDown(int gamepad, int button); // Check if a gamepad button is being pressed +RLAPI bool IsGamepadButtonReleased(int gamepad, int button); // Check if a gamepad button has been released once +RLAPI bool IsGamepadButtonUp(int gamepad, int button); // Check if a gamepad button is NOT being pressed +RLAPI int GetGamepadButtonPressed(void); // Get the last gamepad button pressed +RLAPI int GetGamepadAxisCount(int gamepad); // Get axis count for a gamepad +RLAPI float GetGamepadAxisMovement(int gamepad, int axis); // Get movement value for a gamepad axis +RLAPI int SetGamepadMappings(const char *mappings); // Set internal gamepad mappings (SDL_GameControllerDB) +RLAPI void SetGamepadVibration(int gamepad, float leftMotor, float rightMotor, float duration); // Set gamepad vibration for both motors (duration in seconds) + +// Input-related functions: mouse +RLAPI bool IsMouseButtonPressed(int button); // Check if a mouse button has been pressed once +RLAPI bool IsMouseButtonDown(int button); // Check if a mouse button is being pressed +RLAPI bool IsMouseButtonReleased(int button); // Check if a mouse button has been released once +RLAPI bool IsMouseButtonUp(int button); // Check if a mouse button is NOT being pressed +RLAPI int GetMouseX(void); // Get mouse position X +RLAPI int GetMouseY(void); // Get mouse position Y +RLAPI Vector2 GetMousePosition(void); // Get mouse position XY +RLAPI Vector2 GetMouseDelta(void); // Get mouse delta between frames +RLAPI void SetMousePosition(int x, int y); // Set mouse position XY +RLAPI void SetMouseOffset(int offsetX, int offsetY); // Set mouse offset +RLAPI void SetMouseScale(float scaleX, float scaleY); // Set mouse scaling +RLAPI float GetMouseWheelMove(void); // Get mouse wheel movement for X or Y, whichever is larger +RLAPI Vector2 GetMouseWheelMoveV(void); // Get mouse wheel movement for both X and Y +RLAPI void SetMouseCursor(int cursor); // Set mouse cursor + +// Input-related functions: touch +RLAPI int GetTouchX(void); // Get touch position X for touch point 0 (relative to screen size) +RLAPI int GetTouchY(void); // Get touch position Y for touch point 0 (relative to screen size) +RLAPI Vector2 GetTouchPosition(int index); // Get touch position XY for a touch point index (relative to screen size) +RLAPI int GetTouchPointId(int index); // Get touch point identifier for given index +RLAPI int GetTouchPointCount(void); // Get number of touch points + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Gestures and Touch Handling Functions (Module: rgestures) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +RLAPI void SetGesturesEnabled(unsigned int flags); // Enable a set of gestures using flags +RLAPI bool IsGestureDetected(unsigned int gesture); // Check if a gesture have been detected +RLAPI int GetGestureDetected(void); // Get latest detected gesture +RLAPI float GetGestureHoldDuration(void); // Get gesture hold time in seconds +RLAPI Vector2 GetGestureDragVector(void); // Get gesture drag vector +RLAPI float GetGestureDragAngle(void); // Get gesture drag angle +RLAPI Vector2 GetGesturePinchVector(void); // Get gesture pinch delta +RLAPI float GetGesturePinchAngle(void); // Get gesture pinch angle + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Camera System Functions (Module: rcamera) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +RLAPI void UpdateCamera(Camera *camera, int mode); // Update camera position for selected mode +RLAPI void UpdateCameraPro(Camera *camera, Vector3 movement, Vector3 rotation, float zoom); // Update camera movement/rotation + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Basic Shapes Drawing Functions (Module: shapes) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Set texture and rectangle to be used on shapes drawing +// NOTE: It can be useful when using basic shapes and one single font, +// defining a font char white rectangle would allow drawing everything in a single draw call +RLAPI void SetShapesTexture(Texture2D texture, Rectangle source); // Set texture and rectangle to be used on shapes drawing +RLAPI Texture2D GetShapesTexture(void); // Get texture that is used for shapes drawing +RLAPI Rectangle GetShapesTextureRectangle(void); // Get texture source rectangle that is used for shapes drawing + +// Basic shapes drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawPixel(int posX, int posY, Color color); // Draw a pixel using geometry [Can be slow, use with care] +RLAPI void DrawPixelV(Vector2 position, Color color); // Draw a pixel using geometry (Vector version) [Can be slow, use with care] +RLAPI void DrawLine(int startPosX, int startPosY, int endPosX, int endPosY, Color color); // Draw a line +RLAPI void DrawLineV(Vector2 startPos, Vector2 endPos, Color color); // Draw a line (using gl lines) +RLAPI void DrawLineEx(Vector2 startPos, Vector2 endPos, float thick, Color color); // Draw a line (using triangles/quads) +RLAPI void DrawLineStrip(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw lines sequence (using gl lines) +RLAPI void DrawLineBezier(Vector2 startPos, Vector2 endPos, float thick, Color color); // Draw line segment cubic-bezier in-out interpolation +RLAPI void DrawLineDashed(Vector2 startPos, Vector2 endPos, int dashSize, int spaceSize, Color color); // Draw a dashed line +RLAPI void DrawCircle(int centerX, int centerY, float radius, Color color); // Draw a color-filled circle +RLAPI void DrawCircleSector(Vector2 center, float radius, float startAngle, float endAngle, int segments, Color color); // Draw a piece of a circle +RLAPI void DrawCircleSectorLines(Vector2 center, float radius, float startAngle, float endAngle, int segments, Color color); // Draw circle sector outline +RLAPI void DrawCircleGradient(int centerX, int centerY, float radius, Color inner, Color outer); // Draw a gradient-filled circle +RLAPI void DrawCircleV(Vector2 center, float radius, Color color); // Draw a color-filled circle (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawCircleLines(int centerX, int centerY, float radius, Color color); // Draw circle outline +RLAPI void DrawCircleLinesV(Vector2 center, float radius, Color color); // Draw circle outline (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawEllipse(int centerX, int centerY, float radiusH, float radiusV, Color color); // Draw ellipse +RLAPI void DrawEllipseV(Vector2 center, float radiusH, float radiusV, Color color); // Draw ellipse (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawEllipseLines(int centerX, int centerY, float radiusH, float radiusV, Color color); // Draw ellipse outline +RLAPI void DrawEllipseLinesV(Vector2 center, float radiusH, float radiusV, Color color); // Draw ellipse outline (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawRing(Vector2 center, float innerRadius, float outerRadius, float startAngle, float endAngle, int segments, Color color); // Draw ring +RLAPI void DrawRingLines(Vector2 center, float innerRadius, float outerRadius, float startAngle, float endAngle, int segments, Color color); // Draw ring outline +RLAPI void DrawRectangle(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color color); // Draw a color-filled rectangle +RLAPI void DrawRectangleV(Vector2 position, Vector2 size, Color color); // Draw a color-filled rectangle (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawRectangleRec(Rectangle rec, Color color); // Draw a color-filled rectangle +RLAPI void DrawRectanglePro(Rectangle rec, Vector2 origin, float rotation, Color color); // Draw a color-filled rectangle with pro parameters +RLAPI void DrawRectangleGradientV(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color top, Color bottom); // Draw a vertical-gradient-filled rectangle +RLAPI void DrawRectangleGradientH(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color left, Color right); // Draw a horizontal-gradient-filled rectangle +RLAPI void DrawRectangleGradientEx(Rectangle rec, Color topLeft, Color bottomLeft, Color bottomRight, Color topRight); // Draw a gradient-filled rectangle with custom vertex colors +RLAPI void DrawRectangleLines(int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color color); // Draw rectangle outline +RLAPI void DrawRectangleLinesEx(Rectangle rec, float lineThick, Color color); // Draw rectangle outline with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawRectangleRounded(Rectangle rec, float roundness, int segments, Color color); // Draw rectangle with rounded edges +RLAPI void DrawRectangleRoundedLines(Rectangle rec, float roundness, int segments, Color color); // Draw rectangle lines with rounded edges +RLAPI void DrawRectangleRoundedLinesEx(Rectangle rec, float roundness, int segments, float lineThick, Color color); // Draw rectangle with rounded edges outline +RLAPI void DrawTriangle(Vector2 v1, Vector2 v2, Vector2 v3, Color color); // Draw a color-filled triangle (vertex in counter-clockwise order!) +RLAPI void DrawTriangleLines(Vector2 v1, Vector2 v2, Vector2 v3, Color color); // Draw triangle outline (vertex in counter-clockwise order!) +RLAPI void DrawTriangleFan(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw a triangle fan defined by points (first vertex is the center) +RLAPI void DrawTriangleStrip(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw a triangle strip defined by points +RLAPI void DrawPoly(Vector2 center, int sides, float radius, float rotation, Color color); // Draw a regular polygon (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawPolyLines(Vector2 center, int sides, float radius, float rotation, Color color); // Draw a polygon outline of n sides +RLAPI void DrawPolyLinesEx(Vector2 center, int sides, float radius, float rotation, float lineThick, Color color); // Draw a polygon outline of n sides with extended parameters + +// Splines drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawSplineLinear(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline: Linear, minimum 2 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineBasis(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline: B-Spline, minimum 4 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineCatmullRom(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline: Catmull-Rom, minimum 4 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineBezierQuadratic(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline: Quadratic Bezier, minimum 3 points (1 control point): [p1, c2, p3, c4...] +RLAPI void DrawSplineBezierCubic(const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline: Cubic Bezier, minimum 4 points (2 control points): [p1, c2, c3, p4, c5, c6...] +RLAPI void DrawSplineSegmentLinear(Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline segment: Linear, 2 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineSegmentBasis(Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, Vector2 p3, Vector2 p4, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline segment: B-Spline, 4 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineSegmentCatmullRom(Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, Vector2 p3, Vector2 p4, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline segment: Catmull-Rom, 4 points +RLAPI void DrawSplineSegmentBezierQuadratic(Vector2 p1, Vector2 c2, Vector2 p3, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline segment: Quadratic Bezier, 2 points, 1 control point +RLAPI void DrawSplineSegmentBezierCubic(Vector2 p1, Vector2 c2, Vector2 c3, Vector2 p4, float thick, Color color); // Draw spline segment: Cubic Bezier, 2 points, 2 control points + +// Spline segment point evaluation functions, for a given t [0.0f .. 1.0f] +RLAPI Vector2 GetSplinePointLinear(Vector2 startPos, Vector2 endPos, float t); // Get (evaluate) spline point: Linear +RLAPI Vector2 GetSplinePointBasis(Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, Vector2 p3, Vector2 p4, float t); // Get (evaluate) spline point: B-Spline +RLAPI Vector2 GetSplinePointCatmullRom(Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, Vector2 p3, Vector2 p4, float t); // Get (evaluate) spline point: Catmull-Rom +RLAPI Vector2 GetSplinePointBezierQuad(Vector2 p1, Vector2 c2, Vector2 p3, float t); // Get (evaluate) spline point: Quadratic Bezier +RLAPI Vector2 GetSplinePointBezierCubic(Vector2 p1, Vector2 c2, Vector2 c3, Vector2 p4, float t); // Get (evaluate) spline point: Cubic Bezier + +// Basic shapes collision detection functions +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionRecs(Rectangle rec1, Rectangle rec2); // Check collision between two rectangles +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionCircles(Vector2 center1, float radius1, Vector2 center2, float radius2); // Check collision between two circles +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionCircleRec(Vector2 center, float radius, Rectangle rec); // Check collision between circle and rectangle +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionCircleLine(Vector2 center, float radius, Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2); // Check if circle collides with a line created betweeen two points [p1] and [p2] +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionPointRec(Vector2 point, Rectangle rec); // Check if point is inside rectangle +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionPointCircle(Vector2 point, Vector2 center, float radius); // Check if point is inside circle +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionPointTriangle(Vector2 point, Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, Vector2 p3); // Check if point is inside a triangle +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionPointLine(Vector2 point, Vector2 p1, Vector2 p2, int threshold); // Check if point belongs to line created between two points [p1] and [p2] with defined margin in pixels [threshold] +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionPointPoly(Vector2 point, const Vector2 *points, int pointCount); // Check if point is within a polygon described by array of vertices +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionLines(Vector2 startPos1, Vector2 endPos1, Vector2 startPos2, Vector2 endPos2, Vector2 *collisionPoint); // Check the collision between two lines defined by two points each, returns collision point by reference +RLAPI Rectangle GetCollisionRec(Rectangle rec1, Rectangle rec2); // Get collision rectangle for two rectangles collision + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Texture Loading and Drawing Functions (Module: textures) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Image loading functions +// NOTE: These functions do not require GPU access +RLAPI Image LoadImage(const char *fileName); // Load image from file into CPU memory (RAM) +RLAPI Image LoadImageRaw(const char *fileName, int width, int height, int format, int headerSize); // Load image from RAW file data +RLAPI Image LoadImageAnim(const char *fileName, int *frames); // Load image sequence from file (frames appended to image.data) +RLAPI Image LoadImageAnimFromMemory(const char *fileType, const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize, int *frames); // Load image sequence from memory buffer +RLAPI Image LoadImageFromMemory(const char *fileType, const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize); // Load image from memory buffer, fileType refers to extension: i.e. '.png' +RLAPI Image LoadImageFromTexture(Texture2D texture); // Load image from GPU texture data +RLAPI Image LoadImageFromScreen(void); // Load image from screen buffer and (screenshot) +RLAPI bool IsImageValid(Image image); // Check if an image is valid (data and parameters) +RLAPI void UnloadImage(Image image); // Unload image from CPU memory (RAM) +RLAPI bool ExportImage(Image image, const char *fileName); // Export image data to file, returns true on success +RLAPI unsigned char *ExportImageToMemory(Image image, const char *fileType, int *fileSize); // Export image to memory buffer +RLAPI bool ExportImageAsCode(Image image, const char *fileName); // Export image as code file defining an array of bytes, returns true on success + +// Image generation functions +RLAPI Image GenImageColor(int width, int height, Color color); // Generate image: plain color +RLAPI Image GenImageGradientLinear(int width, int height, int direction, Color start, Color end); // Generate image: linear gradient, direction in degrees [0..360], 0=Vertical gradient +RLAPI Image GenImageGradientRadial(int width, int height, float density, Color inner, Color outer); // Generate image: radial gradient +RLAPI Image GenImageGradientSquare(int width, int height, float density, Color inner, Color outer); // Generate image: square gradient +RLAPI Image GenImageChecked(int width, int height, int checksX, int checksY, Color col1, Color col2); // Generate image: checked +RLAPI Image GenImageWhiteNoise(int width, int height, float factor); // Generate image: white noise +RLAPI Image GenImagePerlinNoise(int width, int height, int offsetX, int offsetY, float scale); // Generate image: perlin noise +RLAPI Image GenImageCellular(int width, int height, int tileSize); // Generate image: cellular algorithm, bigger tileSize means bigger cells +RLAPI Image GenImageText(int width, int height, const char *text); // Generate image: grayscale image from text data + +// Image manipulation functions +RLAPI Image ImageCopy(Image image); // Create an image duplicate (useful for transformations) +RLAPI Image ImageFromImage(Image image, Rectangle rec); // Create an image from another image piece +RLAPI Image ImageFromChannel(Image image, int selectedChannel); // Create an image from a selected channel of another image (GRAYSCALE) +RLAPI Image ImageText(const char *text, int fontSize, Color color); // Create an image from text (default font) +RLAPI Image ImageTextEx(Font font, const char *text, float fontSize, float spacing, Color tint); // Create an image from text (custom sprite font) +RLAPI void ImageFormat(Image *image, int newFormat); // Convert image data to desired format +RLAPI void ImageToPOT(Image *image, Color fill); // Convert image to POT (power-of-two) +RLAPI void ImageCrop(Image *image, Rectangle crop); // Crop an image to a defined rectangle +RLAPI void ImageAlphaCrop(Image *image, float threshold); // Crop image depending on alpha value +RLAPI void ImageAlphaClear(Image *image, Color color, float threshold); // Clear alpha channel to desired color +RLAPI void ImageAlphaMask(Image *image, Image alphaMask); // Apply alpha mask to image +RLAPI void ImageAlphaPremultiply(Image *image); // Premultiply alpha channel +RLAPI void ImageBlurGaussian(Image *image, int blurSize); // Apply Gaussian blur using a box blur approximation +RLAPI void ImageKernelConvolution(Image *image, const float *kernel, int kernelSize); // Apply custom square convolution kernel to image +RLAPI void ImageResize(Image *image, int newWidth, int newHeight); // Resize image (Bicubic scaling algorithm) +RLAPI void ImageResizeNN(Image *image, int newWidth, int newHeight); // Resize image (Nearest-Neighbor scaling algorithm) +RLAPI void ImageResizeCanvas(Image *image, int newWidth, int newHeight, int offsetX, int offsetY, Color fill); // Resize canvas and fill with color +RLAPI void ImageMipmaps(Image *image); // Compute all mipmap levels for a provided image +RLAPI void ImageDither(Image *image, int rBpp, int gBpp, int bBpp, int aBpp); // Dither image data to 16bpp or lower (Floyd-Steinberg dithering) +RLAPI void ImageFlipVertical(Image *image); // Flip image vertically +RLAPI void ImageFlipHorizontal(Image *image); // Flip image horizontally +RLAPI void ImageRotate(Image *image, int degrees); // Rotate image by input angle in degrees (-359 to 359) +RLAPI void ImageRotateCW(Image *image); // Rotate image clockwise 90deg +RLAPI void ImageRotateCCW(Image *image); // Rotate image counter-clockwise 90deg +RLAPI void ImageColorTint(Image *image, Color color); // Modify image color: tint +RLAPI void ImageColorInvert(Image *image); // Modify image color: invert +RLAPI void ImageColorGrayscale(Image *image); // Modify image color: grayscale +RLAPI void ImageColorContrast(Image *image, float contrast); // Modify image color: contrast (-100 to 100) +RLAPI void ImageColorBrightness(Image *image, int brightness); // Modify image color: brightness (-255 to 255) +RLAPI void ImageColorReplace(Image *image, Color color, Color replace); // Modify image color: replace color +RLAPI Color *LoadImageColors(Image image); // Load color data from image as a Color array (RGBA - 32bit) +RLAPI Color *LoadImagePalette(Image image, int maxPaletteSize, int *colorCount); // Load colors palette from image as a Color array (RGBA - 32bit) +RLAPI void UnloadImageColors(Color *colors); // Unload color data loaded with LoadImageColors() +RLAPI void UnloadImagePalette(Color *colors); // Unload colors palette loaded with LoadImagePalette() +RLAPI Rectangle GetImageAlphaBorder(Image image, float threshold); // Get image alpha border rectangle +RLAPI Color GetImageColor(Image image, int x, int y); // Get image pixel color at (x, y) position + +// Image drawing functions +// NOTE: Image software-rendering functions (CPU) +RLAPI void ImageClearBackground(Image *dst, Color color); // Clear image background with given color +RLAPI void ImageDrawPixel(Image *dst, int posX, int posY, Color color); // Draw pixel within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawPixelV(Image *dst, Vector2 position, Color color); // Draw pixel within an image (Vector version) +RLAPI void ImageDrawLine(Image *dst, int startPosX, int startPosY, int endPosX, int endPosY, Color color); // Draw line within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawLineV(Image *dst, Vector2 start, Vector2 end, Color color); // Draw line within an image (Vector version) +RLAPI void ImageDrawLineEx(Image *dst, Vector2 start, Vector2 end, int thick, Color color); // Draw a line defining thickness within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawCircle(Image *dst, int centerX, int centerY, int radius, Color color); // Draw a filled circle within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawCircleV(Image *dst, Vector2 center, int radius, Color color); // Draw a filled circle within an image (Vector version) +RLAPI void ImageDrawCircleLines(Image *dst, int centerX, int centerY, int radius, Color color); // Draw circle outline within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawCircleLinesV(Image *dst, Vector2 center, int radius, Color color); // Draw circle outline within an image (Vector version) +RLAPI void ImageDrawRectangle(Image *dst, int posX, int posY, int width, int height, Color color); // Draw rectangle within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawRectangleV(Image *dst, Vector2 position, Vector2 size, Color color); // Draw rectangle within an image (Vector version) +RLAPI void ImageDrawRectangleRec(Image *dst, Rectangle rec, Color color); // Draw rectangle within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawRectangleLines(Image *dst, Rectangle rec, int thick, Color color); // Draw rectangle lines within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawTriangle(Image *dst, Vector2 v1, Vector2 v2, Vector2 v3, Color color); // Draw triangle within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawTriangleEx(Image *dst, Vector2 v1, Vector2 v2, Vector2 v3, Color c1, Color c2, Color c3); // Draw triangle with interpolated colors within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawTriangleLines(Image *dst, Vector2 v1, Vector2 v2, Vector2 v3, Color color); // Draw triangle outline within an image +RLAPI void ImageDrawTriangleFan(Image *dst, const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw a triangle fan defined by points within an image (first vertex is the center) +RLAPI void ImageDrawTriangleStrip(Image *dst, const Vector2 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw a triangle strip defined by points within an image +RLAPI void ImageDraw(Image *dst, Image src, Rectangle srcRec, Rectangle dstRec, Color tint); // Draw a source image within a destination image (tint applied to source) +RLAPI void ImageDrawText(Image *dst, const char *text, int posX, int posY, int fontSize, Color color); // Draw text (using default font) within an image (destination) +RLAPI void ImageDrawTextEx(Image *dst, Font font, const char *text, Vector2 position, float fontSize, float spacing, Color tint); // Draw text (custom sprite font) within an image (destination) + +// Texture loading functions +// NOTE: These functions require GPU access +RLAPI Texture2D LoadTexture(const char *fileName); // Load texture from file into GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI Texture2D LoadTextureFromImage(Image image); // Load texture from image data +RLAPI TextureCubemap LoadTextureCubemap(Image image, int layout); // Load cubemap from image, multiple image cubemap layouts supported +RLAPI RenderTexture2D LoadRenderTexture(int width, int height); // Load texture for rendering (framebuffer) +RLAPI bool IsTextureValid(Texture2D texture); // Check if a texture is valid (loaded in GPU) +RLAPI void UnloadTexture(Texture2D texture); // Unload texture from GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI bool IsRenderTextureValid(RenderTexture2D target); // Check if a render texture is valid (loaded in GPU) +RLAPI void UnloadRenderTexture(RenderTexture2D target); // Unload render texture from GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI void UpdateTexture(Texture2D texture, const void *pixels); // Update GPU texture with new data (pixels should be able to fill texture) +RLAPI void UpdateTextureRec(Texture2D texture, Rectangle rec, const void *pixels); // Update GPU texture rectangle with new data (pixels and rec should fit in texture) + +// Texture configuration functions +RLAPI void GenTextureMipmaps(Texture2D *texture); // Generate GPU mipmaps for a texture +RLAPI void SetTextureFilter(Texture2D texture, int filter); // Set texture scaling filter mode +RLAPI void SetTextureWrap(Texture2D texture, int wrap); // Set texture wrapping mode + +// Texture drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawTexture(Texture2D texture, int posX, int posY, Color tint); // Draw a Texture2D +RLAPI void DrawTextureV(Texture2D texture, Vector2 position, Color tint); // Draw a Texture2D with position defined as Vector2 +RLAPI void DrawTextureEx(Texture2D texture, Vector2 position, float rotation, float scale, Color tint); // Draw a Texture2D with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawTextureRec(Texture2D texture, Rectangle source, Vector2 position, Color tint); // Draw a part of a texture defined by a rectangle +RLAPI void DrawTexturePro(Texture2D texture, Rectangle source, Rectangle dest, Vector2 origin, float rotation, Color tint); // Draw a part of a texture defined by a rectangle with 'pro' parameters +RLAPI void DrawTextureNPatch(Texture2D texture, NPatchInfo nPatchInfo, Rectangle dest, Vector2 origin, float rotation, Color tint); // Draws a texture (or part of it) that stretches or shrinks nicely + +// Color/pixel related functions +RLAPI bool ColorIsEqual(Color col1, Color col2); // Check if two colors are equal +RLAPI Color Fade(Color color, float alpha); // Get color with alpha applied, alpha goes from 0.0f to 1.0f +RLAPI int ColorToInt(Color color); // Get hexadecimal value for a Color (0xRRGGBBAA) +RLAPI Vector4 ColorNormalize(Color color); // Get Color normalized as float [0..1] +RLAPI Color ColorFromNormalized(Vector4 normalized); // Get Color from normalized values [0..1] +RLAPI Vector3 ColorToHSV(Color color); // Get HSV values for a Color, hue [0..360], saturation/value [0..1] +RLAPI Color ColorFromHSV(float hue, float saturation, float value); // Get a Color from HSV values, hue [0..360], saturation/value [0..1] +RLAPI Color ColorTint(Color color, Color tint); // Get color multiplied with another color +RLAPI Color ColorBrightness(Color color, float factor); // Get color with brightness correction, brightness factor goes from -1.0f to 1.0f +RLAPI Color ColorContrast(Color color, float contrast); // Get color with contrast correction, contrast values between -1.0f and 1.0f +RLAPI Color ColorAlpha(Color color, float alpha); // Get color with alpha applied, alpha goes from 0.0f to 1.0f +RLAPI Color ColorAlphaBlend(Color dst, Color src, Color tint); // Get src alpha-blended into dst color with tint +RLAPI Color ColorLerp(Color color1, Color color2, float factor); // Get color lerp interpolation between two colors, factor [0.0f..1.0f] +RLAPI Color GetColor(unsigned int hexValue); // Get Color structure from hexadecimal value +RLAPI Color GetPixelColor(void *srcPtr, int format); // Get Color from a source pixel pointer of certain format +RLAPI void SetPixelColor(void *dstPtr, Color color, int format); // Set color formatted into destination pixel pointer +RLAPI int GetPixelDataSize(int width, int height, int format); // Get pixel data size in bytes for certain format + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Font Loading and Text Drawing Functions (Module: text) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Font loading/unloading functions +RLAPI Font GetFontDefault(void); // Get the default Font +RLAPI Font LoadFont(const char *fileName); // Load font from file into GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI Font LoadFontEx(const char *fileName, int fontSize, const int *codepoints, int codepointCount); // Load font from file with extended parameters, use NULL for codepoints and 0 for codepointCount to load the default character set, font size is provided in pixels height +RLAPI Font LoadFontFromImage(Image image, Color key, int firstChar); // Load font from Image (XNA style) +RLAPI Font LoadFontFromMemory(const char *fileType, const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize, int fontSize, const int *codepoints, int codepointCount); // Load font from memory buffer, fileType refers to extension: i.e. '.ttf' +RLAPI bool IsFontValid(Font font); // Check if a font is valid (font data loaded, WARNING: GPU texture not checked) +RLAPI GlyphInfo *LoadFontData(const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize, int fontSize, const int *codepoints, int codepointCount, int type, int *glyphCount); // Load font data for further use +RLAPI Image GenImageFontAtlas(const GlyphInfo *glyphs, Rectangle **glyphRecs, int glyphCount, int fontSize, int padding, int packMethod); // Generate image font atlas using chars info +RLAPI void UnloadFontData(GlyphInfo *glyphs, int glyphCount); // Unload font chars info data (RAM) +RLAPI void UnloadFont(Font font); // Unload font from GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI bool ExportFontAsCode(Font font, const char *fileName); // Export font as code file, returns true on success + +// Text drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawFPS(int posX, int posY); // Draw current FPS +RLAPI void DrawText(const char *text, int posX, int posY, int fontSize, Color color); // Draw text (using default font) +RLAPI void DrawTextEx(Font font, const char *text, Vector2 position, float fontSize, float spacing, Color tint); // Draw text using font and additional parameters +RLAPI void DrawTextPro(Font font, const char *text, Vector2 position, Vector2 origin, float rotation, float fontSize, float spacing, Color tint); // Draw text using Font and pro parameters (rotation) +RLAPI void DrawTextCodepoint(Font font, int codepoint, Vector2 position, float fontSize, Color tint); // Draw one character (codepoint) +RLAPI void DrawTextCodepoints(Font font, const int *codepoints, int codepointCount, Vector2 position, float fontSize, float spacing, Color tint); // Draw multiple character (codepoint) + +// Text font info functions +RLAPI void SetTextLineSpacing(int spacing); // Set vertical line spacing when drawing with line-breaks +RLAPI int MeasureText(const char *text, int fontSize); // Measure string width for default font +RLAPI Vector2 MeasureTextEx(Font font, const char *text, float fontSize, float spacing); // Measure string size for Font +RLAPI int GetGlyphIndex(Font font, int codepoint); // Get glyph index position in font for a codepoint (unicode character), fallback to '?' if not found +RLAPI GlyphInfo GetGlyphInfo(Font font, int codepoint); // Get glyph font info data for a codepoint (unicode character), fallback to '?' if not found +RLAPI Rectangle GetGlyphAtlasRec(Font font, int codepoint); // Get glyph rectangle in font atlas for a codepoint (unicode character), fallback to '?' if not found + +// Text codepoints management functions (unicode characters) +RLAPI char *LoadUTF8(const int *codepoints, int length); // Load UTF-8 text encoded from codepoints array +RLAPI void UnloadUTF8(char *text); // Unload UTF-8 text encoded from codepoints array +RLAPI int *LoadCodepoints(const char *text, int *count); // Load all codepoints from a UTF-8 text string, codepoints count returned by parameter +RLAPI void UnloadCodepoints(int *codepoints); // Unload codepoints data from memory +RLAPI int GetCodepointCount(const char *text); // Get total number of codepoints in a UTF-8 encoded string +RLAPI int GetCodepoint(const char *text, int *codepointSize); // Get next codepoint in a UTF-8 encoded string, 0x3f('?') is returned on failure +RLAPI int GetCodepointNext(const char *text, int *codepointSize); // Get next codepoint in a UTF-8 encoded string, 0x3f('?') is returned on failure +RLAPI int GetCodepointPrevious(const char *text, int *codepointSize); // Get previous codepoint in a UTF-8 encoded string, 0x3f('?') is returned on failure +RLAPI const char *CodepointToUTF8(int codepoint, int *utf8Size); // Encode one codepoint into UTF-8 byte array (array length returned as parameter) + +// Text strings management functions (no UTF-8 strings, only byte chars) +// WARNING 1: Most of these functions use internal static buffers[], it's recommended to store returned data on user-side for re-use +// WARNING 2: Some strings allocate memory internally for the returned strings, those strings must be free by user using MemFree() +RLAPI char **LoadTextLines(const char *text, int *count); // Load text as separate lines ('\n') +RLAPI void UnloadTextLines(char **text, int lineCount); // Unload text lines +RLAPI int TextCopy(char *dst, const char *src); // Copy one string to another, returns bytes copied +RLAPI bool TextIsEqual(const char *text1, const char *text2); // Check if two text string are equal +RLAPI unsigned int TextLength(const char *text); // Get text length, checks for '\0' ending +RLAPI const char *TextFormat(const char *text, ...); // Text formatting with variables (sprintf() style) +RLAPI const char *TextSubtext(const char *text, int position, int length); // Get a piece of a text string +RLAPI const char *TextRemoveSpaces(const char *text); // Remove text spaces, concat words +RLAPI char *GetTextBetween(const char *text, const char *begin, const char *end); // Get text between two strings +RLAPI char *TextReplace(const char *text, const char *search, const char *replacement); // Replace text string (WARNING: memory must be freed!) +RLAPI char *TextReplaceBetween(const char *text, const char *begin, const char *end, const char *replacement); // Replace text between two specific strings (WARNING: memory must be freed!) +RLAPI char *TextInsert(const char *text, const char *insert, int position); // Insert text in a position (WARNING: memory must be freed!) +RLAPI char *TextJoin(char **textList, int count, const char *delimiter); // Join text strings with delimiter +RLAPI char **TextSplit(const char *text, char delimiter, int *count); // Split text into multiple strings, using MAX_TEXTSPLIT_COUNT static strings +RLAPI void TextAppend(char *text, const char *append, int *position); // Append text at specific position and move cursor +RLAPI int TextFindIndex(const char *text, const char *search); // Find first text occurrence within a string, -1 if not found +RLAPI char *TextToUpper(const char *text); // Get upper case version of provided string +RLAPI char *TextToLower(const char *text); // Get lower case version of provided string +RLAPI char *TextToPascal(const char *text); // Get Pascal case notation version of provided string +RLAPI char *TextToSnake(const char *text); // Get Snake case notation version of provided string +RLAPI char *TextToCamel(const char *text); // Get Camel case notation version of provided string +RLAPI int TextToInteger(const char *text); // Get integer value from text +RLAPI float TextToFloat(const char *text); // Get float value from text + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Basic 3d Shapes Drawing Functions (Module: models) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Basic geometric 3D shapes drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawLine3D(Vector3 startPos, Vector3 endPos, Color color); // Draw a line in 3D world space +RLAPI void DrawPoint3D(Vector3 position, Color color); // Draw a point in 3D space, actually a small line +RLAPI void DrawCircle3D(Vector3 center, float radius, Vector3 rotationAxis, float rotationAngle, Color color); // Draw a circle in 3D world space +RLAPI void DrawTriangle3D(Vector3 v1, Vector3 v2, Vector3 v3, Color color); // Draw a color-filled triangle (vertex in counter-clockwise order!) +RLAPI void DrawTriangleStrip3D(const Vector3 *points, int pointCount, Color color); // Draw a triangle strip defined by points +RLAPI void DrawCube(Vector3 position, float width, float height, float length, Color color); // Draw cube +RLAPI void DrawCubeV(Vector3 position, Vector3 size, Color color); // Draw cube (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawCubeWires(Vector3 position, float width, float height, float length, Color color); // Draw cube wires +RLAPI void DrawCubeWiresV(Vector3 position, Vector3 size, Color color); // Draw cube wires (Vector version) +RLAPI void DrawSphere(Vector3 centerPos, float radius, Color color); // Draw sphere +RLAPI void DrawSphereEx(Vector3 centerPos, float radius, int rings, int slices, Color color); // Draw sphere with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawSphereWires(Vector3 centerPos, float radius, int rings, int slices, Color color); // Draw sphere wires +RLAPI void DrawCylinder(Vector3 position, float radiusTop, float radiusBottom, float height, int slices, Color color); // Draw a cylinder/cone +RLAPI void DrawCylinderEx(Vector3 startPos, Vector3 endPos, float startRadius, float endRadius, int sides, Color color); // Draw a cylinder with base at startPos and top at endPos +RLAPI void DrawCylinderWires(Vector3 position, float radiusTop, float radiusBottom, float height, int slices, Color color); // Draw a cylinder/cone wires +RLAPI void DrawCylinderWiresEx(Vector3 startPos, Vector3 endPos, float startRadius, float endRadius, int sides, Color color); // Draw a cylinder wires with base at startPos and top at endPos +RLAPI void DrawCapsule(Vector3 startPos, Vector3 endPos, float radius, int slices, int rings, Color color); // Draw a capsule with the center of its sphere caps at startPos and endPos +RLAPI void DrawCapsuleWires(Vector3 startPos, Vector3 endPos, float radius, int slices, int rings, Color color); // Draw capsule wireframe with the center of its sphere caps at startPos and endPos +RLAPI void DrawPlane(Vector3 centerPos, Vector2 size, Color color); // Draw a plane XZ +RLAPI void DrawRay(Ray ray, Color color); // Draw a ray line +RLAPI void DrawGrid(int slices, float spacing); // Draw a grid (centered at (0, 0, 0)) + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Model 3d Loading and Drawing Functions (Module: models) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +// Model management functions +RLAPI Model LoadModel(const char *fileName); // Load model from files (meshes and materials) +RLAPI Model LoadModelFromMesh(Mesh mesh); // Load model from generated mesh (default material) +RLAPI bool IsModelValid(Model model); // Check if a model is valid (loaded in GPU, VAO/VBOs) +RLAPI void UnloadModel(Model model); // Unload model (including meshes) from memory (RAM and/or VRAM) +RLAPI BoundingBox GetModelBoundingBox(Model model); // Compute model bounding box limits (considers all meshes) + +// Model drawing functions +RLAPI void DrawModel(Model model, Vector3 position, float scale, Color tint); // Draw a model (with texture if set) +RLAPI void DrawModelEx(Model model, Vector3 position, Vector3 rotationAxis, float rotationAngle, Vector3 scale, Color tint); // Draw a model with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawModelWires(Model model, Vector3 position, float scale, Color tint); // Draw a model wires (with texture if set) +RLAPI void DrawModelWiresEx(Model model, Vector3 position, Vector3 rotationAxis, float rotationAngle, Vector3 scale, Color tint); // Draw a model wires (with texture if set) with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawModelPoints(Model model, Vector3 position, float scale, Color tint); // Draw a model as points +RLAPI void DrawModelPointsEx(Model model, Vector3 position, Vector3 rotationAxis, float rotationAngle, Vector3 scale, Color tint); // Draw a model as points with extended parameters +RLAPI void DrawBoundingBox(BoundingBox box, Color color); // Draw bounding box (wires) +RLAPI void DrawBillboard(Camera camera, Texture2D texture, Vector3 position, float scale, Color tint); // Draw a billboard texture +RLAPI void DrawBillboardRec(Camera camera, Texture2D texture, Rectangle source, Vector3 position, Vector2 size, Color tint); // Draw a billboard texture defined by source +RLAPI void DrawBillboardPro(Camera camera, Texture2D texture, Rectangle source, Vector3 position, Vector3 up, Vector2 size, Vector2 origin, float rotation, Color tint); // Draw a billboard texture defined by source and rotation + +// Mesh management functions +RLAPI void UploadMesh(Mesh *mesh, bool dynamic); // Upload mesh vertex data in GPU and provide VAO/VBO ids +RLAPI void UpdateMeshBuffer(Mesh mesh, int index, const void *data, int dataSize, int offset); // Update mesh vertex data in GPU for a specific buffer index +RLAPI void UnloadMesh(Mesh mesh); // Unload mesh data from CPU and GPU +RLAPI void DrawMesh(Mesh mesh, Material material, Matrix transform); // Draw a 3d mesh with material and transform +RLAPI void DrawMeshInstanced(Mesh mesh, Material material, const Matrix *transforms, int instances); // Draw multiple mesh instances with material and different transforms +RLAPI BoundingBox GetMeshBoundingBox(Mesh mesh); // Compute mesh bounding box limits +RLAPI void GenMeshTangents(Mesh *mesh); // Compute mesh tangents +RLAPI bool ExportMesh(Mesh mesh, const char *fileName); // Export mesh data to file, returns true on success +RLAPI bool ExportMeshAsCode(Mesh mesh, const char *fileName); // Export mesh as code file (.h) defining multiple arrays of vertex attributes + +// Mesh generation functions +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshPoly(int sides, float radius); // Generate polygonal mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshPlane(float width, float length, int resX, int resZ); // Generate plane mesh (with subdivisions) +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshCube(float width, float height, float length); // Generate cuboid mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshSphere(float radius, int rings, int slices); // Generate sphere mesh (standard sphere) +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshHemiSphere(float radius, int rings, int slices); // Generate half-sphere mesh (no bottom cap) +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshCylinder(float radius, float height, int slices); // Generate cylinder mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshCone(float radius, float height, int slices); // Generate cone/pyramid mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshTorus(float radius, float size, int radSeg, int sides); // Generate torus mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshKnot(float radius, float size, int radSeg, int sides); // Generate trefoil knot mesh +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshHeightmap(Image heightmap, Vector3 size); // Generate heightmap mesh from image data +RLAPI Mesh GenMeshCubicmap(Image cubicmap, Vector3 cubeSize); // Generate cubes-based map mesh from image data + +// Material loading/unloading functions +RLAPI Material *LoadMaterials(const char *fileName, int *materialCount); // Load materials from model file +RLAPI Material LoadMaterialDefault(void); // Load default material (Supports: DIFFUSE, SPECULAR, NORMAL maps) +RLAPI bool IsMaterialValid(Material material); // Check if a material is valid (shader assigned, map textures loaded in GPU) +RLAPI void UnloadMaterial(Material material); // Unload material from GPU memory (VRAM) +RLAPI void SetMaterialTexture(Material *material, int mapType, Texture2D texture); // Set texture for a material map type (MATERIAL_MAP_DIFFUSE, MATERIAL_MAP_SPECULAR...) +RLAPI void SetModelMeshMaterial(Model *model, int meshId, int materialId); // Set material for a mesh + +// Model animations loading/unloading functions +RLAPI ModelAnimation *LoadModelAnimations(const char *fileName, int *animCount); // Load model animations from file +RLAPI void UpdateModelAnimation(Model model, ModelAnimation anim, int frame); // Update model animation pose (CPU) +RLAPI void UpdateModelAnimationBones(Model model, ModelAnimation anim, int frame); // Update model animation mesh bone matrices (GPU skinning) +RLAPI void UnloadModelAnimation(ModelAnimation anim); // Unload animation data +RLAPI void UnloadModelAnimations(ModelAnimation *animations, int animCount); // Unload animation array data +RLAPI bool IsModelAnimationValid(Model model, ModelAnimation anim); // Check model animation skeleton match + +// Collision detection functions +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionSpheres(Vector3 center1, float radius1, Vector3 center2, float radius2); // Check collision between two spheres +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionBoxes(BoundingBox box1, BoundingBox box2); // Check collision between two bounding boxes +RLAPI bool CheckCollisionBoxSphere(BoundingBox box, Vector3 center, float radius); // Check collision between box and sphere +RLAPI RayCollision GetRayCollisionSphere(Ray ray, Vector3 center, float radius); // Get collision info between ray and sphere +RLAPI RayCollision GetRayCollisionBox(Ray ray, BoundingBox box); // Get collision info between ray and box +RLAPI RayCollision GetRayCollisionMesh(Ray ray, Mesh mesh, Matrix transform); // Get collision info between ray and mesh +RLAPI RayCollision GetRayCollisionTriangle(Ray ray, Vector3 p1, Vector3 p2, Vector3 p3); // Get collision info between ray and triangle +RLAPI RayCollision GetRayCollisionQuad(Ray ray, Vector3 p1, Vector3 p2, Vector3 p3, Vector3 p4); // Get collision info between ray and quad + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Audio Loading and Playing Functions (Module: audio) +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +typedef void (*AudioCallback)(void *bufferData, unsigned int frames); + +// Audio device management functions +RLAPI void InitAudioDevice(void); // Initialize audio device and context +RLAPI void CloseAudioDevice(void); // Close the audio device and context +RLAPI bool IsAudioDeviceReady(void); // Check if audio device has been initialized successfully +RLAPI void SetMasterVolume(float volume); // Set master volume (listener) +RLAPI float GetMasterVolume(void); // Get master volume (listener) + +// Wave/Sound loading/unloading functions +RLAPI Wave LoadWave(const char *fileName); // Load wave data from file +RLAPI Wave LoadWaveFromMemory(const char *fileType, const unsigned char *fileData, int dataSize); // Load wave from memory buffer, fileType refers to extension: i.e. '.wav' +RLAPI bool IsWaveValid(Wave wave); // Checks if wave data is valid (data loaded and parameters) +RLAPI Sound LoadSound(const char *fileName); // Load sound from file +RLAPI Sound LoadSoundFromWave(Wave wave); // Load sound from wave data +RLAPI Sound LoadSoundAlias(Sound source); // Create a new sound that shares the same sample data as the source sound, does not own the sound data +RLAPI bool IsSoundValid(Sound sound); // Checks if a sound is valid (data loaded and buffers initialized) +RLAPI void UpdateSound(Sound sound, const void *data, int sampleCount); // Update sound buffer with new data (default data format: 32 bit float, stereo) +RLAPI void UnloadWave(Wave wave); // Unload wave data +RLAPI void UnloadSound(Sound sound); // Unload sound +RLAPI void UnloadSoundAlias(Sound alias); // Unload a sound alias (does not deallocate sample data) +RLAPI bool ExportWave(Wave wave, const char *fileName); // Export wave data to file, returns true on success +RLAPI bool ExportWaveAsCode(Wave wave, const char *fileName); // Export wave sample data to code (.h), returns true on success + +// Wave/Sound management functions +RLAPI void PlaySound(Sound sound); // Play a sound +RLAPI void StopSound(Sound sound); // Stop playing a sound +RLAPI void PauseSound(Sound sound); // Pause a sound +RLAPI void ResumeSound(Sound sound); // Resume a paused sound +RLAPI bool IsSoundPlaying(Sound sound); // Check if a sound is currently playing +RLAPI void SetSoundVolume(Sound sound, float volume); // Set volume for a sound (1.0 is max level) +RLAPI void SetSoundPitch(Sound sound, float pitch); // Set pitch for a sound (1.0 is base level) +RLAPI void SetSoundPan(Sound sound, float pan); // Set pan for a sound (-1.0 left, 0.0 center, 1.0 right) +RLAPI Wave WaveCopy(Wave wave); // Copy a wave to a new wave +RLAPI void WaveCrop(Wave *wave, int initFrame, int finalFrame); // Crop a wave to defined frames range +RLAPI void WaveFormat(Wave *wave, int sampleRate, int sampleSize, int channels); // Convert wave data to desired format +RLAPI float *LoadWaveSamples(Wave wave); // Load samples data from wave as a 32bit float data array +RLAPI void UnloadWaveSamples(float *samples); // Unload samples data loaded with LoadWaveSamples() + +// Music management functions +RLAPI Music LoadMusicStream(const char *fileName); // Load music stream from file +RLAPI Music LoadMusicStreamFromMemory(const char *fileType, const unsigned char *data, int dataSize); // Load music stream from data +RLAPI bool IsMusicValid(Music music); // Checks if a music stream is valid (context and buffers initialized) +RLAPI void UnloadMusicStream(Music music); // Unload music stream +RLAPI void PlayMusicStream(Music music); // Start music playing +RLAPI bool IsMusicStreamPlaying(Music music); // Check if music is playing +RLAPI void UpdateMusicStream(Music music); // Updates buffers for music streaming +RLAPI void StopMusicStream(Music music); // Stop music playing +RLAPI void PauseMusicStream(Music music); // Pause music playing +RLAPI void ResumeMusicStream(Music music); // Resume playing paused music +RLAPI void SeekMusicStream(Music music, float position); // Seek music to a position (in seconds) +RLAPI void SetMusicVolume(Music music, float volume); // Set volume for music (1.0 is max level) +RLAPI void SetMusicPitch(Music music, float pitch); // Set pitch for a music (1.0 is base level) +RLAPI void SetMusicPan(Music music, float pan); // Set pan for a music (-1.0 left, 0.0 center, 1.0 right) +RLAPI float GetMusicTimeLength(Music music); // Get music time length (in seconds) +RLAPI float GetMusicTimePlayed(Music music); // Get current music time played (in seconds) + +// AudioStream management functions +RLAPI AudioStream LoadAudioStream(unsigned int sampleRate, unsigned int sampleSize, unsigned int channels); // Load audio stream (to stream raw audio pcm data) +RLAPI bool IsAudioStreamValid(AudioStream stream); // Checks if an audio stream is valid (buffers initialized) +RLAPI void UnloadAudioStream(AudioStream stream); // Unload audio stream and free memory +RLAPI void UpdateAudioStream(AudioStream stream, const void *data, int frameCount); // Update audio stream buffers with data +RLAPI bool IsAudioStreamProcessed(AudioStream stream); // Check if any audio stream buffers requires refill +RLAPI void PlayAudioStream(AudioStream stream); // Play audio stream +RLAPI void PauseAudioStream(AudioStream stream); // Pause audio stream +RLAPI void ResumeAudioStream(AudioStream stream); // Resume audio stream +RLAPI bool IsAudioStreamPlaying(AudioStream stream); // Check if audio stream is playing +RLAPI void StopAudioStream(AudioStream stream); // Stop audio stream +RLAPI void SetAudioStreamVolume(AudioStream stream, float volume); // Set volume for audio stream (1.0 is max level) +RLAPI void SetAudioStreamPitch(AudioStream stream, float pitch); // Set pitch for audio stream (1.0 is base level) +RLAPI void SetAudioStreamPan(AudioStream stream, float pan); // Set pan for audio stream (0.5 is centered) +RLAPI void SetAudioStreamBufferSizeDefault(int size); // Default size for new audio streams +RLAPI void SetAudioStreamCallback(AudioStream stream, AudioCallback callback); // Audio thread callback to request new data + +RLAPI void AttachAudioStreamProcessor(AudioStream stream, AudioCallback processor); // Attach audio stream processor to stream, receives frames x 2 samples as 'float' (stereo) +RLAPI void DetachAudioStreamProcessor(AudioStream stream, AudioCallback processor); // Detach audio stream processor from stream + +RLAPI void AttachAudioMixedProcessor(AudioCallback processor); // Attach audio stream processor to the entire audio pipeline, receives frames x 2 samples as 'float' (stereo) +RLAPI void DetachAudioMixedProcessor(AudioCallback processor); // Detach audio stream processor from the entire audio pipeline + +#if defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif // RAYLIB_H \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/session/game_session.c b/src/session/game_session.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44c360b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/session/game_session.c @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#include "game_session.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include + +Game_Session *g_current_session = NULL; + +void game_session_create(bool is_singleplayer, bool is_host, Game_Session_Settings settings) { + assert(g_current_session == NULL); + + Game_Session *session = (Game_Session *)calloc(1, sizeof(Game_Session)); + session->is_singleplayer = is_singleplayer; + session->is_host = is_host; + session->settings = settings; + + session->simulation_world = simulation_create_world( + session->settings.seed, + session->settings.max_players, + session->settings.level_width, + session->settings.level_height + ); + + g_current_session = session; + + printf("New Game_Session created.\n"); +} + +void game_session_destroy() { + if(g_current_session == NULL) { + return; + } + + simulation_destroy_world(&g_current_session->simulation_world); + + free(g_current_session); + g_current_session = NULL; +} + +void game_session_init_default_settings(bool is_singleplayer, Game_Session_Settings *out_settings) { + out_settings->seed = 1337; // TODO: SS - Randomize. + out_settings->level_width = 48; + out_settings->level_height = 48; + out_settings->max_players = is_singleplayer ? 1 : 8; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/session/game_session.h b/src/session/game_session.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7a0a74 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/session/game_session.h @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#ifndef GAME_SESSION_H +#define GAME_SESSION_H + +#include +#include + +#include "simulation/simulation_world.h" + +typedef struct { + uint32_t seed; + + uint16_t level_width; + uint16_t level_height; + + uint8_t max_players; + + // .. +} Game_Session_Settings; + +typedef struct { + bool is_singleplayer; + bool is_host; + + Game_Session_Settings settings; + + // TODO: SS - Game-state (counting down, active, over) + // TODO: SS - Local(?) input-queue. + Simulation_World simulation_world; +} Game_Session; + +extern Game_Session *g_current_session; + +void game_session_create(bool is_singleplayer, bool is_host, Game_Session_Settings settings); +void game_session_destroy(); + +void game_session_init_default_settings(bool is_singleplayer, Game_Session_Settings *out_settings); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/shared/entity.h b/src/shared/entity.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c5bf3a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shared/entity.h @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#ifndef ENTITY_H +#define ENTITY_H + +#include + +typedef enum { + Entity_Type_None, + Entity_Type_Snake_Head, + Entity_Type_Snake_Body, + Entity_Type_Food, +} Entity_Type; + +typedef struct { + Entity_Type type; +} Entity; + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/shared/game_world.c b/src/shared/game_world.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fd558d --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shared/game_world.c @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#include "game_world.h" + +#include +#include + +#define MIN_LEVEL_WIDTH 8 // TODO: SS - Move these out of here. +#define MIN_LEVEL_HEIGHT 8 + +Game_World *game_world_create(uint32_t seed, uint16_t level_width, uint16_t level_height) { + assert(level_width >= MIN_LEVEL_WIDTH); // We should probably have failed earlier. + assert(level_height >= MIN_LEVEL_HEIGHT); + + Game_World *w = (Game_World *)calloc(1, sizeof(Game_World)); + assert(w != NULL); + w->seed = seed; + + w->max_entities = level_width * level_height; + w->entities = (Entity *)calloc(w->max_entities, sizeof(Entity)); + + grid_initialize(&w->grid, level_width, level_height); + + + { // TODO: SS - Create the level. + { + Grid_Cell *cell = grid_get_cell(&w->grid, 5, 3); + assert(cell != NULL); + cell->entity.type = Entity_Type_Food; + } + + { + Grid_Cell *cell = grid_get_cell(&w->grid, 11, 4); + assert(cell != NULL); + cell->entity.type = Entity_Type_Food; + } + + { + Grid_Cell *cell = grid_get_cell(&w->grid, 15, 9); + assert(cell != NULL); + cell->entity.type = Entity_Type_Food; + } + + { + Grid_Cell *cell = grid_get_cell(&w->grid, 24, 15); + assert(cell != NULL); + cell->entity.type = Entity_Type_Snake_Head; + } + { + Grid_Cell *cell = grid_get_cell(&w->grid, 23, 15); + assert(cell != NULL); + cell->entity.type = Entity_Type_Snake_Body; + } + } + + + return w; +} + +void game_world_destroy(Game_World *world) { + assert(world != NULL); + + world->seed = 0; + world->max_entities = 0; + free(world->entities); + grid_dispose(&world->grid); + free(world); +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/shared/game_world.h b/src/shared/game_world.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4338e4e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shared/game_world.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#ifndef WORLD_H +#define WORLD_H + +#include +#include "entity.h" +#include "grid.h" + +typedef struct { + uint32_t seed; + + Entity *entities; + uint16_t max_entities; + + Grid grid; +} Game_World; + +Game_World *game_world_create(uint32_t seed, uint16_t level_width, uint16_t level_height); +void game_world_destroy(Game_World *world); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/shared/grid.c b/src/shared/grid.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8431ae --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shared/grid.c @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include "grid.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#define GRID_MIN_WIDTH 8 +#define GRID_MIN_HEIGHT 8 + +bool grid_initialize(Grid *grid, uint16_t width, uint16_t height) { + assert(grid != NULL); + + if(width < GRID_MIN_WIDTH || height < GRID_MIN_HEIGHT) { + return false; + } + + grid->width = width; + grid->height = height; + grid->cells = calloc(width * height, sizeof(Grid_Cell)); + return true; +} + +void grid_dispose(Grid *grid) { + assert(grid != NULL); + + free(grid->cells); + memset(grid, 0, sizeof(Grid)); +} + +static bool to_grid_index(Grid *grid, uint16_t x, uint16_t y, uint16_t *out_grid_index) { + assert(grid != NULL); + assert(out_grid_index != NULL); + + if (!grid || !out_grid_index) return false; + if (x >= grid->width || y >= grid->height) return false; + + *out_grid_index = y * grid->width + x; + return true; +} + +static bool from_grid_index(Grid *grid, uint16_t grid_index, uint16_t *out_x, uint16_t *out_y) { + assert(grid != NULL); + assert(out_x != NULL); + assert(out_y != NULL); + + if (!grid || !out_x || !out_y) return false; + if (grid_index >= grid->width * grid->height) return false; + + *out_x = grid_index % grid->width; + *out_y = grid_index / grid->width; + return true; +} + +Grid_Cell *grid_get_cell(Grid *grid, uint16_t x, uint16_t y) { + assert(grid != NULL); + if(x >= grid->width || y >= grid->height) return NULL; + + uint16_t grid_index = 0; + if(!to_grid_index(grid, x, y, &grid_index)) { + return NULL; + } + + return &grid->cells[grid_index]; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/shared/grid.h b/src/shared/grid.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba2adb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/src/shared/grid.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#ifndef GRID_H +#define GRID_H + +#include +#include + +#include "entity.h" + +typedef struct { + Entity entity; +} Grid_Cell; + +typedef struct { + uint16_t width; + uint16_t height; + + Grid_Cell *cells; +} Grid; + +bool grid_initialize(Grid *grid, uint16_t width, uint16_t height); +void grid_dispose(Grid *grid); + +Grid_Cell *grid_get_cell(Grid *grid, uint16_t x, uint16_t y); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/simulation/simulation_world.c b/src/simulation/simulation_world.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d55321b --- /dev/null +++ b/src/simulation/simulation_world.c @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#include "simulation_world.h" + +#include +#include + +Simulation_World simulation_create_world(uint32_t seed, uint8_t max_players, uint16_t width, uint16_t height) { + Simulation_World w; + memset(&w, 0, sizeof(Simulation_World)); + + w.game_world = game_world_create(seed, width, height); + assert(w.game_world != NULL); + + return w; +} + +void simulation_destroy_world(Simulation_World *simulation_world) { + assert(simulation_world != NULL); + + game_world_destroy(simulation_world->game_world); + simulation_world->game_world = NULL; +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/src/simulation/simulation_world.h b/src/simulation/simulation_world.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c9202e --- /dev/null +++ b/src/simulation/simulation_world.h @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#ifndef SIMULATION_WORLD_H +#define SIMULATION_WORLD_H + +#include + +#include "shared/game_world.h" + +typedef struct { + Game_World *game_world; +} Simulation_World; + +Simulation_World simulation_create_world(uint32_t seed, uint8_t max_players, uint16_t width, uint16_t height); +void simulation_destroy_world(Simulation_World *simulation_world); + +#endif \ No newline at end of file